Home

Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual

1. 119 clonevm import export startvm controlvm 8 VBoxManage tracing allow vm access on off usbcardreader on off autostart enabled on off autostart delay lt seconds gt videocap on off videocapscreens all screen ID screen ID videocapfile lt filename gt videocapres width height videocaprate rate videocapfps fps videocapmaxtime ms videocapmaxsize MB videocapopts lt key value gt lt key value gt defaultfrontend default lt name gt lt uuid vmname gt snapshot lt uuid gt lt name gt mode machine machineandchildren all options link keepallmacs keepnatmacs keepdisknames name lt name gt groups lt group gt basefolder lt basefolder gt uuid lt uuid gt register lt ovfname ovaname gt dry run n options keepallmacs keepnatmacs importtovdi more options run with n to have options displayed for a particular OVF machines output o lt name gt lt ovf ova gt Legacy09 ovf09 ovf10 ovf20 manifest iso options manifest iso nomacs nomacsbutnat vsys number of virtual system gt product product name gt producturl product url gt vendor vendor name gt vendorurl vendor url gt version version info description description info e
2. 292 1524 MIT LIGE 22256 v miii 298 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 lees 298 1656 xb Heni suo oe dor a y E eee eee X CR ares 298 16 27 OpenssL lieni uoo eomm tw RR RO a ee E qe e RR Ra 298 16 2 8 Slip cere 22s ooo ppe HOS A 9 YR RS 299 15 2 9 Hblzbbleense 2 22 3c o o9 odor Rx ok e UR 300 16 2 10 lbpugleense 253 oso X noo SOR RR ERE EUR NOS 300 162 11 IwIP license 221321229 RR aa ee aS 300 162 12 libxml MESE eee scm n e ee we ee de a 301 16 213 libxslt licenses carioca 0404544454844 x 205 44 Rs 301 16 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 32 302 16 2 15 Chromium HoBHBeS uo uoc e c e Oe Re ow SEC 307 162 16 curl licens c0oco c o eek oso omm REOR Roh RR 309 16 2 17 Ubed license suu oor a ee EE Oe rU 309 16 2 18 BSD license from Intel 2 osos yore 310 16 2 19 libjpeg License occiso See e 310 16 2 20 x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library license 311 16 2 21 FreeBSD licens ess ua 222220 ee m RR 311 16 2 22 NetBSD license carnosa aa x 4255 54 4444 312 162 23 PORE MESES ooo on a ox Kk ee ee ee a ee s 312 152 24 libi license iia Kak Bo a E aaa daa SS 313 16 2 25 FLIK license n ou ee wow a we eR Rh EC rh Ie E 8 314 16 2 26 Expat tense on eso e oor scm woo t 9 ee EE E YR Res 314 16 2 27 Pontes Heenbg s oos se Ro esc ReROR RR eal age Xs 314 16 2 28 Dreetype losas ccc e Re o ow D 315 16 2 20 VPX LICENSE 2 1 2299 e ea ooo ooo m EE ew ee 317 17 VirtualBox privacy inf
3. Examples VBoxManage nologo guestcontrol My VM execute image bin ls username foo passwordfile bar txt wait exit wait stdout l usr VBoxManage nologo guestcontrol My VM execute image c windows system32 ipconfig exe username foo passwordfile bar txt wait exit wait stdout Note that the double backslashes in the second example are only required on Unix hosts Note For certain commands a user name of an existing user account on the guest must be specified anonymous executions are not supported for security reasons A user account password however is optional and depends on the guest s OS security policy or rules If no password is specified for a given user name an empty password will be used On certain OSes like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in order to allow user accounts with an empty password set Also global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot be changed Starting at VirtualBox 4 1 2 guest process execution by default is limited to serve up to 5 guest processes at a time If a new guest process gets started which would exceed this limit 156 8 VBoxManage the oldest not running guest process will be discarded in order to be able to run that new process Also retrieving output from this old guest process will not be possible anymore then If all 5 guest processes are still active and running starting a new guest process will result i
4. To make deployment easier you can pass the argument debug right after the pam_vbox so statement Debug log output will then be recorded using syslog Note By default pam_vbox will not wait for credentials to arrive from the host in other words When a login prompt is shown for example by GDM KDM or the text console and pam_vbox does not yet have credentials it does not wait until they arrive Instead the next module in the PAM stack depending on the PAM configuration will have the chance for authentication Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 4 pam_vbox supports various guest property parameters which all reside in VirtualBox GuestAdd PAM These parameters allow pam_vbox to wait for cre dentials to be provided by the host and optionally can show a message while waiting for those The following guest properties can be set 1 CredsWait Set to 1 if pam_vbox should start waiting until credentials arrive from the host Until then no other authentication methods such as manually logging in will be available If this property is empty or get deleted no waiting for credentials will be per formed and pam_vbox will act like before see paragraph above This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST CredsWaitAbort Aborts waiting for credentials when set to any value Can be set from host and the guest CredsWaitTimeout Timeout in seconds to let pam_vbox wait for credentials to arrive When n
5. and the same instruction set is supported with the addition of several virtualization specific instruction Root mode is what a host operating system without virtualization uses and it is also used by a hypervisor when virtualization is active e In non root mode CPU operation is significantly different There are still four privilege rings and the same instruction set but a new structure called VMCS Virtual Machine Con trol Structure now controls the CPU operation and determines how certain instructions behave Non root mode is where guest systems run Switching from root mode to non root mode is called VM entry the switch back is VM exit The VMCS includes a guest and host state area which is saved restored at VM entry and exit Most importantly the VMCS controls which guest operations will cause VM exits The VMCS provides fairly fine grained control over what the guests can and can t do For example a hypervisor can allow a guest to write certain bits in shadowed control registers but not others This enables efficient virtualization in cases where guests can be allowed to write control bits without disrupting the hypervisor while preventing them from altering control bits over which the hypervisor needs to retain full control The VMCS also provides control over interrupt delivery and exceptions Whenever an instruction or event causes a VM exit the VMCS contains information about the exit reason often with accomp
6. The first column is a PCI address in format bus device function This address could be used to identify the device for further operations For example to attach a PCI network controller on the system listed above to the second PCI bus in the guest as device 5 function 0 use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name pciattach 02 00 0 01 05 0 To detach same device use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name pcidetach 02 00 0 Please note that both host and guest could freely assign a different PCI address to the card attached during runtime so those addresses only apply to the address of the card at the moment of attachment host and during BIOS PCI init guest If the virtual machine has a PCI device attached certain limitations apply 1 Only PCI cards with non shared interrupts such as using MSI on host are supported at the moment 2 No guest state can be reliably saved restored as the internal state of the PCI card could not be retrieved 3 Teleportation live migration doesn t work for the same reason 4 No lazy physical memory allocation The host will preallocate the whole RAM required for the VM on startup as we cannot catch physical hardware accesses to the physical memory 9 7 Webcam passthrough 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest VirtualBox 4 3 includes an experimental feature which allows a guest to use a host webcam This complements the general USB passthrough support which was the
7. VBoxManage storagectl Windows XP name IDE Controller add ide controller PIIX4 Set the VDI file created above as the first virtual hard disk of the new VM VBoxManage storageattach Windows XP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 0 type hdd medium WinXP vdi Attach the ISO file that contains the operating system installation that you want to install later to the virtual machine so the machine can boot from it VBoxManage storageattach Windows XP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 1 type dvddrive medium full path to iso iso Enable VirtualBox remote desktop extension the VRDP server VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP vrde on Start the virtual machine using VBoxHeadless VBoxHeadless startvm Windows XP If everything worked you should see a copyright notice If instead you are returned to the command line then something went wrong On the client machine fire up the RDP viewer and try to connect to the server see chapter 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers page 106 above for how to use various common RDP viewers You should now be seeing the installation routine of your guest operating system remotely in the RDP viewer 109 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 4 Remote USB As a special feature on top of the VRDP support VirtualBox supports remote USB devices over the wire as well That is the VirtualBox guest that runs on one computer can access the U
8. logflags release osdetect osinfo osdmesg lines lines getregisters cpu id reg set reg name setregisters cpu id reg set reg name value show human readable sh export debug group settings debug destinations debug flags cmd set settings item The debugvm commands are for experts who want to tinker with the exact details of virtual machine execution Like the VM debugger described in chapter 12 1 3 The built in VM debugger page 228 these commands are only useful if you are very familiar with the details of the PC architecture and how to debug software 164 8 VBoxManage Common options The subcommands of debugvm all operate on a running virtual machine uuid vmname Either the UUID or the name case sensitive of a VM debugvm dumpvmcore VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt dumpvmcore filename name Creates a system dump file of the specified VM This file will have the standard ELF core format with custom sections see chapter 12 1 4 VM core format page 230 This corresponds to the writecore command in the debugger filename filename The name of the output file debugvm info VBoxManage debugvm uuid vmname info item args Displays info items relating to the VMM device emulations and associated drivers This corresponds to the info command in the debugger info Name of the info item to display The s
9. 16 2 13 libxslt licenses Licence for libxslt except libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 301 16 Third party materials and licenses DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CON NECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him Licence for libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broy
10. In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM significantly improved performance of NetWare 5 x 6 x guests on host systems with out nested paging support 277 15 Change log VMM fixed losing host NMIs while in VT x guest context VMM changed order of actions in emulated task switch bug 10532 VMM allow to activate VI x while in SMX mode and provide more information if that is not possible GUI update check uses https GUI numerous minor internal cleanups and bug fixes GUI HID LEDs synchronization when switching between guest window s and host Mac OS X hosts only GUI VBoxManage when unregistering a VM also unregister the hard disk images which are used exclusively bug 10311 GUI use the number of physical presented processor cores instead of the number of logical processor cores to check if the users assigned too many virtual CPUs to the guest Snapshots made live snapshots work again bug 9255 Teleportation made it work again bug 9455 Storage implemented AHA 154x compatibility mode in the emulated BusLogic SCSI HBA Storage significantly improved performance of large ATAPI PIO transfers BeOS Minix 3 guests affected Storage added floppy formatting emulation NB cannot be used to change existing media geometry Settings global and per VM default frontend configuration useful to select the use of alternative VM frontends Settings limit depth of snapshot tree to 250 levels as m
11. The name lt name gt parameter is required and must specify the name of the machine Since this name is used by default as the file name of the settings file with the extension xml and the machine folder a subfolder of the config VirtualBox Machines folder this folder name may vary depending on the operating system and the version of VirtualBox which you are using it must conform to your host operating system s requirements for file name specifications If the VM is later renamed the file and folder names will change automatically However if the basefolder lt path gt option is used the machine folder will be named lt path gt In this case the names of the file and the folder will not change if the virtual machine is renamed By default this command only creates the XML file without automatically registering the VM with your VirtualBox installation To register the VM instantly use the optional register option or run VBoxManage registervm separately afterwards 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm This command changes the properties of a registered virtual machine which is not running Most of the properties that this command makes available correspond to the VM settings that VirtualBox graphical user interface displays in each VM s Settings dialog these were described in chapter 3 Configuring virtual machines page 44 Some of the more advanced settings how ever are only available through the VBoxManage interface
12. b under Patents Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Original Code to make have made use practice sell and offer for sale and or otherwise dispose of the Original Code or portions thereof c the licenses granted in this Section 2 1 a and b are effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes Original Code under the terms of this License d Notwithstanding Section 2 1 b above no patent license is granted 1 for code that You delete from the Original Code 2 separate from the Original Code or 3 for infringements caused by i the modification of the Original Code or ii the combination of the Original Code with other software or devices 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Con tributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an unmodified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patent Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Modifications made by that Contributor either alone and or in combination with its Contributor Version or portions 293 16 Third party materials and licenses of such combination to make use
13. bandwidthctl showmediuminfo createmedium modifymedium clonemedium mediumproperty 8 VBoxManage comment lt text gt setuuid lt uuid gt setparentuuid lt uuid gt passthrough on off tempeject on off nonrotational on off discard on off hotpluggable on off bandwidthgroup name forceunmount server lt name gt lt ip gt target lt target gt tport port lun lt lun gt encodedlun lt lun gt username username password password initiator lt initiator gt intnet lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt add ide sata scsi floppy sas controller LSILogic LSILogicSAS BusLogic IntelAHCI PIIX3 PIIX4 ICH6 182078 portcount 1 n hostiocache on off bootable on off rename lt name gt remove lt uuid vmname gt add lt name gt type disk network limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G set lt name gt limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G remove lt name gt list machinereadable limit units k kilobit m megabit g gigabit K kilobyte M megabyte G gigabyte disk dvd floppy lt uuid filename gt disk dvd floppy filename lt filename gt size lt megabytes gt sizebyte lt bytes gt diffparent lt uuid gt lt filename gt format VDI VMDK VHD default VDI variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX d
14. oo a 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT 6 3 2 PRE beatin wit NAT cocca be ek woa RE EUR Re Rm e 6 3 3 NAT limitations 12622999 m ebb coke be aniy 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental GS Bridged networking oc ecos cwi Rm o m eee ee eee D 6 6 Jntemalnetworking 2 9 ei e e aa DW YD a a E E 6 7 HostonlymetwokWE 2c wo RR E REUS RU OR Re REO a mx 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking os coc oras odas to RR OO DENCIA 2 40 ih bao RR X ox OR SOROR RN NUS eR RUE UNUS 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network VO llle 6 11 Improving network performance o o Remote virtual machines 7 1 Remote display VRDP support 20 eee es 7 11 Common third party RDP viewers 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server 7 1 3 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server 7424 Remot USB 2 2 2294 a A RUE HERR G 715 HOP avthentication sc aa a TA RDP encryption essre Bose aa 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server o 7 18 Multiple remote Monitors s e ssor soes e ee ks roy o eod 7 1 9 VRDPvideo redirection a uu desee ow 03e ALIO YRDP CUSIORHZAEION iuo e gio odo Rm RR Pe eo Rm e 7 4 Ielepard nn ek RARER a grues ERE EP BRS VBoxManage BI dutrodueti B 499 o E Gee ERE ee ORES REED e 4 vU A RS AU X 58 2 Commands
15. 114 7 Remote virtual machines For testing you can also teleport machines on the same host in that case use localhost as the hostname on both the source and the target host Note In rare cases if the CPUs of the source and the target are very different tele porting can fail with an error message or the target may hang This may happen especially if the VM is running application software that is highly optimized to run on a particular CPU without correctly checking that certain CPU features are actually present VirtualBox filters what CPU capabilities are presented to the guest operating system Advanced users can attempt to restrict these virtual CPU capabilities with the VBoxManage modifyvm cpuid command see chapter 8 8 6 Teleporting settings page 138 115 8 VBoxManage 8 1 Introduction As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 16 Alternative front ends page 32 VBoxManage is the command line interface to VirtualBox With it you can completely control VirtualBox from the command line of your host operating system VBoxManage supports all the features that the graphical user interface gives you access to but it supports a lot more than that It exposes really all the features of the virtualization engine even those that cannot yet be accessed from the GUI You will need to use the command line if you want to e use a different user interface than the main GUI for example VBoxSDL or the VBoxHead less s
16. 250 250 250 254 Contents 152 Version 52 2015 08 13 uos xo VEU e PRPS oe o ER 255 15 3 Version 5 0 0 2015 07 09 257 15 4 Version 4 3 28 2015 05 13 s re caca aoa reee RR RR ee 260 15 5 Version 4 3 26 2015 03 16 i ko ooo d 3 6804048 445 261 156 Version 4 3 24 2015 03 02 sk saacana omo ex x eror ER 262 15 7 Version 4 3 22 2015 02 12 door co ROB Ye ee ee REOS 262 15 8 Version 4 3 20 2014 11 21 264 15 9 Version 4 3 18 2014 10 10 snum EEE a 265 15 10 Version 4 3 16 2014 09 09 ee ne 266 15 11 Version 4 3 14 2014 07 15 uoc doe a 267 15 12 Version 4 3 12 2014 05 16 24 ooo ek oc opm kk 269 15 13 Version 4 3 10 2014 08 26 sese o a 270 15 14 Version 4 3 8 2014 02 25 271 15 15 Version 4 3 6 2013 12 18 x so doro woo yon a a 273 15 16 Version 4 3 4 2013 11 29 gt ooo E Sr EU RS 274 15 17 Version 4 32 2013 11901 e s s oe ok aa vox 276 15 18 Version 35 0 2013 10 15 a m a aa SE RD RAS 277 15 19 Older Change los detaile o e s RR o Re A kom 45 279 16 Third party materials and licenses 280 16L Miele 02 anode ameg ee de eed A ee TIPP 280 15 2 Licenses 2 242 082 4496446 246040 444 373 3 3 3 eee HA 283 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL 283 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL 287 16 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL
17. 3D fixed a crash on restoring the VM state 3D fixed a crash on Linux guest shutdown bug 712772 VRDP fixed incompatibility with rdesktop 1 8 3 VRDP fixed listening for IPv6 on some systems bug 14038 Storage don t crash if creating an asynchronous I O context fails e g when starting many VMs and show a proper error message Floppy several fixes Audio improved the behavior of the volume control for the HD audio device emulation USB increase the number of supported drivers from 3 to 5 Windows hosts only PS 2 keyboard synchronize the LED state on VM restore Windows and Mac OS X hosts only NAT Network when running multiple NAT networks with multiple VMs only stop the respective services when stopping VMs bug 14090 NAT don t kill UDP bindings on ICMP errors bug 13475 NAT bandwidth limit now works properly with NAT bug 11485 BIOS fixed the returned size value of the VBE 2 0 PMI function OAh 4 2 0 regression bug 14096 Guest Control fixed parameter quoting in Windows guests bug 13157 Webcam passthrough improvements for Linux V4L2 hosts to support more webcam mod els API don t fail starting a VM with VBOX_E INVALID_OBJECT_STATE under certain condi tions bug 13617 260 15 Change log API be more verbose on VBOX E INVALID OBJECT STATE if a medium is attached to a running VM bug 13560 API fixed a bug which could result in losing certain screen resize events with multi monitor g
18. COM allows applications to provide application programming interfaces which can be ac cessed from various other programming languages and applications VirtualBox makes use of COM both internally and externally to provide a comprehensive API to 3rd party developers 319 Glossary D DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol This allows a networking device in a network to acquire its IP address and other networking details automatically in order to avoid having to configure all devices in a network with fixed IP addresses VirtualBox has a built in DHCP server that delivers an IP addresses to a virtual machine when networking is configured to NAT see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 95 DKMS Dynamic Kernel Module Support A framework that simplifies installing and updating ex ternal kernel modules on Linux machines see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 37 E EFI Extensible Firmware Interface a firmware built into computers which is designed to replace the aging BIOS Originally designed by Intel most modern operating systems can now boot on computers which have EFI instead of a BIOS built into them see chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 58 EHCI Enhanced Host Controller Interface the interface that implements the USB 2 0 standard G GUI Graphical User Interface Commonly used as an antonym to a command line interface in the context of VirtualBox we sometimes refer to the main graphica
19. Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual Version 5 0 4 2004 2015 Oracle Corporation http www virtualbox org Contents 1 First steps 11 11 Why is virtualization useful een 12 A al AA 12 123 Jealives Oveni eW ado A AAA ANA AR 13 1 4 Supported host operating systems leen 15 15 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs o o 16 I6 Starine VirtualBox lt s s ene ia aa o dd 17 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine 665 e008 ee eee ae ees 18 18 Running your virtual machine llle 21 1 8 1 Starting anew VM forthe firsttime e ecs coce aon ss 21 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse 22 1 83 Typing special characters lt cs ca yoe Be ee ERES TA 23 1 8 4 Changing removable media 0 00 eee eee eee 24 1 8 5 Resizing the machines window 24 1 8 6 Saving the state of the machine len 25 L9 US VM SOS oei eoe eaa e A A A eh ae 26 LAO Snapshot ocio aa a a e e See d 26 1 10 1 Taking restoring and deleting snapshots 27 1 10 2 Snapshofcontenis 222r rinda Ee e maai 28 1 11 Virtual machine configuration 29 1 12 Removing vial Machines sk ss ee ee SUE S 30 1 13 Cloning virtual machines 2 25 2 ooo 6444488445 30 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines 31 115 Global Settings o oac maraa wp t ERG RS Getto E aaa 32 116 Al
20. USB Webcams Shared Folders Shared Clipboard Drag and Drop AV vv Vv Vw Disabled n Host To Guest Insert Guest Additions CD image Host D Guest To Host V Bidirectional e Disabled disables the drag n drop entirely This is the default when creating new VMs e Host To Guest enables performing drag n drop operations from the host to the guest only e Guest To Host enables performing drag n drop operations from the guest to the host only 1At the moment only copying of data is supported Moving or linking is not yet implemented 73 4 Guest Additions e Bidirectional enables performing drag n drop operations to both directions e g from the host to the guest and vice versa Note Drag n drop support depends on the frontend being used at the moment only the VirtualBox Manager frontend provides this functionality To use VBoxManage for controlling the current drag n drop mode see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 The commands modifyvm and controlvm allow setting the VM s current drag n drop mode via command line 4 4 1 Supported formats As VirtualBox can run on a variety of host OSes and also supports a wide range of guests certain data formats must be translated after those got transfered over so that the target OS that is the side which receiving the data is able to handle them in an appropriate manner Note When dragging files however no data conversion is
21. VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt watch verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose 8 32 VBoxManage metrics This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources Resources are represented by various metrics associated with the host system or a particular VM For example the host system has a CPU Load User metric that shows the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a specific sampling period Metric data is collected and retained internally it may be retrieved at any time with the VBoxManage metrics query subcommand The data is available as long as the background VBoxSVC process is alive That process terminates shortly after all VMs and frontends have been closed By default no metrics are collected at all Metrics collection does not start until VBoxManage metrics setup is invoked with a proper sampling interval and the number of metrics to be re tained The interval is measured in seconds For example to enable collecting the host processor and memory usage metrics every second and keeping the 5 most current samples the following command can be used VBoxManage metrics setup period 1 samples 5 host CPU Load RAM Usage Metric collection can only be enabled for started VMs Collected data and collection settings for a particular VM will disappear as soon as it shuts down Use VBoxManage metrics list su
22. VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 5 0 4 C 2005 2015 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name Windows XP Guest 05 Other Unknown UUID 1bf3464d 57c6 4d49 92a9 a5cc3816b7e7 Config file home username config VirtualBox Machines Windows XP Windows XP xml Memory size 512MB VRAM size 12MB Number of CPUs 2 Synthetic Cpu off Boot menu mode message and menu Boot Device 1 DVD Boot Device 2 HardDisk Boot Device 3 Not Assigned Boot Device 4 Not Assigned ACPI on IOAPIC on PAE on Time offset 0 ms Hardw virt ext on Nested Paging on VT x VPID off State powered off since 2009 10 20T14 52 19 000000000 Monitor count 1 3D Acceleration off 2D Video Acceleration off 128 8 VBoxManage Teleporter Enabled off Teleporter Port 0 Teleporter Address Teleporter Password Storage Controller 0 IDE Controller Storage Controller Type 0 PIIX4 Storage Controller 1 Floppy Controller 1 Storage Controller Type 1 182078 IDE Controller 0 0 home user windows vdi UUID 46f6e53a 4557 460a 9b95 68b0f17d744b IDE Controller 0 1 home user openbsd cd46 iso UUID 4335e162 59d3 4512 91d5 b63e94eebe0b Floppy Controller 1 0 0 home user floppy img UUID 62ac6ccb df36 42f2 972e 22f836368137 NIC 1 disabled NIC 2 disabled NIC 3 disabled NIC 4 disabled NIC 5 disabled NIC 6 disabled NIC 7 disabled NIC 8
23. e Your keyboard is owned by the VM if the VM window on your host desktop has the key board focus and then if you have many windows open in your guest operating system as well the window that has the focus in your VM This means that if you want to type within your VM click on the title bar of your VM window first To release keyboard ownership press the Host key as explained above typically the right Control key Note that while the VM owns the keyboard some key sequences like Alt Tab for example will no longer be seen by the host but will go to the guest instead After you press the host key to re enable the host keyboard all key presses will go through the host again so that sequences like Alt Tab will no longer reach the guest For technical reasons it may not be possible for the VM to get all keyboard input even when it does own the keyboard Examples of this are the Ctrl Alt Del sequence on Windows hosts or single keys grabbed by other applications on X11 hosts like the GNOME desktop s Control key highlights mouse pointer functionality e Your mouse is owned by the VM only after you have clicked in the VM window The host mouse pointer will disappear and your mouse will drive the guest s pointer instead of your normal mouse pointer Note that mouse ownership is independent of that of the keyboard even after you have clicked on a titlebar to be able to type into the VM window your mouse is not necessarily owned by
24. ious guests need Most of these are standard devices found in many PC compatible ma chines and widely supported by guest operating systems For network and storage devices in particular there are several options for the emulated devices to access the underlying hardware These devices are managed by PDM Guest Additions for various guest operating systems This is code that is installed from within a virtual machine see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 60 e The Main component is special it ties all the above bits together and is the only public API that VirtualBox provides All the client processes listed above use only this API and never access the hypervisor components directly As a result third party applications that use the VirtualBox Main API can rely on the fact that it is always well tested and that all capabilities of VirtualBox are fully exposed It is this API that is described in the VirtualBox SDK mentioned above again see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization VirtualBox allows software in the virtual machine to run directly on the processor of the host but an array of complex techniques is employed to intercept operations that would interfere with your host Whenever the guest attempts to do something that could be harmful to your computer and its data VirtualBox steps in and takes action In particular for lots of hardware that the guest believes to be a
25. ple enforces preserving of port values These modes can be combined if necessary 9 12 Configuring the BIOS DMI information The DMI data VirtualBox provides to guests can be changed for a specific VM Use the following commands to configure the DMI BIOS information In case your VM is configured to use EFI firmware you need to replace pcbios by efi in the keys DMI BIOS information type 0 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVersion VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseDate VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMajor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMinor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMajor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMinor DMI system information type 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemVendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemProduct VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemVersion VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSerial VBoxManage setextradata VM n
26. rome B d Powered Off G Internet Explorer 7 30 days ago G Updates 17 days ago Mac OS X Server 8j SP3 28 days ago E Saved E gy Internet Explorer 7 26 days ago a Oracia ein 83 Updates 22 days ago 0 Powered Off G Internet Explorer 8 14 days ago gy Updates 10 days ago Windows XP Internet Explorer 9 pr G Internet Explorer 9 preview 17 minutes ago B Current State changed lf Debian Web Server Y Powered Off En Windows 7 Snapshot 2 7 Saved JA Ubuntu Saved A Solaris 11 Powered Off SA Ubuntu using ICH9 T 8 Powered Off gt 27 1 First steps VirtualBox imposes no limits on the number of snapshots you can take The only practical limitation is disk space on your host each snapshot stores the state of the virtual machine and thus occupies some disk space See the next section for details on what exactly is stored in a snapshot 2 You can restore a snapshot by right clicking on any snapshot you have taken in the list of snapshots By restoring a snapshot you go back or forward in time the current state of the machine is lost and the machine is restored to the exact state it was in when the snapshot was taken Note Restoring a snapshot will affect the virtual hard drives that are connected to your VM as the entire state of the virtual hard drive will be reverted as well This means also that all files that have been created since the snapshot and all other f
27. t exist yet and attaches the VM Fred to both of them 4 Nested groups hierarchy of groups e g VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups TestGroup TestGroup2 It attaches the VM Fred to the subgroup TestGroup2 of the TestGroup group 5 Summary of group commands Start Pause Reset Close save state send shutdown signal poweroff Discard Saved State Show in File System Sort 1 10 Snapshots With snapshots you can save a particular state of a virtual machine for later use At any later time you can revert to that state even though you may have changed the VM considerably since then A snapshot of a virtual machine is thus similar to a machine in saved state as described above but there can be many of them and these saved states are preserved 26 1 First steps You can see the snapshots of a virtual machine by first selecting a machine in the VirtualBox Manager and then clicking on the Snapshots button at the top right Until you take a snapshot of the machine the list of snapshots will be empty except for the Current state item which represents the Now point in the lifetime of the virtual machine 1 10 1 Taking restoring and deleting snapshots There are three operations related to snapshots 1 You can take a snapshot This makes a copy of the machine s current state to which you can go back at any given time later e If your VM is currently running select Take snap
28. 12320 comments 3 and 4 Guest Additions 3D fixed an occasional dead lock bug 12319 Windows Additions 3D fixed possible memory leaking bug 12228 275 15 Change log Windows Additions XPDM use separate tables containing valid video modes for each vir tual monitor Windows Additions fixed automatic logins for Vista and newer Windows guests bug 12332 15 17 Version 4 3 2 2013 11 01 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed restoring of the auxiliary TSC MSR in VT x that caused host BSODs on Windows 8 1 hosts and unpredictable behavior on other hosts bug 12237 VMM provide fake values for a couple of MSRs to make more guests happy on certain hosts VMM fixed detection of VI x on certain machines where the BIOS would not set the VMX LOCK feature bit which affected the VM settings in the GUI VMM fixed TPR threshold which caused BSODs on Windows XP guests that use the I O APIC VT x only bug 12227 VMM fixed PATM saved state incompatibility for software virtualized VMs bug 12222 VMM don t fail if AMD V isn t available if the VM is configured to use software virtualiza tion GUI fixed guest resize breakage on visual representation mode change when switching from normal to full screen etc GUI make sure the guest screen is resized after restoring a VM from a saved state if the host screen size changed GUI disabled SCROLL LED sync from HID LEDs synchronization
29. 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Thomas G Lane This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group See the file README JPEG TXT for more information Portions relating to WBMP copyright 2000 2001 2002 Maurice Szmurlo and Johan Van den Brande 309 16 Third party materials and licenses Permission has been granted to copy distribute and modify gd in any context without fee including a commercial application provided that this notice is present in user accessible sup porting documentation This does not affect your ownership of the derived work itself and the intent is to assure proper credit for the authors of gd not to interfere with your productive use of gd If you have questions ask Derived works includes all programs that utilize the library Credit must be given in user accessible documentation This software is provided AS IS The copyright holders disclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to this code and accompanying documentation Although their code does not appear in gd the authors wish to thank David Koblas David Rowley and Hutchison Avenue Software Corporation for their prior contributions 16 2 18 BSD license from Intel All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the fol
30. 97 controller an Intel HD Audio controller or a SoundBlaster 16 card In any case you can select what audio driver VirtualBox will use on the host On a Linux host depending on your host configuration you can also select between the OSS ALSA or the PulseAudio subsystem On newer Linux distributions the PulseAudio subsystem should be preferred 3 8 Network settings The Network section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure how VirtualBox presents virtual network cards to your VM and how they operate When you first create a virtual machine VirtualBox by default enables one virtual network card and selects the Network Address Translation NAT mode for it This way the guest can connect to the outside world using the host s networking and the outside world can connect to services on the guest which you choose to make visible outside of the virtual machine This default setup is good for probably 95 of VirtualBox users However VirtualBox is ex tremely flexible in how it can virtualize networking It supports many virtual network cards per virtual machine the first four of which can be configured in detail in the Manager window Additional network cards can be configured on the command line with VBoxManage Because of the vast array of options available we have dedicated an entire chapter of this manual to discussing networking configuration please see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 95
31. Mac OS X hosts only Webcam passthrough improvements including GUI support see chapter 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest page 182 Guest Control implemented more IGuestSession methods Guest Control added support for deleting and renaming guest files directories in VBox Manage Guest Control various bugfixes API incorrect handling of hardware UUID default value resulting in an all zero DMI SMBIOS UUID which leads to Windows requesting re activation 4 3 regression bug 12244 3D support fixed crash on shutdown if 2D video acceleration is enabled Mac OS X hosts only 3D support miscellaneous fixes Storage fixed detection of CD DVD media when switching from an empty to a host drive with passthrough enabled Storage fixed hang of the VM process when the disk is full under certain circumstances NAT listen for changes of NAT Network setting at runtime 276 15 Change log NAT NAT Network DHCP server now saves leases to a persistent storage Main monitor changes in host DNS configuration Mac OS X host reworked a mechanism of adding a VM desktop alias from the VM selector Mac OS X installer remove old kernel extensions during upgrade bug 12258 Linux Additions correctly set umask before installing bug 12166 X11 Additions 3D fix freezes starting 3D desktop bug 11503 thank you Sam Spilsbury X11 Additions 3D fix depth buffer support bug 11905 X11 Additions 3D fix Age Of Empires 3 rendering
32. Page Fusion page 80 is enabled it is possible that a side channel opens up that allows a malicious guest to determin the address space layout i e where DLLs are typically loaded of one other VM running on the same host This information leak in it self is harmless however the malicious guest may use it to optimize attack against that VM via unrelated attack vectors It is recommended to only enable Page Fusion if you do not think this is a concern in your setup When using the VirtualBox web service to control a VirtualBox host remotely connections to the web service through which the API calls are transferred via SOAP XML are not encrypted but use plain HTTP by default This is a potential security risk For details about the web service please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 The web services are not started by default Please refer to chapter 9 21 Starting the VirtualBox web service automatically page 205 to find out how to start this service and how to enable SSL TLS support It has to be started as a regular user and only the VMs of that user can be controlled By default the service binds to localhost preventing any remote connection Traffic sent over a UDP Tunnel network attachment is not encrypted You can either encrypt it on the host network level with IPsec or use encrypted protocols in the guest network such as SSH The security properties are similar to bridged Ethernet Because of short
33. RDONLYGUEST 7 Theme LogonDialog BackgroundColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the logon dialog background This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 8 Theme LogonDialog ButtonColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB background color for the lo gon dialog button This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST Note The same restrictions for the guest properties above apply as for the ones speci fied in the pam_vbox section 9 3 Advanced configuration for Windows guests 9 3 1 Automated Windows system preparation Beginning with Windows NT 4 0 Microsoft offers a system preparation tool in short Sysprep to prepare a Windows system for deployment or redistribution Whereas Windows 2000 and XP ship with Sysprep on the installation medium the tool also is available for download on the Microsoft web site In a standard installation of Windows Vista and 7 Sysprep is already included Sysprep mainly consists of an executable called sysprep exe which is invoked by the user to put the Windows installation into preparation mode Starting with VirtualBox 3 2 2 the Guest Additions offer a way to launch a system preparation on the guest operating system in an automated way controlled from the host system To achieve that see chapter 4 8 Guest control page 79 for using the feature with the special identifier sysprep as the program to execute along with the user name sysprep and password sysprep for
34. This can be useful if you have many machines running and want to have a look at one of them while it is running in the background Alternatively it might be useful to enlarge a window if the VM s output screen is very small for example because you are running an old operating system in it To enable scale mode press the host key C or select Scale mode from the Machine menu in the VM window To leave scale mode press the host key C again The aspect ratio of the guest screen is preserved when resizing the window To ignore the aspect ratio press Shift during the resize operation Please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 for additional remarks 2 If you have the Guest Additions installed and they support automatic resizing the Guest Additions will automatically adjust the screen resolution of the guest operating system For example if you are running a Windows guest with a resolution of 1024x768 pixels and you then resize the VM window to make it 100 pixels wider the Guest Additions will change the Windows display resolution to 1124x768 Please see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 60 for more information about the Guest Addi tions 24 3 1 First steps Otherwise if the window is bigger than the VM s screen the screen will be centered If it is smaller then scroll bars will be added to the machine window 1 8 6 Saving the state of the machine When you click on the Close button of your vi
35. VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 2222 10 0 2 19 22 This example is identical to the previous one except that the NAT engine is being told that the guest can be found at the 10 0 2 19 address To forward all incoming traffic from a specific host interface to the guest specify the IP of that host interface like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 127 0 0 1 2222 22 This forwards all TCP traffic arriving on the localhost interface 127 0 0 1 via port 2222 to port 22 in the guest It is possible to configure incoming NAT connections while the VM is running see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 141 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT PXE booting is now supported in NAT mode The NAT DHCP server provides a boot file name of the form vmname pxe if the directory TFTP exists in the directory where the user s VirtualBox xml file is kept It is the responsibility of the user to provide vmname pxe 6 3 3 NAT limitations There are four limitations of NAT mode which users should be aware of ICMP protocol limitations Some frequently used network debugging tools e g ping or tracerouting rely on the ICMP protocol for sending receiving messages While ICMP sup port has been improved with VirtualBox 2 1 ping should now work some other tools may not work reliably Receiving of UDP broadcasts is not reliable The guest does not reliably receive broadcasts since in order to save resources it on
36. VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeMenus OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords All Don t show any menu in the VM window Machine Don t show the Machine menu in the VM window View Don t show the View menu in the VM window Devices Don t show the Devices menu in the VM window Help Don t show the Help menu in the VM window Debug Don t show the Debug menu in the VM window The debug menu is only visible if the GUI was started with special command line parameters or environment variable settings This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeMenus You can also disable i e blacklist certain menu actions of certain menus Use the following command to disable certain actions of the Application menu only available on Mac OS X hosts VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords All Don t show any menu item in this menu About Don t show the About menu item in this menu This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeMenus Use the following command to disable certain actions of the Machine menu VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeApplicat
37. VirtualBox contains portions of Expat which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 26 Expat license page 314 and Copyright c 1998 1999 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd and Clark Cooper Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Expat maintainers VirtualBox contains portions of Fontconfig which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 27 Fontconfig license page 314 and Copyright C 2001 2003 Keith Packard VirtualBox contains portions of Freetype which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 28 Freetype license page 315 and Copyright 2012 The FreeType Project www freetype org All rights reserved VirtualBox may contain code from the WebM VP8 Codec SDK which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 29 VPX License page 317 and Copyright c 2010 The WebM Project authors All rights reserved 16 2 Licenses 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users T
38. a cross platform industry standard to exchange virtual appli ances between virtualization products see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 31 P PAE Physical Address Extension This allows accessing more than 4 GB of RAM even in 32 bit environments see chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 47 PIC See APIC PXE Preboot Execution Environment an industry standard for booting PC systems from remote network locations It includes DHCP for IP configuration and TFTP for file transfer Using UNDI a hardware independent driver stack for accessing the network card from bootstrap code is available R RDP Remote Desktop Protocol a protocol developed by Microsoft as an extension to the ITU T 128 and T 124 video conferencing protocol With RDP a PC system can be controlled from a remote location using a network connection over which data is transferred in both directions Typically graphics updates and audio are sent from the remote machine and keyboard and mouse input events are sent from the client A VirtualBox extension package by Oracle provides VRDP an enhanced implementation of the relevant standards which is largely compatible with Microsoft s RDP implementation See chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 106 for details S SAS Serial Attached SCSI an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 SATA Serial ATA
39. be appreciated 16 2 11 IwIP license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 300 16 Third party materials and licenses 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEM PLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS IN TERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CON TRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 12 libxml license Except where otherw
40. but to achieve near native performance of the guest code on your machine we had to go through a lot of optimizations that are specific to certain operating systems So while your favorite operating system may run as a guest we 12 1 First steps officially support and optimize for a select few which however include the most common ones See chapter 3 1 Supported guest operating systems page 44 for details Virtual machine VM This is the special environment that VirtualBox creates for your guest operating system while it is running In other words you run your guest operating system in a VM Normally a VM will be shown as a window on your computer s desktop but depending on which of the various frontends of VirtualBox you use it can be displayed in full screen mode or remotely on another computer In a more abstract way internally VirtualBox thinks of a VM as a set of parameters that determine its behavior They include hardware settings how much memory the VM should have what hard disks VirtualBox should virtualize through which container files what CDs are mounted etc as well as state information whether the VM is currently running saved its snapshots etc These settings are mirrored in the VirtualBox Manager window as well as the VBoxManage command line program see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 In other words a VM is also what you can see in its settings dialog Guest Additions This refers to special
41. e g Microsoft iSCSI Initiator that is running on the host This is caused by a flaw in the Windows cache manager component and causes sluggish host system response for several minutes followed by a Delayed Write Failed error message in the system tray or in a separate message window The guest is blocked during that period and may show error messages or become unstable Setting the environment variable VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE to 1 will enable a workaround for this problem until Microsoft addresses the issue For example open a command prompt window and start VirtualBox like this set VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE 1 VirtualBox While this will decrease guest disk performance especially writes it does not affect the per formance of other applications running on the host 12 7 5 Bridged networking adapters missing If no bridged adapters show up in the Networking section of the VM settings this typically means that the bridged networking driver was not installed properly on your host This could be due to the following reasons e The maximum allowed filter count was reached on the host In this case the MSI log would mention the 0x8004a029 error code returned on NetFlt network component install VBoxNetCfgWinInstallComponent Install failed hr 0x8004a029 You can try to increase the maximum filter count in the Windows registry at the following key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Control Network MaxNumF
42. execute perform compile display copy create derivative works of distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project in both source and object code forms and derivative works thereof for any purpose and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein subject to the following conditions e Redistribution of source code must retain this license file FTL TXT unaltered any addi tions deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation The copyright notices of the unaltered original files must be preserved in all copies of source files e Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work of the FreeType Team in the distribution documentation We also encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your documentation though this isn t mandatory These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project not just the unmodified files If you use our work you must acknowledge us However no fee need be paid to us 3 Advertising Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial advertising or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission We suggest but do not require that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation or advertising materials Fr
43. format as on Linux see chapter 9 24 1 Linux starting the autostart service via init page 210 svccfg s svc application virtualbox autostart default setprop config config etc vbox autostart cfg When everything is configured correctly you can start the VirtualBox autostart service with the following command svcadm enable svc application virtualbox autostart default For more information about SMF please refer to the Solaris documentation 9 24 3 Mac OS X starting the autostart service via launchd On Mac OS X launchd is used to start the VirtualBox autostart service An example configuration file can be found in Applications VirtualBox app Contents MacOS org virtualbox vboxautostart plist To enable the service copy the file to Library LaunchDaemons and change the Disabled key from true to false Furthermore replace the second parameter to an existing configuration file which has the same format as on Linux see chapter 9 24 1 Linux starting the autostart service via init page 210 To manually start the service use the following command launchctl load Library LaunchDaemons org virtualbox vboxautostart plist For additional information on how launchd services could be configured see http developer apple com mac library documentation MacOSX Conceptual BPSystemStartup BPSystemStartup html 9 25 VirtualBox expert storage management In case the snapshot model of VirtualBox is not sufficient it is possible to enable a
44. get your first virtual machine running the following chapter describes in detail how to configure virtual machines You have considerable latitude in deciding what virtual hardware will be provided to the guest The virtual hardware can be used for communicating with the host system or with other guests For instance if you provide VirtualBox with the image of a CD ROM in an ISO file VirtualBox can present this image to a guest system as if it were a physical CD ROM Similarly you can give a guest system access to the real network via its virtual network card and if you so choose give the host system other guests or computers on the Internet access to the guest system 3 1 Supported guest operating systems Since VirtualBox is designed to provide a generic virtualization environment for x86 systems it may run operating systems of any kind even those not listed here However the focus is to optimize VirtualBox for the following guest systems Windows NT 4 0 All versions editions and service packs are fully supported however there are some issues with older service packs We recommend to install service pack 6a Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 Windows 7 Windows 8 Server 2012 All versions editions and service packs are fully supported including 64 bit versions un der the preconditions listed below Guest Additions are available Windows 8 and later
45. graphical user interface you will typically see one IDE controller in the machine s Storage settings where the virtual CD DVD drive will be attached to one of the four ports of this controller Serial ATA SATA is a newer standard introduced in 2003 Compared to IDE it supports both much higher speeds and more devices per controller Also with physical hardware devices can be added and removed while the system is running The standard interface for SATA controllers is called Advanced Host Controller Interface AHCI Like a real SATA controller VirtualBox s virtual SATA controller operates faster and also consumes fewer CPU resources than the virtual IDE controller Also this allows you to con nect up to 30 virtual hard disks to one machine instead of just three as with the VirtualBox IDE controller with the DVD drive already attached For this reason starting with version 3 2 and depending on the selected guest operating system VirtualBox uses SATA as the default for newly created virtual machines One virtual SATA controller is created by default and the default disk that is created with a new VM is attached to this controller Warning The entire SATA controller and the virtual disks attached to it including those in IDE compatibility mode will not be seen by operating systems that do not have device support for AHCI In particular there is no support for AHCI in Windows before Windows Vista so Windows XP even SP3
46. like other modifyvm settings and therefore can only be set while the machine is shut down see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 4 9 2 Page Fusion Whereas memory ballooning simply reduces the amount of RAM that is available to a VM Page Fusion works differently it avoids memory duplication between several similar running VMs In a server environment running several similar VMs e g with identical operating systems on the same host lots of memory pages are identical VirtualBox s Page Fusion technology introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 is a novel technique to efficiently identify these identical memory pages and share them between multiple VMs Note VirtualBox supports Page Fusion only on 64 bit hosts and it is not supported on Mac OS X hosts Page Fusion currently works only with Windows guests 2000 and later The more similar the VMs on a given host are the more efficiently Page Fusion can reduce the amount of host memory that is in use It therefore works best if all VMs on a host run identical operating systems e g Windows XP Service Pack 2 Instead of having a complete copy of each operating system in each VM Page Fusion identifies the identical memory pages in use by these operating systems and eliminates the duplicates sharing host memory between several machines deduplication If a VM tries to modify a page that has been shared with other VMs a new page is allocated again for that VM with a c
47. lt name or pattern lt PID gt lt PID n or guestcontrol p s kill session id lt ID gt session name name or pattern lt PID gt lt PID n gt VBoxManage added support for watching guest sessions via guestcontrol watch VBoxManage added modifyvm triplefaultreset to make the VM reset on triple fault instead of triggering a Guru Meditation see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 3D support several fixes 3D support several fixes for Mac OS X hosts OVF several fixes Extpack Installer make it work if the file is located in a folder with special characters Keyboard fix for reporting key sequences like Ctrl Alt Del for the USB keyboard emula tion Shared Clipboard X11 support for BMP format images contributed by Francois Revol Mac OS X hosts limited support for Mac OS X 10 9 Mavericks Mac OS X hosts use a launchd script instead of the deprecated Startupltem mechanism bug 8940 Windows hosts don t cause massive DPC latency only on certain hosts still needs improv ing bug 6242 Windows hosts consider symlinks when retrieving volume information bug 11962 Windows hosts fixed an issue with USB2 devices being inaccessible when plugged into USB 3 0 ports Windows Additions fixed misbehavior with guest display power management WDDM driver only bug 11170 Windows Additions fixed memory leak caused by WTSQuerySessionInformation on Win dows 2000 guests bug 12072 Windo
48. lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt groups lt group gt description lt desc gt ostype lt ostype gt iconfile lt filename gt memory lt memorysize in MB gt pagefusion on off vram vramsize in MB gt acpi on off pciattach 03 04 0 pciattach 03 04 0 02 01 0 pcidetach 03 04 0 ioapic on off hpet on off triplefaultreset on off paravirtprovider none default legacy minimal hyperv kvm hwvirtex on off nestedpaging on off largepages on off vtxvpid on off vtxux on off pae on off longmode on off cpuid portability level lt 0 3 gt cpuidset leaf eax lt ebx gt lt ecx gt lt edx gt cpuidremove lt leaf gt cpuidremoveall hardwareuuid lt uuid gt cpus lt number gt cpuhotplug on off plugcpu lt id gt unplugcpu lt id gt cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt rtcuseutc on off graphicscontroller none vboxvga vmsvga monitorcount lt number gt accelerate3d on off accelerate2dvideo on off firmware bios efi efi32 efi64 chipset ich9 piix3 bioslogofadein on off bioslogofadeout on off bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu biossystemtimeoffset lt msec gt biospxedebug on off boot lt 1 4 gt none floppy dvd disk net gt nic lt 1 N gt none null
49. name Name of the bandwidth group Mandatory type Type of the bandwidth group Mandatory Two types are supported disk and network See chapter 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images page 92 or chapter 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network I O page 104 for a description of a particular type limit Specifies the limit for the given group Can be changed while the VM is running The default unit is megabytes per second The unit can be changed by specifying one of the following suffixes k for kilobits s m for megabits s g for gigabits s K for kilobytes s M for megabytes s G for gigabytes s Note The network bandwidth limits apply only to the traffic being sent by virtual machines The traffic being received by VMs is unlimited Note To remove a bandwidth group it must not be referenced by any disks or adapters in running VM 148 8 VBoxManage 8 21 VBoxManage showhdinfo This command shows information about a virtual hard disk image notably its size its size on disk its type and the virtual machines which use it Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the showvdiinfo com mand is also supported and mapped internally to the showhdinfo command The disk image must be specified either by its UUID if the medium is registered or by its filename Registered images can be listed by VBoxManage list hdds see chapter 8 4 VBox Manage list page 127 for more
50. remove uuid vmname name name transient get uuid vmname property verbose set lt uuid vmname gt property lt value gt flags lt flags gt delete unset lt uuid vmname gt lt property gt enumerate uuid vmname patterns lt patterns gt wait lt uuid vmname gt lt patterns gt timeout lt msec gt fail on timeout lt uuid vmname gt verbose v quiet q username lt name gt domain lt domain gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt run common options exe lt path to executable gt timeout lt msec gt E putenv lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt unquoted args ignore operhaned processes no profile no wait stdout wait stdout no wait stderr wait stderr dos2unix unix2dos lt program arg0 gt argument1 argumentN start common options exe path to executable gt timeout lt msec gt E putenv NAME VALUE unquoted args ignore operhaned processes no profile lt program arg0 gt argument1 argumentN copyfrom common options dryrun follow R recursive lt guest src0 gt guest srcl lt host dst gt copyfrom common options dryrun follow R recursive target directory lt host dst dir gt lt guest src0 gt guest srcl copyto common options dryrun follow R recursive host src
51. requires hardware virtualization to be enabled DOS Windows 3 x 95 98 ME Limited testing has been performed Use beyond legacy in stallation mechanisms not recommended No Guest Additions available Linux 2 4 Limited support Linux 2 6 All versions editions are fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available We strongly recommend using a Linux kernel version 2 6 13 or higher for better perfor mance Note Certain Linux kernel releases have bugs that prevent them from executing in a virtual environment please see chapter 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions page 237 for details Linux 3 x All versions editions are fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available Solaris 10 u6 and higher Solaris 11 including Solaris 11 Express Fully supported 64 bits prior to Solaris 11 11 11 also 32 bits Guest Additions are available FreeBSD Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled Limited support Guest Additions are not available yet 44 3 Configuring virtual machines OpenBSD Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled Versions 3 7 and later are supported Guest Additions are not available yet OS 2 Warp 4 5 Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled We officially support MCP2 only other OS 2 versions may or may not work Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Mac OS X VirtualBox 3 2 added experimental support for Mac OS X gu
52. rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibili ties for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent
53. screenshotpng takes a screenshot of the guest display and saves it in PNG format videocap on off enables or disables recording a VM session into a WebM VP8 file videocapscreens all lt screen ID screen ID allows to specify which screens of the VM are being recorded This setting cannot be changed while video cap turing is enabled Each screen is recorded into a separate file videocapfile file sets the filename VirtualBox uses to save the recorded content This setting cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled videocapres width height sets the resolution in pixels of the recorded video This setting cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled videocaprate rate sets the bitrate in kilobits kb per second Increasing this value makes the video look better for the cost of an increased file size This setting cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled videocapfps fps sets the maximum number of frames per second FPS to be recorded Frames with a higher frequency will be skipped Reducing this value increases the number of skipped frames and reduces the file size This setting cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled videocapmaxtime ms sets the maximum time in milliseconds the video capturing will be enabled since activation The capturing stops when the defined time interval has elapsed If this value is zero the capturing is not limited by time This setting cannot b
54. should restore seamless mode as soon as possible after VM reboot or shutdown GUI fixes for medium enumeration GUI the OS X hot corners were not accessible while a VirtualBox VM is running Mac OS X hosts only bug 4139 GUI fixed an old bug which bared the host from cleanly shutdown reboot if the VM selector window is open Mac OS X hosts only bug 8254 Host only Networking fixed creating of host only network interfaces 4 3 0 regression bug 12182 NAT don t run into an infinite loop in case the host cannot access any DNS server 4 3 0 regression bug 12300 274 15 Change log NAT don t re connect the cable if the DNS information changes and the cable was discon nected before 4 3 0 regression bug 12225 NAT fixed several issues with automatically starting terminating of NAT networks on VM start stop and configuration changes VBoxNetDHCP don t block prevent VBoxSVC from terminating bug 12264 2D Video acceleration fix crashes on presentation mode switches bug 9194 BusLogic allow to run VMs with more than one BusLogic SCSI controller enabled Keyboard fixed a VM crash if a VM was resumed from a saved state where at least one key was pressed bug 11289 VBoxSVC fixed a heap corruption under certain conditions 4 3 0 regression VBoxSVC fixed a race leading to a hang during initialization bug 12349 OVF fixed import logic for OVF appliances containing multiple VMs OVF improved logic for findi
55. such as VDI VMDK or RAW this lists the back end s capabilities and configuration e hdds dvds and floppies all give you information about virtual disk images currently in use by VirtualBox including all their settings the unique identifiers UUIDs associated with them by VirtualBox and all files associated with them This is the command line equivalent of the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 86 e usbhost supplies information about USB devices attached to the host notably information useful for constructing USB filters and whether they are currently in use by the host e usbfilters lists all global USB filters registered with VirtualBox that is filters for devices which are accessible to all virtual machines and displays the filter parameters e systemproperties displays some global VirtualBox settings such as minimum and maxi mum guest RAM and virtual hard disk size folder settings and the current authentication library in use e extpacks displays all VirtualBox extension packs currently installed see chapter 1 5 In stalling VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 and chapter 8 36 VBoxManage extpack page 170 for more information 8 5 VBoxManage showvminfo The showvminfo command shows information about a particular virtual machine This is the same information as VBoxManage list vms long would show for all virtual machines You will get information similar to the following
56. will not see such disks unless you install additional drivers It is possible to switch from IDE to SATA after installation by installing the SATA drivers and changing the controller type in the VM settings dialog VirtualBox recommends the Intel Matrix Storage drivers which can be downloaded from http downloadcenter intel com Product_Filter aspx ProductID 2101 To add a SATA controller to a machine for which it has not been enabled by default either because it was created by an earlier version of VirtualBox or because SATA is not sup ported by default by the selected guest operating system go to the Storage page of the machine s settings dialog click on the Add Controller button under the Storage Tree box and then select Add SATA Controller After this the additional controller will appear as a separate PCI device in the virtual machine and you can add virtual disks to it To change the IDE compatibility mode settings for the SATA controller please see chapter 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl page 147 SCSI is another established industry standard standing for Small Computer System In terface SCSI was standardized as early as 1986 as a generic interface for data transfer between all kinds of devices including storage devices Today SCSI is still used for connect ing hard disks and tape devices but it has mostly been displaced in commodity hardware It is still in common use in high perfo
57. with systems outside using TCP and UDP over IPv4 and IPv6 A NAT service is attached to an internal network Virtual machines which are to make use of it should be attached to that internal network The name of internal network is chosen when the NAT service is created and the internal network will be created if it does not already exist An example command to create a NAT network is VBoxManage natnetwork add netname natnetl network 192 168 15 0 24 enable Here natnet1 is the name of the internal network to be used and 192 168 15 0 24 is the network address and mask of the NAT service interface By default in this static configuration the gateway will be assigned the address 192 168 15 1 the address following the interface address though this is subject to change To attach a DHCP server to the internal network we modify the example as follows VBoxManage natnetwork add netname natnetl network 192 168 15 0 24 enable dhcp on or to add a DHCP server to the network after creation VBoxManage natnetwork modify netname natnetl dhcp on To disable it again use VBoxManage natnetwork modify netname natnetl dhcp off DHCP server provides list of registered nameservers but doesn t map servers from 127 8 network To start the NAT service use the following command VBoxManage natnetwork start netname natnetl If the network has a DHCP server attached then it will start together with the NAT network serv
58. you are unsure you should consult the documentation which you followed to do so 2 The kernel of your Linux host was updated and DKMS is not installed In that case the kernel module will need to be reinstalled by executing as root rcvboxdrv setup 2 3 3 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available in a number of package formats native to various common Linux distribu tions see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 for details In addition there is an alternative generic installer run which should work on most Linux distributions 2 3 3 1 Installing VirtualBox from a Debian Ubuntu package First download the appropriate package for your distribution The following examples assume that you are installing to a 32 bit Ubuntu Raring system Use dpkg to install the Debian package sudo dpkg i virtualbox 5 0_5 0 4 Ubuntu raring i386 deb You will be asked to accept the VirtualBox Personal Use and Evaluation License Unless you answer yes here the installation will be aborted The installer will also search for a VirtualBox kernel module suitable for your kernel The pack age includes pre compiled modules for the most common kernel configurations If no suitable kernel module is found the installation script tries to build a module itself If the build process is not successful you will be shown a warning and the package will be left unconfigured Please have a look at var log vbox install log to find
59. 1500 up nge0 dladm show vnic LINK OVER SPEED MACADDRESS MACADDRTYPE VID vboxvnic_template0 nge0 1000 2 8 20 25 12 75 random 23 Once the VNIC template is created any VMs that need to be on VLAN 23 over the interface nge0 can be configured to bridge using this VNIC template VNIC templates makes managing VMs on VLANs simpler and efficient The VLAN details are not stored as part of every VM s configuration but rather inherited from the VNIC template while starting the VM The VNIC template itself can be modified anytime using dladm VNIC templates can be created with additional properties such as bandwidth limits CPU fanout etc Refer to your Solaris network documentation on how to accomplish this These additional properties if any are also applied to VMs which bridge using the VNIC template 9 17 Configuring multiple host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts By default VirtualBox provides you with one host only network interface Adding more host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts requires manual configuration Here s how to add another host only network interface Begin by stopping all running VMs Then unplumb the existing vboxnet0 interface by exe cute the following command as root ifconfig vboxnetO unplumb If you have several vboxnet interfaces you will need to unplumb all of them Once all vboxnet interfaces are unplumbed remove the driver by executing the following command as root rem_dr
60. 24 and 4 3 8 The feature can be enabled using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI HidLedsSync 1 In order to disable it use the same command but change 1 to 0 or use the VBoxManage command to remove the extra data This is a per VM setting and it is disabled by default 212 9 Advanced topics 9 29 Capturing USB traffic for selected devices Starting with VirtualBox 5 0 it is possible to capture USB traffic for single USB devices or on the root hub level which captures the traffic of all USB devices attached to the root hub VirtualBox stores the traffic in a format which is compatible with Wireshark To capture the traffic of a spe cific USB device it must be attached to the VM with VBoxManage using the following command VBoxManage controlvm VM name usbattach device uuid address capturefile filename In order to enable capturing on the root hub use the following command while the VM is not running VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices usb ehci 0 LUN 0 Config CaptureFilename filename The command above enables capturing on the root hub attached to the EHCI controller To enable it for the OHCI or XHCI controller replace usb ehci with usb ohci or usb xhci respec tively 9 30 Configuring the heartbeat service VirtualBox ships a simple heartbeat service Once the Guest Additions are active the guest sends frequent heartbeat pings to the host If the guest stops sendi
61. 3 9 Serial ports VirtualBox fully supports virtual serial ports in a virtual machine in an easy to use manner Ever since the original IBM PC personal computers have been equipped with one or two serial ports also called COM ports by DOS and Windows Serial ports were commonly used with modems and some computer mice used to be connected to serial ports before USB became commonplace While serial ports are no longer as ubiquitous as they used to be there are still some important uses left for them For example serial ports can be used to set up a primitive network over a null modem cable in case Ethernet is not available Also serial ports are indispensable for system programmers needing to do kernel debugging since kernel debugging software usually interacts with developers over a serial port With virtual serial ports system programmers can do kernel debugging on a virtual machine instead of needing a real computer to connect to 7Intel HD Audio support was added with VirtualBox 4 0 because Windows 7 and later as well as 64 bit Windows Vista do not support the Intel AC 97 controller out of the box Serial port support was added with VirtualBox 1 5 54 3 Configuring virtual machines If a virtual serial port is enabled the guest operating system sees a standard 16550A com patible UART device Both receiving and transmitting data is supported How this virtual serial port is then connected to the host is configurable and th
62. 4 System settings The System category groups various settings that are related to the basic hardware that is presented to the virtual machine Note As the activation mechanism of Microsoft Windows is sensitive to hardware changes if you are changing hardware settings for a Windows guest some of these changes may trigger a request for another activation with Microsoft 3 4 1 Motherboard tab On the Motherboard tab you can influence virtual hardware that would normally be on the motherboard of a real computer Base memory This sets the amount of RAM that is allocated and given to the VM when it is running The specified amount of memory will be requested from the host operating sys tem so it must be available or made available as free memory on the host when attempting to start the VM and will not be available to the host while the VM is running This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described with guidelines under chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 above Generally it is possible to change the memory size after installing the guest operating system provided you do not reduce the memory to an amount where the operating system would no longer boot Boot order This setting determines the order in which the guest operating system will attempt to boot from the various virtual boot devices Analogous to a real PC s BIOS setting VirtualB
63. 8 31 VBoxManage guest control page 154 4 9 Memory overcommitment In server environments with many VMs the Guest Additions can be used to share physical host memory between several VMs reducing the total amount of memory in use by the VMs If memory usage is the limiting factor and CPU resources are still available this can help with packing more VMs on each host 4 9 1 Memory ballooning Starting with version 3 2 the Guest Additions of VirtualBox can change the amount of host memory that a VM uses while the machine is running Because of how this is implemented this feature is called memory ballooning Note VirtualBox supports memory ballooning only on 64 bit hosts and it is not sup ported on Mac OS X hosts Normally to change the amount of memory allocated to a virtual machine one has to shut down the virtual machine entirely and modify its settings With memory ballooning memory that was allocated for a virtual machine can be given to another virtual machine without having to shut the machine down 79 4 Guest Additions When memory ballooning is requested the VirtualBox Guest Additions which run inside the guest allocate physical memory from the guest operating system on the kernel level and lock this memory down in the guest This ensures that the guest will not use that memory any longer no guest applications can allocate it and the guest kernel will not use it either VirtualBox can then re use
64. AGP and certain PCI Express cards are not supported at the moment if they rely on GART Graphics Address Remapping Table unit programming for texture manage ment as it does rather nontrivial operations with pages remapping interfering with IOMMU This limitation may be lifted in future releases To be fully functional PCI passthrough support in VirtualBox depends upon an IOMMU hard ware unit which is not yet too widely available If the device uses bus mastering i e it performs DMA to the OS memory on its own then an IOMMU is required otherwise such DMA transac tions may write to the wrong physical memory address as the device DMA engine is programmed using a device specific protocol to perform memory transactions The IOMMU functions as trans lation unit mapping physical memory access requests from the device using knowledge of the guest physical address to host physical addresses translation rules Intel s solution for IOMMU is marketed as Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d and AMD s one is called AMD Vi So please check if your motherboard datasheet has appropriate technology Even if your hardware doesn t have a IOMMU certain PCI cards may work such as serial PCI adapters but the guest will show a warning on boot and the VM execution will terminate if the guest driver will attempt to enable card bus mastering It is very common that the BIOS or the host OS disables the IOMMU by default So before any at
65. Barcelona CPUs Most Linux based guests will fail with AMD Phenoms or Barcelona level Opterons due to a bug in the Linux kernel Enable the I O APIC to work around the problem see chapter 3 4 System settings page 48 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions The following bugs in Linux kernels prevent them from executing correctly in VirtualBox causing VM boot crashes e The Linux kernel version 2 6 18 and some 2 6 17 versions introduced a race condition that can cause boot crashes in VirtualBox Please use a kernel version 2 6 19 or later e With hardware virtualization and the I O APIC enabled kernels before 2 6 24 rc6 may panic on boot with the following message Kernel panic not syncing IO APIC timer doesn t work Boot with apic debug and send a report Then try booting with the noapic option If you see this message either disable hardware virtualization or the I O APIC see chapter 3 4 System settings page 48 or upgrade the guest to a newer kernel See http www mail archive com git commits headevger kernel org msg30813 html for details about the kernel fix 237 12 Troubleshooting 12 4 4 Shared clipboard auto resizing and seamless desktop in X11 guests Guest desktop services in guests running the X11 window system Solaris Linux and others are provided by a guest service called VBoxClient which runs under the ID of the user who started the desktop session and is automatically started using t
66. Copyright 1998 Ulrich Weigand Copyright 1999 Ove Koven VirtualBox contains code from lwIP which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 11 lwIP license page 300 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science VirtualBox contains libxml which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 12 libxml license page 301 and Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard VirtualBox contains libxslt which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 13 libxslt li censes page 301 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard and Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard VirtualBox contains code from the gSOAP XML web services tools which are licensed under the license in chapter 16 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a page 302 and Copyright C 2000 2007 Robert van Engelen Genivia Inc and others VirtualBox ships with the application tunctl shipped as VBoxTunctl from the User mode Linux suite which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 283 and Copyright C 2002 Jeff Dike VirtualBox contains code from Chromium an OpenGL implementation which is goverened by the licenses in chapter 16 2 15 Chromium licenses page 307 and Copyright C Stanford University The Regents of the University of California Red Hat and others 281 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains libcurl which is governed by the license in chap
67. EXHIBIT A The contents of this file are subject to the gSOAP Public License Version 1 3 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of 306 16 Third party materials and licenses the License at http www cs fsu edu engelen soaplicense html Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the License The Original Code of the gSOAP Software is stdsoap h stdsoap2 h stdsoap c stdsoap2 c stdsoap cpp stdsoap2 cpp soapcpp2 h soapcpp2 c soapcpp2 lex l soapcpp2 yacc y error2 h error2 c symbol2 c init2 c soapdoc2 html and soapdoc2 pdf httpget h httpget c stl h stld eque h stllist h stlvector h stlset h The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Robert A van Engelen Portions created by Robert A van Engelen are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved Contributor s Note The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly form the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original code You should use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications EXHIBIT B Part of the software embedded in this product is gSOAP software Portions created by gSOAP are Copyright C 20
68. FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTH ERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IM PLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFEC TIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR RE DISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU 286 16 Third party materials and licenses OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PRO GRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permi
69. In 304 16 Third party materials and licenses such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 3 8 Restrictions You may not remove any product identification copyright proprietary no tices or labels from gSOAP 4 INABILITY TO COMPLY DUE TO STATUTE OR REGULATION If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all distributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 APPLICATION OF THIS LICENSE This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 VERSIONS OF THE LICENSE 6 1 New Versions Grantor may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that v
70. Interface Device drivers in Windows 98 are very old and do not handle tablets the same way all more recent operating systems do Windows 2000 and later Mac OS X Solaris To work around the problem issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal USB HidMouse 0 Config CoordShift 0 To restore the default behavior remove the key or set its value to 1 12 3 9 Windows guests are removed from an Active Directory domain after restoring a snapshot If a Windows guest is a member of an Active Directory domain and the snapshot feature of VirtualBox is used it could happen it loses this status after you restore an older snapshot The reason is the automatic machine password changing performed by Windows in regular intervals for security purposes You can disable this feature by following the instruction of this http support microsoft com kb 154501 article from Microsoft 12 3 10 Restoring d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows prior to 4 1 8 did not properly back up the original d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll system files when selecting and installing the experimental Direct3D sup port This process replaces both system files with files from the VirtualBox Guest Additions so that Direct3D calls can be handled correctly Although this issue was fixed with VirtualBox 4 1 8 there is no way the Windows Guest Additions installer can repair these files Corruption of these files has no implications in case 3D
71. MOZPL Netscape MPL NPL or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license ex cept to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and Netscape 295 16 Third party materials and licenses Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WAR RANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGING THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE IS WITH YOU SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT YOU NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIB UTOR ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becomin
72. Name VirtualBox GuestAdd InstallDir value C Program Files Oracle VirtualBox Guest Additions timestamp 1229098279269739000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Revision value 40720 timestamp 1229098279345664000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Version value 5 0 4 timestamp 1229098279479515000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxControl exe value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279651731000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxHook dll value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279804835000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxDisp dll value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279880611000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxMRXNP dll value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279882618000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxService exe value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279883195000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxTray exe value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279885027000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxGuest sys value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279886838000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxMouse sys value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279890600000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxSF sys value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279893056000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxVideo sys value 5 0 4r40720 timestamp 1229098279895767000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestIn
73. OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 24 libffi license Copyright c 1996 2012 Anthony Green Red Hat Inc and others See source files for details Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 313 16 Third party materials and licenses 16 2 25 FLTK license December 11 2001 The FLTK library and included programs are provided under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License LGPL with the following exceptions 1 Modi
74. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 23 PCRE license PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language Release 8 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the BSD licence as specified below The documentation for PCRE supplied in the doc directory is distributed under the same terms as the software itself 312 16 Third party materials and licenses The basic library functions are written in C and are freestanding Also included in the distribu tion is a set of C wrapper functions and a just in time compiler that can be used to optimize pattern matching These are both optional features that can be omitted when the library is built THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2012 University of Cambridge All rights reserved PCRE JUST IN TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT Written by Zoltan Herczeg Email local part hzmester Emain domain freemail hu Copyright c 2010 2012 Zoltan Herczeg All rights re served STACK LESS JUST IN TIME COMPILER Written by Zoltan Herczeg Email local part hzmester Emain domain freemail hu Copyright c 2009 2012 Zoltan Herczeg All rights re served THE C WRAPPER FUNCTIONS Contributed by Google Inc Copyri
75. PID n gt List of process identifiers PIDs to terminate session close which closes specific guest sessions based on either the session s ID or the session s name VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt session close session id lt ID gt session name name or pattern all verbose 160 8 VBoxManage where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory session id Close a guest session specified by its ID session name Close a guest session specified by its name Multiple sessions can be closed when specifying or wildcards all Close all guest sessions verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose e stat which displays file or file system status on the guest VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt stat lt file gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory file element s to check on guest Absolute path of directory directories to check on guest e g home foo a out The specified user must have appropriate rights to access the given file element s username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password pas
76. This can be done in the GUI for a complete VM or using VBoxManage with the following command VBoxManage encryptmedium uuid filename oldpassword file The only required parameter is the password the image was encrypted with The options are the same as for encrypting images 215 10 Technical background The contents of this chapter are not required to use VirtualBox successfully The following is provided as additional information for readers who are more familiar with computer architecture and technology and wish to find out more about how VirtualBox works under the hood 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files In VirtualBox a virtual machine and its settings are described in a virtual machine settings file in XML format In addition most virtual machine have one or more virtual hard disks which are typically represented by disk images e g in VDI format Where all these files are stored depends on which version of VirtualBox created the machine 10 1 1 Machines created by VirtualBox version 4 0 or later Starting with version 4 0 by default each virtual machine has one directory on your host com puter where all the files of that machine are stored the XML settings file with a vbox file extension and its disk images By default this machine folder is placed in a common folder called VirtualBox VMs which VirtualBox creates in the current system user s home directory The location of this home dir
77. This is the default option chosen while creating new VMs The legacy option is chosen for VMs which were created with older VirtualBox versions and will pick a paravirtualization interface while starting the VM with VirtualBox 5 0 and newer The minimal provider is mandatory for Mac OS X guests while kvm and hyperv are recommended for Linux and Windows guests respectively These options are explained in detail under chapter 10 4 Paravirtualization providers page 221 nestedpaging on off If hardware virtualization is enabled this additional setting enables or disables the use of the nested paging feature in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 largepages on off If hardware virtualization and nested paging are enabled for Intel VT x only an additional performance improvement of up to 5 can be obtained by enabling this setting This causes the hypervisor to use large pages to reduce TLB use and overhead 131 8 VBoxManage vtxvpid on off If hardware virtualization is enabled for Intel VI x only this addi tional setting enables or disables the use of the tagged TLB VPID feature in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 vtxux on off If hardware virtualization is enabled for Intel VI x only this setting enables or disables the use of the unrestricted guest mode feature for executing your guest acce
78. USB traffic for selected de vices page 213 Made resizing X11 guests work more reliably API block the removal of the current snapshot if it has child snapshots only relevant for VMs without snapshottable hard disks their presence always prevented removal which resulted in VM config corruption API mark VM configs with snapshots but without current snapshot as inaccessible as this combination is nonsense API fix information for some automatically generated events only with XPCOM Windows host was not affected which caused errors when getting some of the attributes over the webservice bug 12379 API fix crashes in Java API clients using the XPCOM binding happened with output pa rameters only bug 11232 API a number of settings e g network settings can now also be changed when the VM is in saved state API fixed incorrect resuming of VMs on host resume unless they were previously paused due to a host suspend API don t lose the saved state and current state changed flag during cloning of a VM API OS type description consistency fix bug 14162 VBoxSVC don t keep the support driver permanently open Main Properties properly drop transient guest properties when the VM is powered off 258 15 Change log VRDP fixed a couple of races which may cause a crash during VM poweroff ExtPack don t fail if the TMP directory contains non latin characters bug 14159 3D fix potential race in which might cau
79. X servers from X Org X11R6 8 to X11R7 1 and in XFree86 version 4 3 the right vboxmouse driver must be loaded and associated with dev mouse or dev psaux in X Org server 1 3 or later a driver for a PS 2 mouse must be loaded and the right vboxmouse driver must be associated with dev vboxguest 179 9 Advanced topics The VirtualBox guest graphics driver can use any graphics configuration for which the virtual resolution fits into the virtual video memory allocated to the virtual machine minus a small amount used by the guest driver as described in chapter 3 5 Display settings page 51 The driver will offer a range of standard modes at least up to the default guest resolution for all active guest monitors In X Org Server 1 3 and later the default mode can be changed by setting the output property VBOX_MODE to lt width gt x lt height gt for any guest monitor When VBoxClient and the kernel drivers are active this is done automatically when the host requests a mode change The driver for older versions can only receive new modes by querying the host for requests at regular intervals With pre 1 3 X Servers you can also add your own modes to the X server configuration file You simply need to add them to the Modes list in the Display subsection of the Screen section For example the section shown here has a custom 2048x800 resolution mode added Section Screen Identifier Default Screen Device VirtualBox graphics
80. a VM that is currently running or change some of its settings use VBoxManage controlvm see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 141 for de tails 8 2 Commands overview When running VBoxManage without parameters or when supplying an invalid command line the below syntax diagram will be shown Note that the output will be slightly different depending on the host platform when in doubt check the output of VBoxManage for the commands available on your particular host Usage VBoxManage lt general option gt lt command gt General Options v version q nologo settingspw lt pw gt settingspwfile lt file gt Commands list long 1 showvminfo showvminfo registervm unregistervm createvm print version number and exit suppress the logo provide the settings password provide a file containing the settings password vms runningvms ostypes hostdvds hostfloppies intnets bridgedifs hostonlyifs natnets dhcpservers hostinfo hostcpuids hddbackends hdds dvds floppies usbhost usbfilters systemproperties extpacks groups webcams screenshotformats lt uuid vmname gt details machinereadable lt uuid vmname gt log lt idx gt lt filename gt lt uuid vmname gt delete name lt name gt 117 modifyvm 8 VBoxManage groups lt group gt ostype lt ostype gt register basefolder lt path gt uuid lt uuid gt
81. acceleration is enabled and basic Di rect3D support is installed that is without WDDM on Windows Vista or higher or on older Win dows systems like Windows XP With the basic Direct3D support all Direct3D 8 0 and Direct3D 9 0 applications will utilize VirtualBox Direct3D files directly and thus will run as expected For WDDM Direct3D support however the originally shipped d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll files are required in order to run Direct3D 8 0 and Direct3D 9 0 applications As a result of the above mentioned system files corruption these applications will not work anymore See below for a step by step guide for restoring the original d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll system files in case the 235 12 Troubleshooting VirtualBox Guest Additions installer warned about those incorrect files or when having trouble running Direct3D applications Note Starting at Windows 7 the 3D desktop aka Aero uses DirectX 10 for rendering so that corrupted d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll system files will have no effect on the actual rendering This is why such a detected file corruption is not considered as fatal for the basic Direct3D installation on all supported Windows guests and for WDDM Direct3D installation on Windows 7 and later guests Extracting d3d8 and d3d9 dll from a Windows XP installation CD 1 Download and install the latest version of 7 Zip File Manager http www 7 zip org Browse into the installation CD for example E i386 or amd64 for the 64 bi
82. any change don t forget to run the following command to put the changes into effect immediately svcadm refresh svc application virtualbox webservice default If you forget the above command then the previous settings will be used when enabling the service Check the current property settings with svcprop p config svc application virtualbox webservice default When everything is configured correctly you can start the VirtualBox web service with the following command svcadm enable svc application virtualbox webservice default For more information about SMF please refer to the Solaris documentation 9 21 3 Mac OS X starting the webservice via launchd On Mac OS X launchd is used to start the VirtualBox webservice An example configuration file can be found in HOME Library LaunchAgents org virtualbox vboxwebsrv plist It can be enabled by changing the Disabled key from true to false To manually start the service use the following command launchctl load Library LaunchAgents org virtualbox vboxwebsrv plist For additional information on how launchd services could be configured see http developer apple com mac library documentation MacOSX Conceptual BPSystemStartup BPSystemStartup html 9 22 VirtualBox Watchdog Starting with VirtualBox 4 2 the memory ballooning service formerly known as VBoxBalloonCtrl was renamed to VBoxWatchdog which now incorporates several host services that are meant to be run in a server environme
83. are locked Communication be tween the various VirtualBox components and VBoxSVC is performed through a local domain socket residing in tmp vbox lt username gt ipc In case there are communication problems i e a VirtualBox application cannot communicate with VBoxSVC terminate the daemons and remove the local domain socket directory 12 8 7 USB not working If USB is not working on your Linux host make sure that the current user is a member of the vboxusers group On older hosts you need to make sure that the user has permission to access the USB filesystem usbfs which VirtualBox relies on to retrieve valid information about your host s USB devices The rest of this section only applies to those older systems As usbfs is a virtual filesystem a chmod on proc bus usb has no effect The permissions for usbfs can therefore only be changed by editing the etc fstab file For example most Linux distributions have a user group called usb or similar of which the current user must be a member To give all users of that group access to usbfs make sure the following line is present 85 is the USB group none proc bus usb usbfs devgid 85 devmode 664 0 0 Replace 85 with the group ID that matches your system search etc group for usb or similar Alternatively if you don t mind the security hole give all users access to USB by changing 664 to 666 The various distributions are very creative from which script the
84. back and forward in virtual machine time You can delete snapshots while a VM is running to reclaim disk space e Infrastructure consolidation Virtualization can significantly reduce hardware and elec tricity costs Most of the time computers today only use a fraction of their potential power and run with low average system loads A lot of hardware resources as well as electricity is thereby wasted So instead of running many such physical computers that are only par tially used one can pack many virtual machines onto a few powerful hosts and balance the loads between them 1 2 Some terminology When dealing with virtualization and also for understanding the following chapters of this documentation it helps to acquaint oneself with a bit of crucial terminology especially the following terms Host operating system host OS This is the operating system of the physical computer on which VirtualBox was installed There are versions of VirtualBox for Windows Mac OS X Linux and Solaris hosts for details please see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 Most of the time this User Manual discusses all VirtualBox versions together There may be platform specific differences which we will point out where appropriate Guest operating system guest OS This is the operating system that is running inside the virtual machine Theoretically VirtualBox can run any x86 operating system DOS Win dows OS 2 FreeBSD OpenBSD
85. bit y v v f Expert Mode Go Back Continue Cancel Suea On the following pages the wizard will ask you for the bare minimum of information that is needed to create a VM in particular 1 The VM name will later be shown in the VM list of the VirtualBox Manager window and it will be used for the VM s files on disk Even though any name could be used keep in 18 1 First steps mind that once you have created a few VMs you will appreciate if you have given your VMs rather informative names My VM would thus be less useful than Windows XP SP2 with OpenOffice For Operating System Type select the operating system that you want to install later The supported operating systems are grouped if you want to install something very un usual that is not listed select Other Depending on your selection VirtualBox will enable or disable certain VM settings that your guest operating system may require This is partic ularly important for 64 bit guests see chapter 3 1 2 64 bit guests page 45 It is therefore recommended to always set it to the correct value On the next page select the memory RAM that VirtualBox should allocate every time the virtual machine is started The amount of memory given here will be taken away from your host machine and presented to the guest operating system which will report this size as the virtual computer s installed RAM Note Choose this setting carefully The memor
86. bit gesis coco a a Ee eS 22 Estulated habeam ux Ro mg A aa Re s 3 DERE SENN PED we a Ee ee a See eee wR ow eee 3 1 Basie tab esonera re Xo aS aa Saale 33 2 Advanced TAR ee ee es ee ea a amp eR Bt ant wt at LUN 3 3 5 Description tab iue o o rosada yon oo Rs EINE cur cipio PIDE 3 41 Motherboard tab coccion o i SAD Processor laD ln eme a odas A EUR ee ee e 3 43 Acneleration tab osos oom RR URS 35 Display BORME usos sk oo E m o ee DRE Re RE EEUU ego xus 36 Storage SEDES eus os Looeoe eoe a a EGER Ge 37 Audio settings 209 9 EO eX ORO OG OD eee RA UR RR DRE 36 MeneorksetHMES oder e voc RR E RO EUR RC OR Rc Ro ROS mx 3 0 Seral por 2e o 4449 aa UU ES COR Y OR EROR URS 2 10 USE SUPpOIt rok Re a UR REUS SAG USBsett nBE soeces ES e br RR Eo 3 10 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts 341 Shaped folders lt occ caso oom wot omo some ote un X XR S VES SUR S 3 12 Alternative firmware EFD 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI uer moy m RR Sa 3 122 Specifying boot arpurments lt lt cs ss s e RR RR m x Ro ee 4 Guest Additions AL nio cic PERMET a ene AO me Sata a Ge aoe ee 4 2 Installing and Maintaining Guest Additions less 4 2 1 Guest Additions for Windows llle 4 2 2 Guest Additions for Linux 00000002 eee 4 2 3 Guest Additions for Solaris a 4 2 4 Guest Additions for OS 2 o o e 43 Shared
87. can use A value of 50 implies a single virtual CPU can use up to 50 of a single host CPU pae on off This enables disables PAE see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 longmode on off This enables disables long mode see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 synthcpu on off This setting determines whether VirtualBox will expose a synthetic CPU to the guest to allow live migration between host systems that differ significantly hpet on off This enables disables a High Precision Event Timer HPET which can replace the legacy system timers This is turned off by default Note that Windows supports a HPET only from Vista onwards hwvirtex on off This enables or disables the use of hardware virtualization exten sions Intel VI x or AMD V in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 3 Hard ware vs software virtualization page 220 triplefaultreset on off This setting allows to reset the guest instead of triggering a Guru Meditation Some guests raise a triple fault to reset the CPU so sometimes this is desired behavior Works only for non SMP guests paravirtprovider none default legacy minimal hyperv kvm This setting speci fies which paravirtualization interface to provide to the guest operating system Specifying none explicitly turns off exposing any paravirtualization interface The option default will pick an appropriate interface depending on the guest OS type while starting the VM
88. cpu id reg set reg name value VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt show human readable sh export sh eval cmd set settings item VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt statistics reset descriptions pattern pattern VBoxManage extpack install replace lt tarball gt VBoxManage extpack uninstall force lt name gt VBoxManage extpack cleanup Each time VBoxManage is invoked only one command can be executed However a command might support several subcommands which then can be invoked in one single call The following sections provide detailed reference information on the different commands 8 3 General options version show the version of this tool and exit nologo suppress the output of the logo information useful for scripts settingspw specifiy a settings password settingspwfile specify a file containing the settings password The settings password is used for certain settings which need to be stored encrypted for secu rity reasons At the moment the only encrypted setting is the iSCSI initiator secret see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 for details As long as no settings password is speci fied this information is stored in plain text After using the settingspw settingspwfile option once it must be always used otherwise the encrypted setting cannot be unencrypted 8 4 VBoxManage list The list command gives relevant inf
89. create a snapshot as explained in the previous section VirtualBox freezes the images attached to the virtual machine and creates differencing images for each of them to be precise one for each image that is not in write through mode From the point of view of the virtual machine the virtual disks continue to operate before but all write operations go into the differencing images Each time you create another snapshot for each hard disk attachment another differencing image is created and attached forming a chain or tree In the above screenshot you see that the original disk image is now attached to a snapshot representing the state of the disk when the snapshot was taken If you now restore a snapshot that is if you want to go back to the exact machine state that was stored in the snapshot the following happens a VirtualBox copies the virtual machine settings that were copied into the snapshot back to the virtual machine As a result if you have made changes to the machine configuration since taking the snapshot they are undone b If the snapshot was taken while the machine was running it contains a saved machine state and that state is restored as well after restoring the snapshot the machine will then be in Saved state and resume execution from there when it is next started Otherwise the machine will be in Powered Off state and do a full boot c For each disk image attached to the machine the
90. down list to bring up a standard file dialog which allows you to pick any disk image file on your host disk Most probably if you are using VirtualBox for the first time you will want to create a new disk image Hence press the New button This brings up another window the Create New Virtual Disk Wizard which helps you create a new disk image file in the new virtual machine s folder VirtualBox supports two types of image files e A dynamically allocated file will only grow in size when the guest actually stores data on its virtual hard disk It will therefore initially be small on the host hard drive and only later grow to the size specified as it is filled with data e A fixed size file will immediately occupy the file specified even if only a fraction of the virtual hard disk space is actually in use While occupying much more space a fixed size file incurs less overhead and is therefore slightly faster than a dynamically allocated file For details about the differences please refer to chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 85 To prevent your physical hard disk from running full VirtualBox limits the size of the image file Still it needs to be large enough to hold the contents of your operating system and the applications you want to install for a modern Windows or Linux guest you will probably need several gigabytes for any serious use The limit of the image file size can be changed later
91. equivalent to selecting the Pause item in the Machine menu of the GUI Use VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt resume to undo a previous pause command This is equivalent to selecting the Resume item in the Machine menu of the GUI VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt reset has the same effect on a virtual machine as pressing the Reset button on a real computer a cold reboot of the virtual machine which will restart and boot the guest operating system again immediately The state of the VM is not saved beforehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Reset item in the Machine menu of the GUI VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt poweroff has the same effect on a virtual machine as pulling the power cable on a real computer Again the state of the VM is not saved be forehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the Machine menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Power off the machine in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Powered off From there it can be started again see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 141 141 8 VBoxManage VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt savestate will save the current state of the VM to disk and then stop the VM This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the Machine menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and
92. failed however the image will become unregistered in any case 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach This command attaches modifies removes a storage medium connected to a storage controller that was previously added with the storagectl command see the previous section The syntax is as follows VBoxManage storageattach lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt device lt number gt type dvddrive hdd fdd medium none emptydrive lt uuid gt lt filename gt host lt drive gt iscsi mtype normal writethrough immutable shareable comment lt text gt setuuid lt uuid gt setparentuuid lt uuid gt passthrough on off tempeject on off nonrotational on off discard on off bandwidthgroup name none forceunmount server name ip target lt target gt tport port lun lt lun gt encodedlun lun username lt username gt password lt password gt initiator lt initiator gt intnet A number of parameters are commonly required the ones at the end of the list are required only for iSCSI targets see below The common parameters are uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory storagectl Name of the storage controller Mandatory The list of the storage controllers currently attached to a VM can be obtained with VBoxManage showvminfo see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage showvminfo
93. fixed and refuse to start with different modes When using the X org VESA driver custom modelines have to be calculated and added to the configuration usually in etc X11 xorg conf A handy tool to determine modeline entries can be found at http www tkk fi Misc Electronics faq vga2rgb calc html 9 1 3 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux When switching from a X virtual terminal VT to another VT using Ctrl Alt Fx while the VBoxSDL window has the input focus the guest will receive Ctrl and Alt keypress events without receiving the corresponding key release events This is an architectural limitation of Linux In order to reset the modifier keys it is possible to send SIGUSR1 to the VBoxSDL main thread first entry in the ps list For example when switching away to another VT and saving the virtual machine from this terminal the following sequence can be used to make sure the VM is not saved with stuck modifiers kill usrl pid VBoxManage controlvm Windows 2000 savestate 173 9 Advanced topics 9 2 Automated guest logons VirtualBox provides Guest Addition modules for Windows Linux and Solaris to enable automated logons on the guest When a guest operating system is running in a virtual machine it might be desirable to perform coordinated and automated logons using credentials from a master logon system With cre dentials we are referring to logon information consisting of user name password and domain nam
94. flags corresponding to the log statement flag Prefix each log line with the flag mnemonics corresponding to the log statement groupno Prefix each log line with the log group number for the log statement producing it group Prefix each log line with the log group name for the log statement producing it tid Prefix each log line with the current thread identifier thread Prefix each log line with the current thread name time Prefix each log line with the current UTC wall time timeprog Prefix each log line with the current monotonic time since the start of the program msprog Prefix each log line with the current monotonic timestamp value in milliseconds since the start of the program ts Prefix each log line with the current monotonic timestamp value in nanoseconds tsc Prefix each log line with the current CPU timestamp counter TSC value 167 8 VBoxManage rel absx Selects the whether ts and tsc prefixes should be displayed as relative to the previous log line or as absolute time hex dec Selects the whether the ts and tsc prefixes should be formatted as hexadecimal or deci mal custom Custom log prefix has by default no meaning for VM processes usecrlf uself Output with DOS style CRLF or just UNIX style LF line endings overwritex append Overwrite the destination file or append to it This corresponds to the logflags command in the debugger debugvm osdetect VBoxManage debugvm lt uui
95. high speed devices USB 2 0 only 46 3 Configuring virtual machines The emulated USB controllers do not communicate directly with devices on the host but rather with a virtual USB layer which abstracts the USB protocol and allows the use of remote USB devices e Audio See chapter 3 7 Audio settings page 54 3 3 General settings In the Settings window under General you can configure the most fundamental aspects of the virtual machine such as memory and essential hardware There are three tabs Basic Advanced and Description 3 3 1 Basic tab Under the Basic tab of the General settings category you can find these settings Name The name under which the VM is shown in the list of VMs in the main window Under this name VirtualBox also saves the VM s configuration files By changing the name VirtualBox renames these files as well As a result you can only use characters which are allowed in your host operating system s file names Note that internally VirtualBox uses unique identifiers UUIDs to identify virtual ma chines You can display these with VBoxManage Operating system version The type of the guest operating system that is or will be installed in the VM This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 Whereas the default settings of a newly created VM dep
96. host CD DVD devices also consider BlueRay devices Mac OS X hosts fixed host shutdown and reboot delay caused by running VBoxSVC process in some cases OS 2 Additions fixed gengradd dll library name bug 12785 Solaris Additions fixed permissions of files and directories located on shared folders Windows host installer fixed the need for rebooting Windows after installation or upgrade extended logging for NetFlt NetAdp un installation 15 12 Version 4 3 12 2014 05 16 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed an occasional Guru Meditation Mac OS X hosts only bugs 12727 12954 VMM fixed a rare condition that would fail to invalidate guest TLB entries or would inval idate them when not required Windows hosts only VMM fixed a VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED Guru Meditation seen with certain guests e g OpenServer 5 0 7 VMM more fixes for MSR emulation on certain hardware bugs 12240 12875 GUI fixed mouse positioning with mouse integration disabled and multiple guest screens Windows hosts only bug 9059 GUI fixed crash in VM manager bug 12878 GUI fixed crash under rare conditions on entering exiting full screen seamless mode Shared Clipboard don t stop working after taking a snapshot bug 12700 AHCI fixed a crash under rare circumstances API fixed a hang during VM shutdown under rare conditions NAT fixed generation of malformed ICMP error datagrams 4 3 10 regres
97. host system as though the guest were physically connected to the interface using a network cable the host can send data to the guest through that interface and receive data from it This means that you can set up routing or bridging between the guest and the rest of your network For this to work VirtualBox needs a device driver on your host system The way bridged net working works has been completely rewritten with VirtualBox 2 0 and 2 1 depending on the host operating system From the user perspective the main difference is that complex configuration is no longer necessary on any of the supported host operating systems Note Even though TAP is no longer necessary on Linux with bridged networking you can still use TAP interfaces for certain advanced setups since you can connect a VM to any host interface which could also be a TAP interface To enable bridged networking all you need to do is to open the Settings dialog of a virtual machine go to the Network page and select Bridged network in the drop down list for the Attached to field Finally select desired host interface from the list at the bottom of the page which contains the physical network interfaces of your systems On a typical MacBook for example this will allow you to select between en1 AirPort which is the wireless interface and enO Ethernet which represents the interface with a network cable Note Bridging to a wir
98. hosts Bridges also exist for SOAP Java and Python All programming information documentation reference information header and other in terface files as well as samples have been split out to a separate Software Development Kit SDK which is available for download from http www virtualbox org In particular the SDK comes with a Programming Guide and Reference in PDF format which contains among other things the information that was previously in this chapter of the User Manual 226 12 Troubleshooting This chapter provides answers to commonly asked questions In order to improve your user experience with VirtualBox it is recommended to read this section to learn more about common pitfalls and get recommendations on how to use the product 12 1 Procedures and tools 12 1 1 Categorizing and isolating problems More often than not a virtualized guest behaves like a physical system Any problems that a physical machine would encounter a virtual machine will encounter as well If for example Internet connectivity is lost due to external issues virtual machines will be affected just as much as physical ones If a true VirtualBox problem is encountered it helps to categorize and isolate the problem first Here are some of the questions that should be answered before reporting a problem 1 Is the problem specific to a certain guest OS Specific release of a guest OS Especially with Linux guest related problems the issue
99. image files as normal files which results in them being cached by the host operating system like any other file The main advantage of this is speed when the guest OS writes to disk and the host OS cache uses delayed writing the write operation can be reported as completed to the guest OS quickly while the host OS can perform the operation asynchronously Also when you start a VM a second time and have enough memory available for the OS to use for caching large parts of the virtual disk may be in system memory and the VM can access the data much faster Note that this applies only to image files buffering never occurred for virtual disks residing on remote iSCSI storage which is the more common scenario in enterprise class setups see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 93 While buffering is a useful default setting for virtualizating a few machines on a desktop computer there are some disadvantages to this approach 91 5 Virtual storage 1 Delayed writing through the host OS cache is less secure When the guest OS writes data it considers the data written even though it has not yet arrived on a physical disk If for some reason the write does not happen power failure host crash the likelihood of data loss increases 2 Disk image files tend to be very large Caching them can therefore quickly use up the entire host OS cache Depending on the efficiency of the host OS caching this may slow down the host immensely especially if se
100. in functionality so we recommend replacing them with the Guest Additions that come with VirtualBox The VirtualBox Linux Guest Additions installer tries to detect existing installation and replace them but depending on how the distribution integrates the Guest Additions this may require some manual interaction It is highly recommended to take a snapshot of the virtual machine before replacing pre installed Guest Additions 4 2 2 1 Installing the Linux Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux are provided on the same virtual CD ROM file as the Guest Additions for Windows described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process although due to the significant differences between Linux distributions installation may be slightly more complex Installation generally involves the following steps 1 Before installing the Guest Additions you will have to prepare your guest system for building external kernel modules This works similarly as described in chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 37 except that this step must now be performed in your Linux guest instead of on a Linux host system as described there Again as with Linux hosts we recommend using DKMS if it is available for the guest system If it is not installed use this command for Ubuntu Debian systems sudo apt get install dkms or for Fedora systems 65 4 Guest Additions yum install dkms Be sure t
101. in supporting 314 16 Third party materials and licenses documentation and that the name of the author s not be used in advertising or publicity per taining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission The authors make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty THE AUTHOR S DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE IN CLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR S BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM AGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARIS ING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE 16 2 28 Freetype license 2006 Jan 27 Copyright 1996 2002 2006 by David Turner Robert Wilhelm and Werner Lemberg 16 2 28 1 Introduction The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages some of them may contain in addition to the FreeType font engine various tools and contributions which rely on or relate to the FreeType Project This license applies to all files found in such packages and which do not fall under their own explicit license The license affects thus the FreeType font engine the test programs documen tation and makefiles at the very least This license was inspired by
102. is Write operations always go to the one active differencing image that is attached to the machine and for read operations VirtualBox may need to look up all the parents in the chain until the sector in question is found You can look at such a tree in the Virtual Media Manager 89 5 Virtual storage eoe SY Virtual Media Manager debe Copy Modify Remove Release Refresh Oca Opticaldisks 6 Floppy disks Name A Virtual Size Actual Size Win7 vdi 20 00 GB 12 57 GB Win8 EFI vdi 25 00 GB 3 00 MB Win8 vdi 25 00 GB 9 50 GB 10 00 GB v 91b25d96 9794 49fe aa60 417c4d671f76 vdi 10 00 GB v 78ab3b27 6f37 4040 a77f ff59fa57bb25 vdi 10 00 GB v 4e36fca0 3ef2 492f 8bf8 94e4a6ea89be vdi 10 00 GB b40e402d 29c6 4052 88ca Oa8ee8f9ee3 10 00 GB Type Normal Location Users vbox VirtualBox VMs Windows XP XP vdi Format VDI Storage details Dynamically allocated storage Attached to XP Snapshot 1 UUID b3ac6430 f770 4128 b94e 6b9569d629e9 2 Close In all of these situations from the point of view of the virtual machine the virtual hard disk behaves like any other disk While the virtual machine is running there is a slight run time I O overhead because VirtualBox might need to look up sectors several times This is not noticeable however since the tables with sector information are always kept in memory and can be looked up quickly Differencing images are used in the following situations 1 Snapshots When you
103. is collected by the virtualbox org website 1 virtualbox org The virtualbox org website logs anonymous usage information such as your IP address geographical location browser type referral source length of visit and number of page views while you visit collectively anonymous data In addition but only if you choose to register the website s bug tracking and forum services store the data you choose to reveal upon registration such as your user name and contact information 2 Cookies The virtualbox org website the bug tracker and the forum services use cookies to identify and track the visiting web browser and if you have registered to facilitate login Most browsers allow you to refuse to accept cookies While you can still visit the website with cookies disabled logging into the bug tracker and forum services will most likely not work without them 3 VirtualBox registration process The VirtualBox application may ask that the user op tionally register with Oracle If you choose to register your name e mail address country and company will be submitted to Oracle and stored together with the IP address of the submitter as well as product version and platform being used 4 Update notifications The VirtualBox application may contact Oracle to find out whether a new version of VirtualBox has been released and notify the user if that is the case In the process anonymous data such as your IP address and a non iden
104. latency The max host timer query latency to accept The default is 250 ms timesync set threshold The absolute drift threshold given as milliseconds where to start setting the time instead of trying to smoothly adjust it The default is 20 minutes timesync set start Set the time when starting the time sync service timesync set on restore 0 1 Set the time after the VM was restored from a saved state when passing 1 as parameter default Disable by passing O In the latter case the time will be adjusted smoothly which can take a long time All these parameters can be specified as command line parameters to VBoxService as well 9 14 4 Disabling the Guest Additions time synchronization Once installed and started the VirtualBox Guest Additions will try to synchronize the guest time with the host time This can be prevented by forbidding the guest service from reading the host clock VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config GetHostTimeDisabled 1 9 15 Installing the alternate bridged networking driver on Solaris 11 hosts Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 VirtualBox ships a new network filter driver that utilizes Solaris 11 s Crossbow functionality By default this new driver is installed for Solaris 11 hosts builds 159 and above that has support for it To force installation of the older STREAMS based network filter driver execute as root the following command before installing the VirtualBox packag
105. lt 1 N gt auto lt mac gt With this option you can set the MAC address of the virtual network card Normally each virtual network card is assigned a random address by VirtualBox at VM creation e nicgenericdrv 1 N backend driver If generic networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect this mode allows you to access rarely used networking sub modes such as VDE network or UDP Tunnel nicproperty lt 1 N gt lt paramname gt paramvalue This option in combination with nicgenericdrv allows you to pass parameters to rarely used network backends Those parameters are backend engine specific and are different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers For example please see chapter 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking page 103 8 8 2 1 NAT Networking settings The following NAT networking settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm With all these settings the decimal number directly following the option name 1 N in the list below specifies the virtual network adapter whose settings should be changed e natpf lt 1 N gt lt name gt tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt This option defines a NAT port forwarding rule please see chapter 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT page 97 for details natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt name gt This option deletes a NAT port forwarding rul
106. machine may have one IDE contoller enabled which gives you up to four virtual storage devices that you can attach to the machine By default one of these four the secondary master is preconfigured to be the machine s virtual CD DVD drive but this can be changed So even if your guest operating system has no support for SCSI or SATA devices it should always be able to see an IDE controller 1SATA support was added with VirtualBox 1 6 experimental SCSI support was added with 2 1 and fully implemented with 2 2 Generally storage attachments were made much more flexible with VirtualBox 3 1 see below Support for the LSI Logic SAS controller was added with VirtualBox 3 2 USB mass storage devices are supported since VirtualBox 5 0 2The assignment of the machine s CD DVD drive to the secondary master was fixed before VirtualBox 3 1 it is now changeable and the drive can be at other slots of the IDE controller and there can be more than one such drive 82 5 Virtual storage You can also select which exact type of IDE controller hardware VirtualBox should present to the virtual machine PIIX3 PIIX4 or ICH6 This makes no difference in terms of per formance but if you import a virtual machine from another virtualization product the operating system in that machine may expect a particular controller type and crash if it isn t found After you have created a new virtual machine with the New Virtual Machine wizard of the
107. manager requires both Qt and SDL VBoxSDL our simplified GUI requires only SDL By contrast if you only want to run VBoxHeadless neither Qt nor SDL are required 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module VirtualBox uses a special kernel module called vboxdrv to perform physical memory allocation and to gain control of the processor for guest system execution Without this kernel module you can still use the VirtualBox manager to configure virtual machines but they will not start In addition there are the network kernel modules vboxnetflt and vboxnetadp which are required for the more advanced networking features of VirtualBox The VirtualBox kernel module is automatically installed on your system when you install VirtualBox To maintain it with future kernel updates for those Linux distributions which provide it most current ones we recommend installing Dynamic Kernel Module Support DKMS This framework helps with building and upgrading kernel modules If DKMS is not already installed execute one of the following e On an Ubuntu system sudo apt get install dkms e On a Fedora system yum install dkms e On a Mandriva or Mageia system urpmi dkms If DKMS is available and installed the VirtualBox kernel module should always work automat ically and it will be automatically rebuilt if your host kernel is updated Otherwise there are only two situations in which you will need to worry about the kernel mod
108. materials and licenses 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter acquired in cluding without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files script
109. may be specific to a certain distribution and version of Linux 2 Is the problem specific to a certain host OS Problems are usually not host OS specific because most of the VirtualBox code base is shared across all supported platforms but especially in the areas of networking and USB support there are significant differences between host platforms Some GUI related issues are also host specific 3 Is the problem specific to certain host hardware This category of issues is typically related to the host CPU Because of significant differences between VT x and AMD V problems may be specific to one or the other technology The exact CPU model may also make a difference even for software virtualization because different CPUs support different features which may affect certain aspects of guest CPU operation 4 Is the problem specific to a certain virtualization mode Some problems may only occur in software virtualization mode others may be specific to hardware virtualization 5 Is the problem specific to guest SMP That is is it related to the number of virtual CPUs VCPUs in the guest Using more than one CPU usually significantly affects the internal operation of a guest OS 6 Is the problem specific to the Guest Additions In some cases this is a given e g a shared folders problem in other cases it may be less obvious for example display problems And if the problem is Guest Additions specific is it also specific to a cer
110. mode and ring 3 for user mode one needs to differentiate between host context and guest context In host context everything is as if no hypervisor was active This might be the active mode if another application on your host has been scheduled CPU time in that case there is a host ring 3 mode and a host ring O mode The hypervisor is not involved In guest context however a virtual machine is active So long as the guest code is running in ring 3 this is not much of a problem since a hypervisor can set up the page tables properly and run that code natively on the processor The problems mostly lie in how to intercept what the guest s kernel does There are several possible solutions to these problems One approach is full software emu lation usually involving recompilation That is all code to be run by the guest is analyzed transformed into a form which will not allow the guest to either modify or see the true state of the CPU and only then executed This process is obviously highly complex and costly in terms of performance VirtualBox contains a recompiler based on QEMU which can be used for pure software emulation but the recompiler is only activated in special situations described below Another possible solution is paravirtualization in which only specially modified guest OSes are allowed to run This way most of the hardware access is abstracted and any functions which would normally access the hardware o
111. need to change the default port if you run more than one VRDP server since the port can only be used by one server at a time you might also need to change it on Windows hosts since the default port might already be used by the RDP server that is built into Windows itself Ports 5000 through 5050 are typically not used and might be a good choice The port can be changed either in the Display settings of the graphical user interface or with vrdeport option of the VBoxManage modifyvm command You can specify a comma separated list of ports or ranges of ports Use a dash between two port numbers to specify a range The VRDP server will bind to one of available ports from the specified list For example VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeport 5000 5010 5012 will configure the server to bind to one of the ports 5000 5010 5011 or 5012 See chapter 8 8 5 Remote machine settings page 137 for details The actual port used by a running VM can be either queried with VBoxManage showvminfo command or seen in the GUI on the Runtime tab of the Session Information Dialog which is accessible via the Machine menu of the VM window Support for IPv6 has been implemented in VirtualBox 4 3 If the host OS supports IPv6 the VRDP server will automatically listen for IPv6 connections in addition to IPv4 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers Since VRDP is backwards compatible to RDP you can use any standard RDP viewer to connect to such a
112. network 10 0 2 0 the second card to the network 10 0 3 0 and so on If you need to change the guest assigned IP range for some reason please refer to chapter 9 11 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine page 188 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT As the virtual machine is connected to a private network internal to VirtualBox and invisible to the host network services on the guest are not accessible to the host machine or to other computers on the same network However like a physical router VirtualBox can make selected services available to the world outside the guest through port forwarding This means that VirtualBox listens to certain ports on the host and resends all packets which arrive there to the guest on the same or a different port To an application on the host or other physical or virtual machines on the network it looks as though the service being proxied is actually running on the host This also means that you cannot run the same service on the same ports on the host However you still gain the advantages of running the service in a virtual machine for example services on the host machine or on other virtual machines cannot be compromised or crashed by a vulnerability or a bug in the service and the service can run in a different operating system than the host system To configure Port Forwarding you can use the graphical Port Forwarding editor which can be found in the Network Settings dialog for Network Adaptor
113. network cards have the same MAC address like the one in the source VM Depending on how you invoke the wizard you have different choices for the cloning operation First you need to decide if the clone should be linked to the source VM or a fully independent clone should be created e Full clone In this mode all depending disk images are copied to the new VM folder The clone can fully operate without the source VM e Linked clone In this mode new differencing disk images are created where the parent disk images are the source disk images If you selected the current state of the source VM as clone point a new snapshot will be created implicitly After selecting the clone mode you need to decide about what exactly should be cloned You can always create a clone of the current state only or all When you select all the current state and in addition all snapshots are cloned Have you started from a snapshot which has additional children you can also clone the current state and all children This creates a clone starting with this snapshot and includes all child snaphots The clone operation itself can be a lengthy operation depending on the size and count of the attached disk images Also keep in mind that every snapshot has differencing disk images attached which need to be cloned as well The Clone menu item is disabled while a machine is running For how to clone a VM at the command line please see chapter 8 9 VBoxManage clonevm p
114. networking Virtual Distributed Ethernet VDE is a flexible virtual network infrastructure system spanning across multiple hosts in a secure way It allows for L2 L3 switching including spanning tree protocol VLANs and WAN emulation It is an optional part of VirtualBox which is only included in the source code The basic building blocks of the infrastructure are VDE switches VDE plugs and VDE wires which inter connect the switches The VirtualBox VDE driver has one parameter 3VDE is a project developed by Renzo Davoli Associate Professor at the University of Bologna Italy 103 6 Virtual networking VDE network The name of the VDE network switch socket to which the VM will be connected The following basic example shows how to connect a virtual machine to a VDE switch 1 Create a VDE switch vde switch s tmp switchl 2 Configuration via command line VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic x generic VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicgenericdrv lt x gt VDE To connect to automatically allocated switch port use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicproperty lt x gt network tmp switchl To connect to specific switch port lt n gt use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicproperty lt x gt network tmp switch1 lt n gt The latter option can be useful for VLANs 3 Optionally map between VDE switch port and VLAN from switch CLI vde vlan create VLAN vde port setvlan port VLAN VDE is available o
115. on the host This depends on your host operating system On a Windows host data will be sent and received through a named pipe The pipe name must be in the format pipe lt name gt where lt name gt should iden tify the virtual machine but may be freely chosen Ona Mac Linux or Solaris host a local domain socket is used instead The socket filename must be chosen such that the user running VirtualBox has sufficient privileges to create and write to it The tmp directory is often a good candidate On Linux there are various tools which can connect to a local domain socket or create one in server mode The most flexible tool is socat and is available as part of many distributions In this case you can configure whether VirtualBox should create the named pipe or on non Windows hosts the local domain socket itself or whether VirtualBox should assume that the pipe or socket exists already With the VBoxManage command line options this is referred to as server or client mode respectively For a direct connection between two virtual machines corresponding to a null modem cable simply configure one VM to create a pipe socket and another to attach to it e You can send the virtual serial port output to a file This option is very useful for capturing diagnostic output from a guest Any file may be used for this purpose as long as the user running VirtualBox has sufficient privileges to create and write to the fil
116. one computer even though the machine will be displayed on a second computer and the machine will be controlled from there as well as if the virtual machine was running on that second computer For maximum flexibility starting with VirtualBox 4 0 VirtualBox implements remote machine display through a generic extension interface the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE The base open source VirtualBox package only provides this interface while implementations can be supplied by third parties with VirtualBox extension packages which must be installed separately from the base package See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 for more information Oracle provides support for the VirtualBox Remote Display Protocol VRDP in such a VirtualBox extension package When this package is installed VirtualBox versions 4 0 and later support VRDP the same way as binary non open source versions of VirtualBox before 4 0 did VRDP is a backwards compatible extension to Microsoft s Remote Desktop Protocol RDP As a result you can use any standard RDP client to control the remote VM Even when the extension is installed the VRDP server is disabled by default It can easily be enabled on a per VM basis either in the VirtualBox Manager in the Display settings see chapter 3 5 Display settings page 51 or with VBoxManage VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrde on By default the VRDP server uses TCP port 3389 You will
117. removed at runtime and do not persist after a VM has stopped for these add the transient option to the above command line Shared folders have read write access to the files at the host path by default To restrict the guest to have read only access create a read only shared folder This can either be achieved using the GUI or by appending the parameter readonly when creating the shared folder with VBoxManage Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox shared folders also support symbolic links symlinks under the following conditions 1 The host operating system must support symlinks i e a Mac Linux or Solaris host is required 2 Currently only Linux and Solaris Guest Additions support symlinks 3 For security reasons the guest OS is not allowed to create symlinks by default If you trust the guest OS to not abuse the functionality you can enable creation of symlinks for sharename with VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 SharedFoldersEnableSymlinksCreate sharename 1 4 3 1 Manual mounting You can mount the shared folder from inside a VM the same way as you would mount an ordinary network share e In a Windows guest shared folders are browseable and therefore visible in Windows Ex plorer So to attach the host s shared folder to your Windows guest open Windows Ex plorer and look for it under My Networking Places gt Entire Network gt VirtualBox Shared Folders By right clicki
118. resumes at exactly the point when the snapshot was taken The memory state file can be as large as the memory size of the virtual machine and will therefore occupy quite some disk space as well 1 11 Virtual machine configuration When you select a virtual machine from the list in the Manager window you will see a summary of that machine s settings on the right Clicking on the Settings button in the toolbar at the top brings up a detailed window where you can configure many of the properties of the selected VM But be careful even though it is possible to change all VM settings after installing a guest operating system certain changes might prevent a guest operating system from functioning correctly if done after installation Note The Settings button is disabled while a VM is either in the running or saved state This is simply because the settings dialog allows you to change fundamental characteristics of the virtual computer that is created for your guest operating system and this operating system may not take it well when for example half of its memory is taken away from under its feet As a result if the Settings button is disabled shut down the current VM first VirtualBox provides a plethora of parameters that can be changed for a virtual machine The various settings that can be changed in the Settings window are described in detail in chapter 3 Configuring virtual machines pag
119. sell offer for sale have made and or otherwise dispose of 1 Modifications made by that Contributor or portions thereof and 2 the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination c the licenses granted in Sections 2 2 a and 2 2 b are effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of the Covered Code d Notwithstanding Section 2 2 b above no patent license is granted 1 for any code that Contributor has deleted from the Contributor Version 2 separate from the Contributor Version 3 for infringements caused by i third party modifications of Contributor Version or ii the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with other software except as part of the Contributor Version or other devices or 4 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by that Contributor 3 Distribution Obligations 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts
120. several VirtualBox configurations entirely Most importantly in this directory VirtualBox stores its global settings file another XML file called VirtualBox xml This includes global configuration options and the list of registered virtual machines with pointers to their XML settings files Neither the location of this file nor its directory has changed with VirtualBox 4 0 Before VirtualBox 4 0 all virtual media disk image files were also contained in a global registry in this settings file For compatibility this media registry still exists if you upgrade VirtualBox and there are media from machines which were created with a version before 4 0 If you have no such machines then there will be no global media registry with VirtualBox 4 0 each machine XML file has its own media registry Also before VirtualBox 4 0 the default Machines folder and the default HardDisks folder resided under the VirtualBox configuration directory e g HOME VirtualBox Machines on 217 10 Technical background Linux If you are upgrading from a VirtualBox version before 4 0 files in these directories are not automatically moved in order not to break backwards compatibility 10 1 4 Summary of 4 0 configuration changes The following table gives a brief overview of the configuration changes between older versions and version 4 0 or above Setting Before 4 0 4 0 or above Default machines folder HOME VirtualBox Machi
121. several virtual system descriptions in the appliance and Y the item number as printed on the screen In the above example Item 1 specifies the name of the target machine in VirtualBox Items 9 and 10 specify hard disk controllers respectively Item 11 describes a hard disk image in this case the additional controller option indicates which item the disk image should be connected to with the default coming from the OVF file You can combine several items for the same virtual system behind the same vsys option For example to import a machine as described in the OVF but without the sound card and without the USB controller and with the disk image connected to the IDE controller instead of the SCSI controller use this VBoxManage import WindowsXp ovf vsys 0 unit 5 ignore unit 6 ignore unit 11 controller 10 8 11 VBoxManage export This command exports one or more virtual machines from VirtualBox into a virtual appliance in OVF format including copying their virtual disk images to compressed VMDK See chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 31 for an introduction to appliances The export command is simple to use list the machine or the machines that you would like to export to the same OVF file and specify the target OVF file after an additional output or o option Note that the directory of the target OVF file will also receive the exported disk images in the compressed VMDK format regar
122. software packages which are shipped with VirtualBox 1 3 but designed to be installed inside a VM to improve performance of the guest OS and to add extra features This is described in detail in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 60 Features overview Here s a brief outline of VirtualBox s main features Portability VirtualBox runs on a large number of 32 bit and 64 bit host operating systems again see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 for details VirtualBox is a so called hosted hypervisor sometimes referred to as a type 2 hypervi sor Whereas a bare metal or type 1 hypervisor would run directly on the hardware VirtualBox requires an existing operating system to be installed It can thus run alongside existing applications on that host To a very large degree VirtualBox is functionally identical on all of the host platforms and the same file and image formats are used This allows you to run virtual machines created on one host on another host with a different host operating system for example you can create a virtual machine on Windows and then run it under Linux In addition virtual machines can easily be imported and exported using the Open Virtual ization Format OVF see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 31 an industry standard created for this purpose You can even import OVFs that were created with a different virtualization software No har
123. specified password identifier can be freely chosen by the user and is used for correct identification when supplying multiple passwords during VM startup If the user uses the same password when encrypting multiple images and also the same pass word identifier the user needs to supply the password only once during VM startup 9 31 3 Starting a VM with encrypted images When a VM is started using the GUI a dialog will open where the user needs to enter all pass words for all encrypted images attached to the VM If another frontend like VBoxHeadless is used the VM will be paused as soon as the guest tries to access an encrypted disk The user needs to provide the passwords through VBoxManage using the following command VBoxManage controlvm uuid vmname addencpassword id password removeonsuspend yes no The id parameter must be the same as the password identifier supplied when encrypting the images password is the password used when encrypting the images The user can optionally specify removeonsuspend yes no to specify whether to remove the password from VM memory when the VM is suspended Before the VM can be resumed the user needs to supply the passwords again This is useful when a VM is suspended by a host suspend event and the user doesn t want the password to remain in memory 214 9 Advanced topics 9 31 4 Decrypting encrypted images In some circumstances it might be required to decrypt previously encrypted images
124. state of the machine will be exported and the disk images in the export will have a flattened state identical to the current state of the virtual machine 1 15 Global Settings The global settings dialog can be reached through the File menu selecting the Preferences item It offers a selection of settings which apply to all virtual machines of the current user or in the case of Extensions to the entire system 1 General Enables the user to specify the default folder directory for VM files and the VRDP Authentication Library 2 Input Enables the user to specify the Host Key It identifies the key that toggles whether the cursor is in the focus of the VM or the Host operating system windows see chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 and which is also used to trigger certain VM actions see chapter 1 8 3 Typing special characters page 23 Update Enables the user to specify various settings for Automatic Updates Language Enables the user to specify the GUI language Display Enables the user to specify the screen resolution and its width and height Network Enables the user to configure the details of Host Only Networks Extensions Enables the user to list and manage the installed extension packages o N Q wo A CQ Proxy Enables the user to configure a HTTP Proxy Server 1 16 Alternative front ends As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 13 VirtualBo
125. support upon explicit request On 64 bit hosts which typically come with hardware virtualization support 64 bit guest operating systems are always supported regardless of settings so you can simply install a 64 bit operating system in the guest Warning On any host you should enable the I O APIC for virtual machines that you intend to use in 64 bit mode This is especially true for 64 bit Windows VMs See chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 47 In addition for 64 bit Windows guests you should make sure that the VM uses the Intel networking device since there is no 64 bit driver support for the AMD PCNet card see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 95 If 17 you use the Create VM wizard of the VirtualBox graphical user interface see chapter Creating your first virtual machine page 18 VirtualBox will automatically use the correct settings for each selected 64 bit operating system type 3 2 Emulated hardware VirtualBox virtualizes nearly all hardware of the host Depending on a VM s configuration the guest will see the following virtual hardware Input devices By default VirtualBox emulates a standard PS 2 keyboard and mouse These devices are supported by almost all past and present operating systems In addition VirtualBox can provide virtual USB input devices to avoid having to capture mouse and keyboard as described in chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse p
126. suppresses the message but the user can still press F12 to select a temporary boot device nicbootprio lt 1 N gt priority This specifies the order in which NICs are tried for booting over the network using PXE The priority is an integer in the 0 to 4 range Priority 1 is the highest priority 4 is low Priority 0 which is the default unless otherwise specified is the lowest Note that this option only has effect when the Intel PXE boot ROM is used biospxedebug on off This option enables additional debugging output when using the Intel PXE boot ROM The output will be written to the release log file chapter 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information page 228 boot 1 4 none floppy dvd disk net This specifies the boot order for the virtual machine There are four slots which the VM will try to access from 1 to 4 and for each of which you can set a device that the VM should attempt to boot from rtcuseutc on off This option lets the real time clock RTC operate in UTC time see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 biossystemtimeoffset ms This allows you to set a fixed time offset of the guest relative to the host time The offset is specified in milliseconds If the offset is positive the guest time runs ahead the host time snapshotfolder default path This allows you to specify the folder in which snap shots will be kept for a virtual machine 132 8 VBoxManage firmware efi
127. system Any user with valid authentication creden tials is accepted i e the username does not have to correspond to the user running the VM Support for Mac OS X was added in version 3 2 110 7 Remote virtual machines 2 An additional library called VBoxAuthSimple performs authentication against creden tials configured in the extradata section of a virtual machine s XML settings file This is probably the simplest way to get authentication that does not depend on a running and supported guest see below The following steps are required a Enable VBoxAuthSimple with the following command VBoxManage setproperty vrdeauthlibrary VBoxAuthSimple b To enable the library for a particular VM you must then switch authentication to external VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeauthtype external Replace lt vm gt with the VM name or UUID c You will then need to configure users and passwords by writing items into the machine s extradata Since the XML machine settings file into whose extradata section the password needs to be written is a plain text file VirtualBox uses hashes to encrypt passwords The following command must be used VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxAuthSimple users lt user gt lt hash gt Replace lt vm gt with the VM name or UUID lt user gt with the user name who should be allowed to log in and lt hash gt with the encrypted password As an example to obtain the hash value for
128. than such Participant s Contributor Version di rectly or indirectly infringes any patent then any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2 1 b and 2 2 b are revoked effective as of the date You first made used sold dis tributed or had made Modifications made by that Participant 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Partici pant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agree ments excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THE ORY WHETHER TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INITIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER IN CLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOOD
129. that cross VM host boundary Note Neither virtio nor Intel PRO 1000 drivers for Windows XP support segmentation offloading Therefore Windows XP guests never reach the same transmission rates as other guest types Refer to MS Knowledge base article 842264 for additional informa tion Three attachment types internal bridged and host only have nearly identical performance the internal type being a little bit faster and using less CPU cycles as the packets never reach the host s network stack The NAT attachment is the slowest and safest of all attachment types as it provides network address translation The generic driver attachment is special and cannot be considered as an alternative to other attachment types The number of CPUs assigned to VM does not improve network performance and in some cases may hurt it due to increased concurrency in the guest Here is the short summary of things to check in order to improve network performance 1 Whenever possible use virtio network adapter otherwise use one of Intel PRO 1000 adapters 2 Use bridged attachment instead of NAT 3 Make sure segmentation offloading is enabled in the guest OS Usually it will be enabled by default You can check and modify offloading settings using ethtool command in Linux guests 105 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 Remote display VRDP support VirtualBox can display virtual machines remotely meaning that a virtual machine can execute on
130. the BSD Artistic and IJG Independent JPEG Group licenses which all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike As a consequence its main points are that e We don t promise that this software works However we will be interested in any kind of bug reports as is distribution e You can use this software for whatever you want in parts or full form without having to pay us royalty free usage e You may not pretend that you wrote this software If you use it or only parts of it in a program you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code credits We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software with or without modifi cations in commercial products We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType Project Finally many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit disclaimer to use in compliance with this license We thus encourage you to use the following text Portions of this software are copyright C lt year gt The FreeType Project www freetype org All rights reserved Please replace lt year gt with the value from the FreeType version you actually use 16 2 28 2 Legal Terms 0 Definitions Throughout this license the terms package FreeType Project and FreeType archive refer to the set of files originally distri
131. the SAS controller Warning As with SATA the SAS controller will only be seen by operating systems with device support for it In particular there is no support for SAS in Windows before Windows Vista so Windows XP even SP3 will not see such disks unless you install additional drivers The USB mass storage device class is a standard to connect external storage devices like hard disksor flash drives to a host through USB All major operating systems support these devices for a long time and ship generic drivers making third party drivers superfluous In particular legacy operating systems without support for SATA controllers may benefit from USB mass storage devices The virtual USB storage controller offered by VirtualBox works different than the other storage controller types When storage controllers appear as a single PCI device to the guest with multiple disks attached to it the USB based storage controller does not appear as virtual storage controller Each disk attached to the controller appears as a dedicated USB device to the guest Warning Booting from drives attached via USB is not supported as the BIOS lacks USB support In summary VirtualBox gives you the following categories of virtual storage slots 1 four slots attached to the traditional IDE controller which are always present one of which typically is a virtual CD DVD drive 30 slots attached to the SATA controller if enabled and su
132. the VM s virtual USB 3 0 controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 for details 8 8 4 Video Capture settings The following settings for changing video recording parameters are available through VBoxManage modifyvm videocap on off This option enables or disables recording a VM session into a WebM VP8 file If this option is enabled recording will start when the VM session is started videocapscreens all lt screen ID gt lt screen ID gt This option allows to specify which screens of the VM are being recorded Each screen is recorded into a separate file videocapfile lt filename gt This option sets the filename VirtualBox uses to save the recorded content videocapres lt width gt x lt height gt This option sets the resolution in pixels of the recorded video videocaprate lt rate gt This option sets the bitrate in kilobits kb per second Increas ing this value makes the video look better for the cost of an increased file size videocapfps lt fps gt This option sets the maximum number of frames per second FPS to be recorded Frames with a higher frequency will be skipped Reducing this value increases the number of skipped frames and reduces the file size videocapmaxtime ms This option sets the maximum time in milliseconds the video capturing will be enabled since activation The capturing stops when the defined time interval has elapsed If this value is zero the capturing
133. the VM window status bar By default the network icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one or more active network adapters USB Don t show the USB icon in the status bar SharedFolders Don t show the shared folders icon in the status bar VideoCapture Don t show the video capture icon in the status bar Features Don t show the CPU features icon in the status bar Mouse Don t show the mouse icon in the status bar Keyboard Don t show the keyboard icon in the status bar This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed If all options are specified no icons are displayed in the status bar of the VM window To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedStatusBarIndicators 9 20 6 Configure VM window visual modes You can disable i e black list certain VM visual modes VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedVisualStates OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords Fullscreen Don t allow to switch the VM into full screen mode Seamless Don t allow to switch the VM into seamless mode Scale Don t allow to switch the VM into scale mode This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedVisualStates 202 9 Advanced topics 9 20 7 Host Key customization To disable all host key combinations open the preferences and
134. the VM yet To release ownership of your mouse by the VM also press the Host key As this behavior can be inconvenient VirtualBox provides a set of tools and device drivers for guest systems called the VirtualBox Guest Additions which make VM keyboard and mouse operation a lot more seamless Most importantly the Additions will get rid of the second guest mouse pointer and make your host mouse pointer work directly in the guest This will be described later in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 60 1 8 3 Typing special characters Operating systems expect certain key combinations to initiate certain procedures Some of these key combinations may be difficult to enter into a virtual machine as there are three candidates as to who receives keyboard input the host operating system VirtualBox or the guest operating system Who of these three receives keypresses depends on a number of factors including the key itself e Host operating systems reserve certain key combinations for themselves For example it is impossible to enter the Ctrl Alt Delete combination if you want to reboot the guest operating system in your virtual machine because this key combination is usually hard wired into the host OS both Windows and Linux intercept this and pressing this key combination will therefore reboot your host Also on Linux and Solaris hosts which use the X Window System the key combination Ctrl Alt Backspace normally resets the X se
135. the interrupt is signaled sooner than on a physical system The solution is to introduce an artificial delay before delivering such interrupts This delay can be configured for a VM using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config IRQDelay 1 This sets the delay to one millisecond In case this doesn t help increase it to a value between 1 and 5 milliseconds Please note that this slows down disk performance After installation you should be able to remove the key or set it to 0 12 3 4 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests When Windows guests run into a kernel crash they display the infamous bluescreen Depending on how Windows is configured the information will remain on the screen until the machine is restarted or it will reboot automatically During installation Windows is usually configured to reboot automatically With automatic reboots there is no chance to record the bluescreen information which might be important for problem determination VirtualBox provides a method of halting a guest when it wants to perform a reset In order to enable this feature issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal PDM HaltOnReset 1 12 3 5 No networking in Windows Vista guests With Windows Vista Microsoft dropped support for the AMD PCNet card that VirtualBox used to provide as the default virtual network card before version 1 6 0 For W
136. the user Next you will have to install the system initialization script for the kernel module cp opt VirtualBox vboxdrv sh etc init d vboxdrv assuming you installed VirtualBox to the opt VirtualBox directory and activate the ini tialization script using the right method for your distribution You should create VirtualBox s configuration file mkdir etc vbox echo INSTALL_DIR opt VirtualBox gt etc vbox vbox cfg and for convenience create the following symbolic links ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VirtualBox ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxManage ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxHeadless ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxSDL 2 3 3 4 Updating and uninstalling VirtualBox Before updating or uninstalling VirtualBox you must terminate any virtual machines which are currently running and exit the VirtualBox or VBoxSVC applications To update VirtualBox simply run the installer of the updated version To uninstall VirtualBox invoke the installer like this sudo VirtualBox run uninstall or as root VirtualBox run uninstall Starting with version 2 2 2 you can uninstall the run package by invoking opt VirtualBox uninstall sh To manually uninstall VirtualBox simply undo the steps in the manual installation in reverse order 2 3 3 5 Automatic installation of Debian packages The Debian packages will request some user feedback when installed for the first time The debc
137. the wide range of software dis tributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries 291 16 Third party materials and licenses so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the L
138. thereof c d 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Con tributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an unmodified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Contributor to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Contributor Version or portions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Contributor Version or portions thereof c d 3 DISTRIBUTION OBLIGATIONS 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered 303 16 Third party materials and licenses Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any So
139. this memory and give it to another virtual machine The memory made available through the ballooning mechanism is only available for re use by VirtualBox It is not returned as free memory to the host Requesting balloon memory from a running guest will therefore not increase the amount of free unallocated memory on the host Effectively memory ballooning is therefore a memory overcommitment mechanism for multiple virtual machines while they are running This can be useful to temporarily start another machine or in more complicated environments for sophisticated memory management of many virtual machines that may be running in parallel depending on how memory is used by the guests At this time memory ballooning is only supported through VBoxManage Use the follow ing command to increase or decrease the size of the memory balloon within a running virtual machine that has Guest Additions installed VBoxManage controlvm VM name guestmemoryballoon lt n gt where VM name is the name or UUID of the virtual machine in question and lt n gt is the amount of memory to allocate from the guest in megabytes See chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 141 for more information You can also set a default balloon that will automatically be requested from the VM every time after it has started up with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name guestmemoryballoon lt n gt By default no balloon memory is allocated This is a VM setting
140. this mode VirtualBox reports to the guest that a network card is present but that there is no connection as if no Ethernet cable was plugged into the card This way it is possible to pull the virtual Ethernet cable and disrupt the connection which can be useful to inform a guest operating system that no network connection is available and enforce a reconfiguration Network Address Translation NAT If all you want is to browse the Web download files and view e mail inside the guest then this default mode should be sufficient for you and you can safely skip the rest of this section Please note that there are certain limitations when using Windows file sharing see chapter 6 3 3 NAT limitations page 98 for details NAT Network The NAT network is a new NAT flavour introduced in VirtualBox 4 3 See chapter 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental page 99 for details Bridged networking This is for more advanced networking needs such as network simulations and running servers in a guest When enabled VirtualBox connects to one of your installed network cards and exchanges network packets directly circumventing your host operating system s network stack Internal networking This can be used to create a different kind of software based network which is visible to selected virtual machines but not to applications running on the host or to the outside world Host only networking This can be used to create a network
141. to natnet lt 1 N gt lt network gt default If the networking type is set to nat not natnetwork then this setting specifies the IP address range to be used for this network See chapter 9 11 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine page 188 for an example nat network 1 N network name If the networking type is set to natnetwork not nat then this setting specifies the name of the NAT network this adapter is connected to 133 8 VBoxManage e bridgeadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt If bridged networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host interface the given virtual network interface will use For details please see chapter 6 5 Bridged networking page 100 hostonlyadapter 1 N none lt devicename gt If host only networking has been en abled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host only networking interface the given virtual network interface will use For details please see chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 102 intnet lt 1 N gt network If internal networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify the name of the internal network see chapter 6 6 Internal networking page 101 macaddress
142. to 512 MB RAM it only uses memory available through the XMS interface Versions of HIMEM SYS the Microsoft XMS man ager shipped with MS DOS and Microsoft Windows 3 x can only use up to 64 MB on standard PCs This is a HIMEM SYS limitation documented by Microsoft in Knowledge base article KB 116256 Windows 3 1 memory limits are described in detail in Microsoft Knowledge base ar ticle KB 84388 It is possible for Windows 3 x guests to utilize more than 64 MB RAM if a different XMS provider is used That could be a newer HIMEM SYS version such as that shipped with Windows 98 or a more capable third party memory manager such as QEMM 12 4 Linux and X11 guests 12 4 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load Some Linux guests may cause a high CPU load even if the guest system appears to be idle This can be caused by a high timer frequency of the guest kernel Some Linux distributions for example Fedora ship a Linux kernel configured for a timer frequency of 1000Hz We recommend to recompile the guest kernel and to select a timer frequency of 100Hz Linux kernels shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux RHEL as of release 4 7 and 5 1 as well as kernels of related Linux distributions for instance CentOS and Oracle Linux support a kernel parameter divider N Hence such kernels support a lower timer frequency without recompilation We suggest to add the kernel parameter divider 10 to select a guest kernel timer frequency of 100Hz 12 4 2 AMD
143. to File e In the upcoming wizard choose DER encoded binary X 509 CER and save the certificate file to a local path finish the wizard e Close certificate dialog for Oracle Corporation After exporting the two certificates above they can be imported into the certificate store using the certutil exe utility certutil addstore f Root lt Path to exported certificate file gt In order to allow for completely unattended guest installations you can specify a command line parameter to the install launcher VBoxWindowsAdditions exe S This automatically installs the right files and drivers for the corresponding platform 32 or 64 bit Note By default on an unattended installation on a Windows 7 or 8 guest there will be the XPDM graphics driver installed This graphics driver does not support Win dows Aero Direct3D on the guest instead the experimental WDDM graphics driver needs to be installed To select this driver by default add the command line parameter with_wddm when invoking the Windows Guest Additions installer Note For Windows Aero to run correctly on a guest the guest s VRAM size needs to be configured to at least 128 MB For more options regarding unattended guest installations consult the command line help by using the command VBoxWindowsAdditions exe 64 4 Guest Additions 4 2 1 4 Manual file extraction If you would like to install the files and drive
144. usbfs filesystem is mounted Sometimes the command is hidden in unexpected places For SuSE 10 0 the mount command is part of the udev configuration file etc udev rules d 50 udev rules As this distribution has no user group called usb you may e g use the vboxusers group which was created by the VirtualBox installer Since group numbers are allocated dynamically the following example uses 85 as a placeholder Modify the line containing a linebreak has been inserted to improve readability DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb and add the necessary options make sure that everything is in a single line DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb o devgid 85 devmode 664 242 12 Troubleshooting Debian Etch has the mount command in etc init d mountkernfs sh Since that distribu tion has no group usb it is also the easiest solution to allow all members of the group vboxusers to access the USB subsystem Modify the line domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev so that it contains domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev devgid 85 devmode 664 As usual replace the 85 with the actual group number which should get access to USB devices Other distributions do similar operations in scripts stored in the etc init d directory 12 8 8 PAX grsec kernels Linux kernels including the grsec patch see h
145. use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM TSCTiedToExecution 1 To revert to the default TSC handling mode use VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM TSCTiedToExecution Note that if you use the special TSC handling mode with a guest operating system which is very strict about the consistency of time sources you may get a warning or error message about the timing inconsistency It may also cause clocks to become unreliable with some guest operating systems depending on how they use the TSC 9 14 2 Accelerate or slow down the guest clock For certain purposes it can be useful to accelerate or to slow down the virtual guest clock This can be achieved as follows VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM WarpDrivePercentage 200 The above example will double the speed of the guest clock while VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM WarpDrivePercentage 50 will halve the speed of the guest clock Note that changing the rate of the virtual clock can confuse the guest and can even lead to abnormal guest behavior For instance a higher clock rate means shorter timeouts for virtual devices with the result that a slightly increased response time of a virtual device due to an increased host load can cause guest failures Note further that any time synchronization mechanism will frequently try to resynchronize the guest clock with the reference clock which is the host clock
146. use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications 297 16 Third party materials and licenses 16 2 4 MIT License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction in cluding without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction in cluding withou
147. versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Jean loup Gailly Mark Adler jloup gzip org madler alumni caltech edu 16 2 7 OpenSSL license This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The imple mentation was written so as to conform with Netscape s SSL 298 16 Third party materials and licenses This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are adhered to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA lhash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions a
148. which is shipped since Windows Vista For Windows versions before Vista you need to download and install certutil exe manually Since the certificates 63 4 Guest Additions are not accompanied on the VirtualBox Guest Additions CD ROM prior to 4 2 these need to get extracted from a signed VirtualBox executable first In the following example the needed certificates will be extracted from the VirtualBox Win dows Guest Additions installer on the CD ROM VeriSign Code Signing CA Open the Windows Explorer e Right click on VBoxWindowsAdditions lt Architecture gt exe click on Properties e Go to tab Digital Signatures choose Oracle Corporation and click on Details e In tab General click on View Certificate e In tab Certification Path select VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary CA e Click on View Certificate e In tab Details click on Copy to File e In the upcoming wizard choose DER encoded binary X 509 CER and save the certificate file to a local path finish the wizard e Close certificate dialog for Verisign Class 3 Code Signing 2010 CA Oracle Corporation Open the Windows Explorer e Right click on VBoxWindowsAdditions lt Architecture gt exe click on Properties e Goto tab Digital Signatures choose Oracle Corporation and click on Details e In tab General click on View Certificate e In tab Details click on Copy
149. window can show these logs in a window To access it select a virtual machine from the list on the left and select Show logs from the Machine window The release log file VBox log contains a wealth of diagnostic information such as Host OS type and version VirtualBox version and build 32 bit or 64 bit a complete dump of the guest s configuration CFGM detailed information about the host CPU type and supported features whether hardware virtualization is enabled information about VI x AMD V setup state tran sitions creating running paused stopping etc guest BIOS messages Guest Additions mes sages device specific log entries and at the end of execution final guest state and condensed statistics In case of crashes it is very important to collect crash dumps This is true for both host and guest crashes For information about enabling core dumps on Linux Solaris and OS X systems refer to the core dump article on the VirtualBox website You can also use VBoxManage debugvm to create a dump of a complete virtual machine see chapter 8 35 VBoxManage debugvm page 164 For network related problems it is often helpful to capture a trace of network traffic If the traffic is routed through an adapter on the host it is possible to use Wireshark or a similar tool to capture the traffic there However this often also includes a lot of traffic unrelated to the VM VirtualBox provides an ability to capture network tra
150. with regular disk images this does not automatically attach the newly created image to a virtual machine This can be done with e g VBoxManage storageattach WindowsXP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 0 type hdd medium path to file vmdk When this is done the selected virtual machine will boot from the specified physical disk 185 9 Advanced topics 9 9 1 2 Access to individual physical hard disk partitions This raw partition support is quite similar to the full hard disk access described above How ever in this case any partitioning information will be stored inside the VMDK image so you can e g install a different boot loader in the virtual hard disk without affecting the host s partition ing information While the guest will be able to see all partitions that exist on the physical disk access will be filtered in that reading from partitions for which no access is allowed the partitions will only yield zeroes and all writes to them are ignored To create a special image for raw partition support which will contain a small amount of data as already mentioned on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 As you can see the command is identical to the one for full hard disk access except for the additional partitions parameter This example would create the image path to file vmdk which agai
151. you can teleport virtual machines between Solaris and Mac hosts for example Teleporting requires that a machine be currently running on one host which is then called the source The host to which the virtual machine will be teleported will then be called the target the machine on the target is then configured to wait for the source to contact the target The machine s running state will then be transferred from the source to the target with minimal downtime Teleporting happens over any TCP IP network the source and the target only need to agree on a TCP IP port which is specified in the teleporting settings At this time there are a few prerequisites for this to work however 1 On the target host you must configure a virtual machine in VirtualBox with exactly the same hardware settings as the machine on the source that you want to teleport This does not apply to settings which are merely descriptive such as the VM name but obviously for teleporting to work the target machine must have the same amount of memory and other hardware settings Otherwise teleporting will fail with an error message 2 The two virtual machines on the source and the target must share the same storage hard disks as well as floppy and CD DVD images This means that they either use the same iSCSI targets or that the storage resides somewhere on the network and both hosts have access to it via NFS or SMB CIFS This also means that neither the sou
152. you to control certain things inside a guest from the host Please see chapter 4 8 Guest control page 79 for an introduction There are two sets of subcommands here The first set requires guest credentials to be speci fied the second set does not The first set of subcommands are on the following form 154 8 VBoxManage VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt lt sub command gt v verbose q quiet username lt name gt domain lt domain gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt and the second set are on the following form VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt lt sub command gt v verbose q quiet where the common parameters are uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory username lt name gt Name of the user the process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS If not specified the host user name is used domain lt domain gt User domain for windows guests optional passwordfile lt file gt Password of the specified user account to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password lt password gt Password of the specified user account If not given an empty pass word is assumed v verbose Makes the sub command execution more noisy q quiet Makes the sub command execution more quiet The first set of subcommands e run allows you to execute a guest program waiting for it to complete and forw
153. you wish to use them in a setting which our installer doesn t handle correctly you should read chapter 9 4 2 Guest graphics and mouse driver setup in depth page 179 4 2 2 3 Updating the Linux Guest Additions The Guest Additions can simply be updated by going through the installation procedure again with an updated CD ROM image This will replace the drivers with updated versions You should reboot after updating the Guest Additions 4 2 2 4 Uninstalling the Linux Guest Additions If you have a version of the Guest Additions installed on your virtual machine and wish to remove it without installing new ones you can do so by inserting the Guest Additions CD image into the virtual CD ROM drive as described above and running the installer for the current Guest Additions with the uninstall parameter from the path that the CD image is mounted on in the guest sh VBoxLinuxAdditions run uninstall While this will normally work without issues you may need to do some manual cleanup of the guest particularly of the XFree86Config or xorg conf file in some cases particularly if the Additions version installed or the guest operating system were very old or if you made your own changes to the Guest Additions setup after you installed them Starting with version 3 1 0 you can uninstall the Additions by invoking opt VBoxGuestAdditions 5 0 4 uninstall sh Please replace opt VBoxGuestAdditions 5 0 4 with the correct Guest Additions insta
154. you would first create a normal image and then when you deem its contents useful later mark it immutable If you take a snapshot of a machine with immutable images then on every machine power up those images are reset to the state of the last current snapshot instead of the state of the original immutable image Note As a special exception immutable images are not reset if they are attached to a machine in saved state or whose last snapshot was taken while the machine was run ning a so called online snapshot As a result if the machine s current snapshot is such an online snapshot its immutable images behave exactly like the normal im ages described previously To re enable the automatic resetting of such images delete the current snapshot of the machine Again technically VirtualBox never writes to an immutable image directly at all All write operations from the machine will be directed to a differencing image the next time the VM is powered on the differencing image is reset so that every time the VM starts its im mutable images have exactly the same content The differencing image is only reset when the machine is powered on from within VirtualBox not when you reboot by requesting a reboot from within the machine This is also why immutable images behave as described above when snapshots are also present which use differencing images as well If the automatic discarding of the di
155. 0 host srcl lt guest dst gt copyto common options dryrun follow R recursive target directory lt guest dst gt lt host src0 gt host srcl mkdir createdir ectory common options parents mode lt mode gt lt guest directory gt rmdir removedir ectory common options 124 guestcontrol debugvm metrics metrics metrics metrics 8 VBoxManage R recursive guest directory removefile rm common options f force guest file mv move ren ame common options source sourcel dest mktemp createtemp orary common options secure mode lt mode gt tmpdir lt directory gt lt template gt stat common options lt file gt lt uuid vmname gt verbose v quiet q list lt all sessions processes files gt common opts closeprocess common options lt session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt lt PID1 gt PID1 closesession common options lt all session id ID session name name or pattern gt updatega updateguestadditions updateadditions source guest additions ISO gt wait start common options lt argument1 gt lt argumentN gt watch common options lt uuid vmname gt dumpguestcore filename lt name gt info lt item gt args injectnmi log release debug settings logde
156. 01 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved THE SOFTWARE IN THIS PRODUCT WAS IN PART PROVIDED BY GENIVIA INC AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCURE MENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSI NESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARIS ING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBIL ITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 15 Chromium licenses 16 2 15 1 Main license Copyright c 2002 Stanford University All rights reserved Some portions of Chromium are copyrighted by individiual organizations Please see the files COPYRIGHT LLNL and COPYRIGHT REDHAT for more information Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the docum
157. 1 Nokia Corporation and or its subsidiary ies VirtualBox contains parts of the FreeBSD kernel which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 21 FreeBSD license page 311 VirtualBox contains parts of the NetBSD kernel which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 22 NetBSD license page 312 VirtualBox contains portions of liblightdm gobject which is governed by the license in chap ter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright C 2010 2013 Canonical Ltd Copyright C 2010 2011 Robert Ancell VirtualBox contains portions of glib which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright C 1995 2011 The Glib team VirtualBox contains portions of PCRE which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 23 PCRE license page 312 and Copyright c 1997 2012 University of Cambridge Copyright c 2009 2012 Zoltan Her czeg Copyright c 2007 2012 Google Inc 282 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains portions of libffi which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 24 libffi license page 313 and Copyright c 1996 2012 Anthony Green Red Hat Inc and others See source files for details VirtualBox contains portions of FLTK which is governed by the licenses in chapter 16 2 25 FLTK license page 314 and chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright C 1991 2012 The FLTK team
158. 25 require swap space equal to or greater than the host s physical memory size For example 8 GB physical memory would require at least 8 GB swap This can be configured during a Solaris 10 install by choosing a custom install and changing the default partitions Note This restriction applies only to 32 bit Solaris hosts 64 bit hosts are not affected For existing Solaris 10 installs an additional swap image needs to be mounted and used as swap Hence if you have 1 GB swap and 8 GB of physical memory you require to add 7 GB more swap This can be done as follows For ZFS as root user 243 12 Troubleshooting zfs create V 8gb _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap swap a dev zvol dsk _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap To mount if after reboot add the following line to etc vfstab dev zvol dsk _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap Swap no Alternatively you could grow the existing swap using zfs set volsize 8G rpool swap And reboot the system for the changes to take effect For UFS as root user mkfile 7g path to swapfile img swap a path to swapfile img To mount it after reboot add the following line to etc vfstab path to swap img swap no 244 13 Security guide 13 1 General Security Principles The following principles are fundamental to using any application securely Keep Software Up To Date One of the principles of good security practise is to keep all soft ware versions and patches up to date
159. 30 This chapter explains the various networking settings in more detail 6 1 Virtual networking hardware For each card you can individually select what kind of hardware will be presented to the virtual machine VirtualBox can virtualize the following six types of networking hardware e AMD PCNet PCI II Am79C970A e AMD PCNet FAST III Am79C973 the default e Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop 82540EM e Intel PRO 1000 T Server 82543GC e Intel PRO 1000 MT Server 82545EM e Paravirtualized network adapter virtio net The PCNet FAST III is the default because it is supported by nearly all operating systems out of the box as well as the GNU GRUB boot manager As an exception the Intel PRO 1000 family adapters are chosen for some guest operating system types that no longer ship with drivers for the PCNet card such as Windows Vista The Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop type works with Windows Vista and later versions The T Server variant of the Intel PRO 1000 card is recognized by Windows XP guests without additional driver installation The MT Server variant facilitates OVF imports from other platforms The Paravirtualized network adapter virtio net is special If you select this then VirtualBox does not virtualize common networking hardware that is supported by common guest operating systems out of the box Instead VirtualBox then expects a special software interface for virtualized environments to be provided by the guest thus
160. 5 8 VBoxManage lpt lt 1 N gt lt I 0 base lt IRQ gt Specifies the I O address of the parallel port and the IRQ number that the Parallel Port feature will be using Use this after Lptmod I O base address and IRQ are the values that guest sees i e the values avalable under guest Device Manager audio none null oss With this option you can set whether the VM should have audio support clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this set ting you can select if and how the guest or host operating system s clipboard should be shared with the host or guest see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine draganddrop disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this set ting you can select the current drag n drop mode being used between the host and the virtual machine see chapter 4 4 Drag n Drop page 73 This requires that the Guest Addi tions be installed in the virtual machine monitorcount lt count gt This enables multi monitor support see chapter 3 5 Display settings page 51 usb on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 for details usbehci on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB 2 0 controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 for details usbxhci on off This option enables or disables
161. 5 Virtual storage To illustrate the differences between the various types with respect to snapshots Assume you have installed your guest operating system in your VM and you have taken a snapshot Imagine you have accidentally infected your VM with a virus and would like to go back to the snapshot With a normal hard disk image you simply restore the snapshot and the earlier state of your hard disk image will be restored as well and your virus infection will be undone With an immutable hard disk all it takes is to shut down and power on your VM and the virus infection will be discarded With a write through image however you cannot easily undo the virus infection by means of virtualization but will have to disinfect your virtual machine like a real computer Still you might find write through images useful if you want to preserve critical data irrespec tive of snapshots and since you can attach more than one image to a VM you may want to have one immutable for the operating system and one write through for your data files 5 5 Differencing images The previous section hinted at differencing images and how they are used with snapshots im mutable images and multiple disk attachments For the inquisitive VirtualBox user this section describes in more detail how they work A differencing image is a special disk image that only holds the differences to another image A differencing image by itself is useless it must always refer to anothe
162. 6 Cloning disk images You can duplicate hard disk image files on the same host to quickly produce a second virtual machine with the same operating system setup However you should only make copies of virtual disk images using the utility supplied with VirtualBox see chapter 8 24 VBoxManage clonehd page 150 This is because VirtualBox assigns a unique identity number UUID to each disk image which is also stored inside the image and VirtualBox will refuse to work with two images that use the same number If you do accidentally try to reimport a disk image which you copied normally you can make a second copy using VirtualBox s utility and import that instead Note that newer Linux distributions identify the boot hard disk from the ID of the drive The ID VirtualBox reports for a drive is determined from the UUID of the virtual disk image So if you clone a disk image and try to boot the copied image the guest might not be able to determine its own boot disk as the UUID changed In this case you have to adapt the disk ID in your boot loader script for example boot grub menu lst The disk ID looks like this scsi SATA_VBOX_HARDDISK_VB5cfdble2 c251e503 The ID for the copied image can be determined with hdparm i dev sda 5 7 Host I O caching Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox can optionally disable the I O caching that the host operat ing system would otherwise perform on disk image files Traditionally VirtualBox has opened disk
163. 9 Advanced topics 9 22 2 Host isolation detection To detect whether a host is being isolated that is the host cannot reach the VirtualBox server instance anymore the host needs to set an alternating value to a global extradata value within a time period If this value is not set within that time period a timeout occurred and the so called host isolation response will be performed to the VMs handled Which VMs are handled can be controlled by defining VM groups and assigning VMs to those groups By default no groups are set meaning that all VMs on the server will be handled when no host response is received within 30 seconds To set the groups handled by the host isolation detection via command line apimon groups string stringN or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog APIMonitor Groups string stringN To set the host isolation timeout via command line apimon isln timeout ms or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog APIMonitor IsolationTimeoutMS ms To set the actual host isolation response via command line apimon isln response cmd or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog APIMonitor IsolationResponse cmd The following response commands are available e none which does nothing e pause which pauses the execution of a VM e poweroff which shut
164. Activate the VirtualBox update notification to get notified when a new VirtualBox release is available When updating VirtualBox do not forget to update the Guest Additions Keep the host operating system as well as the guest operating system up to date Restrict Network Access to Critical Services Use proper means for instance a firewall to protect your computer and your guest s from accesses from the outside Choosing the proper networking mode for VMs helps to separate host networking from the guest and vice versa Follow the Principle of Least Privilege The principle of least privilege states that users should be given the least amount of privilege necessary to perform their jobs Always execute VirtualBox as a regular user We strongly discourage anyone from executing VirtualBox with system privileges Choose restrictive permissions when creating configuration files for instance when creating etc default virtualbox see chapter 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options page 41 Mode 0600 would be preferred Monitor System Activity System security builds on three pillars good security protocols proper system configuration and system monitoring Auditing and reviewing audit records address the third requirement Each component within a system has some degree of moni toring capability Follow audit advice in this document and regularly monitor audit records Keep Up To Date on Latest Security Information Oracle continually improves its so
165. C 1995 1996 All Rights Reserved 280 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains liblzf which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 9 liblzf license page 300 and Copyright C 2000 2005 Marc Alexander Lehmann lt schmorp schmorp de gt VirtualBox may ship with a modified copy of rdesktop which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 283 and Copyright C Matthew Chapman and others VirtualBox may ship with a copy of kchmviewer which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 283 and Copyright C George Yunaev and others VirtualBox may contain Etherboot which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 283 with the exception that aggregating Etherboot with another work does not require the other work to be released under the same license see http etherboot sourceforge net clinks html Etherboot is Copyright C Etherboot team VirtualBox may contain iPXE which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 283 and Copyright C Michael Brown lt mbrown fensystems co uk gt and others VirtualBox contains code from Wine which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright 1993 Bob Amstadt Copyright 1996 Albrecht Kleine Copyright 1997 David Faure Copyright 1998 Morten Welinder
166. CRITICAL APPLICATION MEANS AN APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FUNCTIONING OR MALFUNCTIONING OF THE SOFTWARE MAY RESULT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN PHYSICAL INJURY OR LOSS OF HUMAN LIFE THIS DISCLAIMER OF WAR RANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agree ments excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termi
167. Configure VM selector menu entries o 9 20 4 Configure VM window menu entries o o 9 20 5 Configure VM window status bar entries 9 20 6 Configure VM window visual modes o o 9 20 7 Host Key customization 2 2 roro 9 ee ee ee E 9 20 8 Action when terminating the VM o o 9 20 9 Action for handling a Guru Meditation 9 20 10 Configuring automatic mouse capturing 0 9 20 11 Configuring automatic mouse capturing o o 9 20 12 Requesting legacy full screen mode ooo Starting the VirtualBox web service automatically 9 21 1 Linux starting the webservice Via init 9 21 2 Solaris starting the web service via SMF 9 21 3 Mac OS X starting the webservice via launchd VirtualBox Watchdog 2 25 2444 eee 9 22 1 Memory ballooning control o o o 9 22 2 Hostisolation detection lt lt lt oso ooo o borradas 9 22 9 More information s s ds os oro Ro ek XU nk OE IR e doe 9 22 4 Linux starting the watchdog service via init 9 22 5 Solaris starting the watchdog service via SMF Other extension packs s sse 565 orm mto Ee Y E Starting virtual machines during systeMbo0t o ooo ooo 9 25 9 26 9 27 9 28 9 29 9 30 o1 Contents 9 24 1 Linux starting the autos
168. E SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDEN TAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED ON THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE OR IF SUCH DAMAGE COULD HAVE BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED SUCH LIMI TATION ON DAMAGES INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOOD WILL LOST PROFITS LOSS OF DATA OR SOFTWARE WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS IN NO EVENT WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR THE COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT DESIGNED FOR USE IN ON LINE EQUIP 305 16 Third party materials and licenses MENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS SUCH AS OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES AIR CRAFT NAVIGATION OR CONTROL OR LIFE CRITICAL APPLICATIONS THE AUTHORS EX PRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS AND ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY IN RE SPECT OF ANY ACTIONS OR CLAIMS BASED ON THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS BY YOU FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH THE TERM LIFE
169. Freenos vt Mi Powered Off Sound Recorder Sticky Notes a cre This PC db Sports Calculator Windows Fax and V Speech Bay Windows Defender Scan ZEN m Store Character Map N Windows Journal Windows Easy J w Transfer y a Math Input Panel Windows Media n Command Prompt Windows Player PowerShell Video Notepad g WordPad c Control Panel Weather F Paint J XPS Viewer Default Programs Remote Desktop File Explorer Connection In this User Manual we ll begin simply with a quick introduction to virtualization and how to get your first virtual machine running with the easy to use VirtualBox graphical user interface Subsequent chapters will go into much more detail covering more powerful tools and features but fortunately it is not necessary to read the entire User Manual before you can use VirtualBox You can find a summary of VirtualBox s capabilities in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 13 For existing VirtualBox users who just want to see what s new in this release there is a detailed list in chapter 15 Change log page 254 11 1 First steps 1 1 Why is virtualization useful The techniques and features that VirtualBox provides are useful for several scenarios e Running multiple operating systems simultaneously VirtualBox allows you to run more than one operating system at a time This way you can run software written for one operating system on another for example Windows software on Linux o
170. If not given an empty password is assumed password password Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed parents Also creates not yet existing parent directories of the specified directory e g if the directory D Foo of D Foo Bar does not exist yet it will be created Without specifying parent the action would have failed mode lt mode gt Sets the permission mode of the specified directory Only octal modes e g 0755 are supported right now verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose removedirectory which allows deletion of guest directories only with installed Guest Additions 4 3 2 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol uuid vmname removedir ectory rmdir lt guest directory gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt recursive R r verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory directory to remove on guest Absolute path of directory directories to remove on guest e g D Foo Bar The specified user must have appropriate rights to delete the specified guest directories username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password password Pas
171. La System Base Memory 2048 MB Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk Acceleration VT x AMD V Nested Paging FJ windows XP 1 xh d Running Mobile Platforms Android Jelly bean e Powered Off Chrome OS Powered Off 9 Windows Jy Windows 7 x64 D Powered Off My Windows XP OBI LXp Powered Off IT windows 7 ig Saved EN Windows Server 2012 El General Name Oracle Linux 6 U3 Operating System Oracle 64 bit Groups eBusiness La System Base Memory 1024 MB Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk Acceleration VT x AMD V Nested Paging PAE NX General Name Windows XP_1 Operating System Windows XP Powered Off Groups eBusiness a ETA Window 8 Server la System D8 3 Saved Base Memory 512 MB Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk Linux Acceleration VT x AMD V Nested Paging ga Ubuntu Powered Off Sia fedora 17 L E Saved 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine Click on the New button at the top of the VirtualBox Manager window A wizard will pop up to guide you through setting up a new virtual machine VM Name and operating system r3 um Please choose a descriptive name for the new virtual machine i and select the type of operating system you intend to install 1 on it The name you choose will be used throughout 1 VirtualBox to identify this machine Name Type Microsoft Windows EL Hd Version Windows XP 64
172. Lion and earlier was removed with VirtualBox 5 0 15 1 First steps Intel hardware is required please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 also e Linux hosts 32 bit and 64 bit Among others this includes Ubuntu 10 04 to 15 04 Debian GNU Linux 6 0 Squeeze and 8 0 Jessie Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 Oracle Linux 6 and 7 Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 6 and 7 Fedora Core Fedora 6 to 22 Gentoo Linux openSUSE 11 4 12 1 12 2 13 1 Mandriva 2011 It should be possible to use VirtualBox on most systems based on Linux kernel 2 6 or 3 x using either the VirtualBox installer or by doing a manual installation see chapter 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts page 36 However the formally tested and supported Linux distributions are those for which we offer a dedicated package Note that starting with VirtualBox 2 1 Linux 2 4 based host operating systems are no longer supported e Solaris hosts 64 bit only are supported with the restrictions listed in chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 Solaris 11 Solaris 10 U10 and higher Note that the above list is informal Oracle support for customers who have a support contract is limited to a subset of the listed host operating systems Also any feature which is marked as experimental is not supported Feedback and suggestions about such features are welcome 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs VirtualBox comes in m
173. NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTH ERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertis ing or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder 16 2 17 libgd license Portions copyright 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Funded under Grant P41 RR02188 by the National Institutes of Health Portions copyright 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 by Boutell Com Inc Portions relating to GD2 format copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Philip Warner Portions relating to PNG copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Greg Roelofs Portions relating to gdttf c copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 John Ellson ellson lucent com Portions relating to gdft c copyright 2001 2002 John Ellson ellson lucent com Portions copyright 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Pierre Alain Joye pierre libgd org Portions relating to JPEG and to color quantization copyright 2000 2001 2002 Doug Becker and copyright C 1994 1995 1996 1997
174. NS Clone XO Base Memory 2048 MB ym Remove R Boot Order Floppy Optical Hard Disk DICTE Accsteration VIx AMD Y Nested Paging Lj Powe Pun RP Display ET Win Re XT Video Memory 32 MB Power C Acceleration 3D A Wi Remote Desktop Server Disabled G win7 64 D aved State es Video Capture Disabled Aborte Show Log eL e Refresh Storage AS Controller IDE Control controller IDE Controller del Siow nnar baa IDE Secondary Master Optical Drive ubuntu 14 04 1 desktop i386 iso Inaccessible Power P Controller SATA Controller P SATA Port 0 Ubuntu vdi Normal 8 00 GB O Ubuntu Powered Off Audio TZ en Host Driver CoreAudio Va Powered Off Controller ICH AC97 a knoppix BP Network Powered Off Adapter 1 Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop NAT ES S11U2 instrumented USB Powered Off 2 USB Controller OHCI Add new group based on selected virtual machines E 2 Command line option 1 Create a group and assign a VM VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups TestGroup creates a group TestGroup and attaches the VM Fred to that group Command line option 2 Detach a VM from the group and delete the group if empty VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups It detaches all groups from the VM Fred and deletes the empty group 3 Multiple groups e g VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups TestGroup TestGroup2 It creates the groups TestGroup and TestGroup2 if they don
175. NY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 16 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE Version 1 1 1 Definitions 1 0 1 Commercial Use means distribution or otherwise making the Covered Code available to a third party 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifica tions 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Modifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Contributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the soft ware development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 292 16 Third party
176. PUs can be added with the controlvm plugcpu unplugcpu com mands instead VBoxManage controlvm VM name plugcpu 3 VBoxManage controlvm VM name unplugcpu 3 Support for CPU hot plugging was introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 180 9 Advanced topics See chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 and chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 141 for details With Linux guests the following applies To prevent ejection while the CPU is still used it has to be ejected from within the guest before The Linux Guest Additions contain a service which receives hot remove events and ejects the CPU Also after a CPU is added to the VM it is not automatically used by Linux The Linux Guest Additions service will take care of that if installed If not a CPU can be started with the following command echo 1 gt sys devices system cpu cpu lt id gt online 9 6 PCI passthrough When running on Linux hosts with a recent enough kernel at least version 2 6 31 experimen tal host PCI devices passthrough is available Note The PCI passthrough module is shipped as a VirtualBox extension package which must be installed separately See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and exten sion packs page 16 for more information Essentially this feature allows to directly use physical PCI devices on the host by the guest even if host doesn t have drivers for this particular device Both regular PCI and some PCI Express cards are supported
177. R CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CON TRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 10 libpng license The PNG Reference Library is supplied AS IS The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc disclaim all warranties expressed or implied including without limitation the warranties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc assume no liability for direct indirect incidental special exemplary or consequential damages which may result from the use of the PNG Reference Library even if advised of the possibility of such damage Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this source code or portions hereof for any purpose without fee subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented 2 Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source 3 This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc specifically permit without fee and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products If you use this source code in a product acknowledgment is not required but would
178. RAM that the virtual graphics card should have See chapter 3 5 Display settings page 51 for details e acpi on off ioapic on off These two determine whether the VM should have ACPI and I O APIC support respectively see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 for details 130 8 VBoxManage hardwareuuid lt uuid gt The UUID presented to the guest via memory tables DMI SMBIOS hardware and guest properties By default this is the same as the VM uuid Useful when cloning a VM Teleporting takes care of this automatically cpus lt cpucount gt This sets the number of virtual CPUs for the virtual machine see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 If CPU hot plugging is enabled see below this then sets the maximum number of virtual CPUs that can be plugged into the virtual ma chines cpuhotplug on off This enables CPU hot plugging When enabled virtual CPUs can be added to and removed from a virtual machine while it is running See chapter 9 5 CPU hot plugging page 180 for more information plugcpu unplugcpu lt id gt If CPU hot plugging is enabled see above this adds a virtual CPU to the virtual machines or removes one lt id gt specifies the index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a number from 0 to the maximum no of CPUs configured with the cpus option CPU 0 can never be removed cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt This setting controls how much cpu time a virtual CPU
179. SB devices of the remote computer on which the VRDP data is being displayed the same way as USB devices that are connected to the actual host This allows for running virtual machines on a VirtualBox host that acts as a server where a client can connect from elsewhere that needs only a network adapter and a display capable of running an RDP viewer When USB devices are plugged into the client the remote VirtualBox server can access them For these remote USB devices the same filter rules apply as for other USB devices as described with chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 All you have to do is specify Remote or Any when setting up these rules Accessing remote USB devices is only possible if the RDP client supports this extension On Linux and Solaris hosts the VirtualBox installation provides a suitable VRDP client called rdesktop vrdp Recent versions of uttsc a client tailored for the use with Sun Ray thin clients also support accessing remote USB devices RDP clients for other platforms will be provided in future VirtualBox versions To make a remote USB device available to a VM rdesktop vrdp should be started as follows rdesktop vrdp r usb a 16 N my host address Please refer to chapter 12 8 7 USB not working page 242 for further details on how to properly set up the permissions for USB devices Furthermore it is advisable to disable automatic loading of any host driver on the remote host which might work on USB devic
180. See for example http www python org download windows 34 2 Installation details The installer will create a VirtualBox group in the Windows Start menu which allows you to launch the application and access its documentation With standard settings VirtualBox will be installed for all users on the local system In case this is not wanted you have to invoke the installer by first extracting it by using VirtualBox exe extract and then do as follows VirtualBox exe msiparams ALLUSERS 2 or msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi ALLUSERS 2 on the extracted MSI files This will install VirtualBox only for the current user If you do not want to install all features of VirtualBox you can set the optional ADDLOCAL parameter to explicitly name the features to be installed The following features are available VBoxApplication Main binaries of VirtualBox Note This feature must not be absent since it contains the minimum set of files to have working VirtualBox installation VBoxUSB USB support VBoxNetwork All networking support includes the VBoxNetworkFlt and VBoxNetworkAdp fea tures see below VBoxNetworkFlt Bridged networking support VBoxNetworkAdp Host only networking support VBoxPython Python support For example to only install USB support along with the main binaries do a VirtualBox exe msiparams ADDLOCAL VBoxApplication VBoxUSB or msiexec i V
181. Service if libdbus is available but dbus daemon isn t running bug 13770 Windows Additions prevent VBox WDDM driver from loading if host reports weak OpenGL capabilities 3D content now can be shown over Remote Desktop connection Winodws Additions some fixes for recent Windows 10 Previews Linux Additions fixed a compatibility issue with 64 bit Linux 2 4 kernels Linux Additions fixed a potential use after free when unloading the VBoxGuest module Linux Additions Linux 3 19 fixes bug 13741 263 15 Change log 15 8 Version 4 3 20 2014 11 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed reboot hang of 32 bit Windows SMP guests bugs 13319 13462 VMM proper Math Fault handling with certain legacy guests bug 9042 AMD hosts VMM fixed a Guru Meditation VINF EM TRIPLE FAULT on older CPUs that don t support MSR bitmaps VIx only bugs 13034 13125 13311 13425 13426 13463 13585 GUI fix 3D overlay window reparenting issue when VM goes to fullscreen mode on X11 hosts GUI fix occasional loss of focus in full screen mode on X11 host systems 4 3 16 regression GUI Mac OS X wizards should have Cancel button bug 12541 GUI added a global option to prevent automatic raising of the new window by mouse move with multi screen guests bug 8878 API accept remote display port O as the default RDP port bug 8534 VBoxManage fixed crash when executing showvminfo
182. T to set the character set used for I O operations Note that on Linux guests ifthe iocharset option is not specified then the Guest Additions driver will attempt to use the character set specified by the CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT kernel option If this option is not set either then UTE8 will be used Also convertcp CHARSET is available in order to specify the character set used for the shared folder name utf8 by default The generic mount options documented in the mount manual page apply also Espe cially useful are the options uid gid and mode as they allow access by normal users in read write mode depending on the settings even if root has mounted the filesystem 4 3 2 Automatic mounting Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox can mount shared folders automatically at your option If automatic mounting is enabled for a specific shared folder the Guest Additions will automatically mount that folder as soon as a user logs into the guest OS The details depend on the guest OS type e With Windows guests any auto mounted shared folder will receive its own drive letter e g E depending on the free drive letters remaining in the guest If there no free drive letters left auto mounting will fail as a result the number of auto mounted shared folders is typically limited to 22 or less with Windows guests e With Linux guests auto mounted shared folders are mounted into the media directory along with the prefix sf_ For
183. TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 9 liblzf license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEM PLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS IN TERRUPTION HOWEVE
184. TWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publicly available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence 16 2 8 Slirp license Copyright c 1995 1996 Danny Gasparovski All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the fol lowing acknowledgment This product includes software developed by Danny Gasparovski THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL DANNY GAS PAROVSKI OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPE 299 16 Third party materials and licenses CIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
185. These commands require that the machine is powered off neither running nor in saved state Some machine settings can also be changed while a machine is running those settings will then have a corresponding subcommand with the VBoxManage controlvm subcommand see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 141 8 8 1 General settings The following general settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm e name lt name gt This changes the VM s name and possibly renames the internal virtual machine files as described with VBoxManage createvm above e groups lt group gt This changes the group membership of a VM Groups always start with a and can be nested By default VMs are in group description lt desc gt This changes the VM s description which is a way to record details about the VM in a way which is meaningful for the user The GUI interprets HTML formatting the command line allows arbitrary strings potentially containing multiple lines e ostype lt ostype gt This specifies what guest operating system is supposed to run in the VM To learn about the various identifiers that can be used here use VBoxManage list ostypes memory lt memorysize gt This sets the amount of RAM in MB that the virtual machine should allocate for itself from the host See the remarks in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 for more information e vram lt vramsize gt This sets the amount of
186. This command is used to change global settings which affect the entire VirtualBox installation Some of these correspond to the settings in the Global settings dialog in the graphical user interface The following properties are available machinefolder This specifies the default folder in which virtual machine definitions are kept see chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 216 for details hwvirtexclusive This specifies whether VirtualBox will make exclusive use of the hardware virtualization extensions Intel VT x or AMD V of the host system s processor see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 If you wish to share these extensions with other hypervisors running at the same time you must disable this setting Doing so has negative performance implications vrdeauthlibrary This specifies which library to use when external authentication has been selected for a particular virtual machine see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 110 for details websrvauthlibrary This specifies which library the web service uses to authenticate users For details about the VirtualBox web service please refer to the separate VirtualBox SDK reference see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 152 8 VBoxManage vrdeextpack This specifies which library implements the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension loghistorycount This selects how many rotated old VM logs are kept autostartdbpath Th
187. This is only applicable for raw mode and ring 0 logging user nouser Custom destination which has no meaning to VM processes This corresponds to the logdest command in the debugger debugvm logflags VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt logflags release debug flags Changes the flags on either debug debug or release release logger of the VM process Please note that the modifications are applied onto the existing changes they are not replacing them 166 8 VBoxManage tc The flags are a list of flag mnemonics optionally prefixed by a no i or to negate their meaning The prefix can be used to undo previous negation or use as a separator though better use whitespace or separate arguments for that List of log flag mnemonics with their counter form where applicable asterisk indicates de faults enabled disabled Enables or disables logging buffered unbufferedx Enabling buffering of log output before it hits the destinations writethrough writethru Whether to open the destination file with writethru buffering settings or not flush Enables flushing of the output file to disk after each log statement lockcnts Prefix each log line with lock counts for the current thread cpuid Prefix each log line with the ID of the current CPU pid Prefix each log line with the current process ID flagno Prefix each log line with the numberic
188. This software may be referred to only as the Independent JPEG Group s software We specifically permit and encourage the use of this software as the basis of commercial prod ucts provided that all warranty or liability claims are assumed by the product vendor ansi2knr c is included in this distribution by permission of L Peter Deutsch sole proprietor of its copyright holder Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park CA ansi2knr c is NOT covered by the above copyright and conditions but instead by the usual distribution terms of the Free Software Foundation principally that you must include source code if you redistribute it See the file ansi2knr c for full details However since ansi2knr c is not needed as part of any program generated from the IJG code this does not limit you more than the foregoing paragraphs do The Unix configuration script configure was produced with GNU Autoconf It is copyright by the Free Software Foundation but is freely distributable The same holds for its supporting scripts config guess config sub ltmain sh Another support script install sh is copyright by X Consortium but is also freely distributable The IJG distribution formerly included code to read and write GIF files To avoid entanglement with the Unisys LZW patent GIF reading support has been removed altogether and the GIF writer has been simplified to produce uncompressed GIFs This technique does not use the LZW algorithm the resu
189. VD drives to report the vendor product data VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config PortO ATAPIVendorId vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config PortO ATAPIProductId product VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config PortO ATAPIRevision revision The vendor id is an 8 byte alphanumeric string the product id an 16 byte alphanumeric string and the revision a 4 byte alphanumeric string Instead of Port0 referring to the first port specify the desired SATA hard disk port 9 9 3 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking As an experimental feature VirtualBox allows for accessing an iSCSI target running in a virtual machine which is configured for using Internal Networking mode Please see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 93 chapter 6 6 Internal networking page 101 and chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 for additional information The IP stack accessing Internal Networking must be configured in the virtual machine which accesses the iSCSI target A free static IP and a MAC address not used by other virtual machines must be chosen In the example below adapt the name of the virtual machine the MAC address the IP configuration and the Internal Networking name MyIntNet according to your needs The following eight commands must first be issued VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 T
190. Vene e e e Um a EORR ERU CR s mc um on we ew x Bo General options lt es 5 9o 9oR s rp o xor gor run XX X Row eee ORC GA VBoxManage lit eck gk A de a Ra om d Us 8 55 VBoxManageshowvminfo elles 8 06 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm eee of VboxManage TESEI io soe rerepot i ee 9 4 Oye y or movere 8 8 VBoxManage modifyyn eee Heo General setings oce so we E E Rom dele NA B 5 2 Networking settings e oro 9 93 4248 S os 8 5 3 Miscellaneous settings 252 oor RR RR yo ar RS BSA Video Capture settings ooo oo Rr RS 8 585 Remote machine settings lu se llo m os eror pce e i Contents 8 505 Teleporing setings p 05 6 x9 cum A ee ew y 138 8 8 7 Debugging settings o oe cu 22044455 224088 Rs 138 89 VBoxManage clonevm oet 44466008 o FUR EU EUM eee a 4 138 8 10 VBoxsManagemmport s zo 22 e xo R9 4445444424044 45 a 139 GLL WBoxManage xport e eoe ono o o o 200 ee RUE RR 140 5 12 VBoxsManape Star uoo o M ee eve ho koc ue m eie ww oe Rs 141 8 13 WVBoxMandgecontrohum s ee ke ee RR o xk E GER Rma 141 8 14 VBoxManage discardstate e e 144 2 15 VBoxManage adoptita coos rl a ae ee A 144 8 16 VBoxManage snapshot e 144 8 17 VBoxManage closemedium o e 145 8 18 VBoxManagestorageattach o o ee ee 145 8 19 VBoxManagestoragectl oco essor o ea 147 8 20 VBoxManagebandwidthet gt o os s ss zo rk UR 148 8 21 VBoxMan
191. WILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAM AGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR 296 16 Third party materials and licenses DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EX TENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT AL LOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS The Covered Code is a commercial item as that term is defined in 48 C F R 2 101 Oct 1995 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Sept 1995 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 June 1995 all U S Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those rights set forth herein 11 MISCELLANEOUS This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject matter hereof If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable This License shall be governed by California law provisions except to the extent applicable law if any provides otherwise excluding its conflict of law provisions With resp
192. Y OF SUCH DAMAGE Additional BSD Notice 1 This notice is required to be provided under our contract with the U S Department of Energy DOE This work was produced at the University of California Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory under Contract No W 7405 ENG 48 with the DOE 2 Neither the United States Government nor the University of California nor any of their employees makes any warranty express or implied or assumes any liability or responsibility for the accuracy completeness or usefulness of any information apparatus product or process disclosed or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights 3 Also reference herein to any specific commercial products process or services by trade name trademark manufacturer or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its en dorsement recommendation or favoring by the United States Government or the University of California The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States Government or the University of California and shall not be used for advertising or product endorsement purposes 16 2 15 3 COPYRIGHT REDHAT file This Chromium distribution contains information and code which is covered under the following notice Copyright 2001 2002 Red Hat Inc Durham North Carolina 308 16 Third party materials and licenses All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charg
193. ac OS X including 3D acceleration GUI Hotplugging support for SATA disks New modular audio architecture for providing a better abstraction of the host audio back ends Support for the NDIS6 networking framework on Windows default on Vista and later 257 15 Change log In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM improved timing on Solaris hosts with older VI x hosts without preemption timers VMM further improvements for TSC frequency measurements and guest timekeeping VMM debug facility now includes the guest CPU s FPU SSE extended state in the core dump VMM fixed a hang under rare conditions on 32 bit hosts VMM several fixes GUI improved HID LEDs synchronization for Mac and Windows hosts The physical LEDs state now restored together with the VM state GUI take the guest screen aspect ratio into account for the preview window GUI provide direct access to storage media in the VM selector GUI allow to save the VM state from the selector even if the VM is already paused VBoxManage when exporting an appliance support the suppression of MAC addresses which means they will be always recreated on import avoiding duplicate MAC addresses for VMs which are imported several times VBoxManage now supports renaming storage controllers and USB controllers Guest Control major overhaul for example fixing wrong parameter quoting bug 13157 USB added USB traffic capturing see chapter 9 29 Capturing
194. acaddress 1 N auto mac mouse ps2 usb usbtablet usbmultitouch keyboard ps2 usb uart 1 N off I 0 base lt IRQ gt uartmode lt 1 N gt disconnected server lt pipe gt client lt pipe gt tcpserver lt port gt tcpclient hostname port file lt file gt devicename lpt 1 N off lt I 0 base lt IRQ gt 1ptmode lt 1 N gt lt devicename gt guestmemoryballoon lt balloonsize in MB gt audio none null dsound solaudio oss alsa pulse oss pulse coreaudio audiocontroller ac97 hda sb16 audiocodec stac9700 ad1980 stac9221 sb16 clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional draganddrop disabled hosttoguest vrde on off vrdeextpack default lt name gt vrdeproperty lt name value gt vrdeport lt hostport gt vrdeaddress lt hostip gt vrdeauthtype null external guest vrdeauthlibrary default lt name gt vrdemulticon on off vrdereusecon on off vrdevideochannel on off vrdevideochannelquality lt percent gt usb on off usbehci on off usbxhci on off usbrename oldname lt newname gt snapshotfolder default lt path gt teleporter on off teleporterport lt port gt teleporteraddress lt address empty gt teleporterpassword lt password gt teleporterpasswordfile lt file gt stdin tracing enabled on off tracing config lt config string gt
195. age 138 Cloning support was introduced with VirtualBox 4 1 30 1 First steps 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines VirtualBox can import and export virtual machines in the industry standard Open Virtualization Format OVF OVF is a cross platform standard supported by many virtualization products which allows for creating ready made virtual machines that can then be imported into a virtualizer such as VirtualBox VirtualBox makes OVF import and export easy to access and supports it from the Manager window as well as its command line interface This allows for packaging so called virtual appliances disk images together with configuration settings that can be distributed easily This way one can offer complete ready to use software packages operating systems with applications that need no configuration or installation except for importing into VirtualBox Known limitations page 250 Note The OVF standard is complex and support in VirtualBox is an ongoing process In particular no guarantee is made that VirtualBox supports all appliances created by other virtualization software For a list of known limitations please see chapter 14 Appliances in OVF format can appear in two variants 1 They can come in several files as one or several disk images typically in the widely used VMDK format see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 85 and a textual description file in an XML diale
196. age 22 Graphics The VirtualBox graphics device sometimes referred to as VGA device is unlike nearly all other emulated devices not based on any physical counterpart It is a simple synthetic device which provides compatibility with standard VGA and several extended registers used by the VESA BIOS Extensions VBE Storage VirtualBox currently emulates the standard ATA interface found on Intel PIIX3 PIIX4 chips the SATA AHCI interface and two SCSI adapters LSI Logic and Bus Logic see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 for details Whereas providing one of these would be enough for VirtualBox by itself this multitude of storage adapters is required for compatibility with other hypervisors Win dows is particularly picky about its boot devices and migrating VMs between hypervisors is very difficult or impossible if the storage controllers are different Networking See chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 95 USB VirtualBox emulates three USB host controllers xHCI EHCI and OHCI While xHCI handles all USB transfer speeds only guest operating systems released approximately after 2011 support xHCI Note that for Windows 7 guests 3rd party drivers must be installed for xHCI support Older operating systems typically support OHCI and EHCI The two controllers are needed because OHCI only handles USB low and full speed devices both USB 1 x and 2 0 while EHCI only handles
197. age devices attached to the SATA controller Storage follow the spec with AHCI interrupt acknowledge bug 13474 Storage fixed broken iSCSI authentication 4 3 14 regression bugs 13386 13435 NAT Network properly parse port forwarding rules to allow UDP rules USB fixed a crash on Linux hosts with older Linux kernels bug 13400 and several other fixes ACPI fixed ACPI timer anomalies bug 12076 Guest Control fixed a memory leak bug 13434 Main when removing a VM do also remove the VBoxStartup log file which might exist on Windows hosts bug 13478 Windows hosts fixed more startup problems on certain Windows hosts due to conflicts with anti virus software better error reporting 4 3 14 regression bug 13187 265 15 Change log Windows hosts propagate the process startup information to the child process 4 3 14 regression bug 13243 Mac OS X hosts don t force using the discrete GPU bug 11111 Windows Additions some Windows 10 tweaks X11 guests fix a bug handling video driver display properties which prevented GNOME Shell on Fedora 21 from starting Linux hosts guests fixed a few remaining warnings in the kernel log if memory allocation fails bug 11171 15 10 Version 4 3 16 2014 09 09 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed restoring 32 bit FPU state on 64 bit capable VMs and restoring guest FPU in raw mode VMs bug 12646 4 3 regression GUI p
198. ageshowhdinfo o s o e eoc moraa a aoe e DE eee E 149 8 22 WBosMaMa gpearel ai e wes a i a B RS A ee Pos a oe 149 B23 VBoxsManate modifyiid oe c oom tt ere ee eee sehen 149 8 24 VBoxManageclonehl oo oak bok bs ia o Ry A ee 150 8 25 VBoxManage convertfromraw leen 151 8 26 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata o o o a 152 0 47 VBORMADage Setproperiy ose oor a A e Reds 152 8 28 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove o o o ooo oo 153 8 29 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove o o o o ooo oo 153 8 30 VBoxManage guestproperty o 224277253593 3 RSS 153 8 31 VBoxManag guestcontrol cs s s adoa o RU o Re 9 SR 154 B 32 VBoxMa age MEIGS 2 3 469 con o o re A eee RERO RO Re 162 8 33 VBoxManagehostonlyl s sses sso Ro oo Rok o ER ER 163 8 34 VBoxManagedhepserver eee 163 8 35 VBoxManasedebupvm lt 2 2 RR x A A RCR RON ORO RR Rn 164 B 36 VBoxManapeexppack oroe oe Ro 9 ebb oe e OR SOR ni UR YU 170 Advanced topics 172 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer llle 172 911 ICAA x so Roe nem der Se ERR om eme om RUE S 172 9 1 2 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL 0 oo 172 9 1 3 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux 173 9 2 Automated guest logons oot ed 56 oe ee m moy o eae es 174 9 21 Automated Windows guest logons o o 174 9 22 Automated Linux Unix guest logons o 175 9 3 Advanced configurat
199. al ports which at the time was rather complicated to set up with a sequence of VBoxManage setextradata statements Since version 1 5 that way of setting up serial ports is no longer necessary and deprecated To set up virtual serial ports use the methods now described in chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 Note For backwards compatibility the old setextradata statements whose descrip tion is retained below from the old version of the manual take precedence over the new way of configuring serial ports As a result if configuring serial ports the new way doesn t work make sure the VM in question does not have old configuration data such as below still active The old sequence of configuring a serial port used the following 6 commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IRQ 4 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IOBase 0x3f8 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 Driver Char VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Driver NamedPipe VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config Location pipe vboxC0M1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config IsServer 1 This sets up a serial port in the guest with the default settings for COM1 IRQ 4 I O address 0x3f8 and the Loca
200. alBox Graphics Adapter and 2 the VirtualBox System Device For each choose to provide your own driver and use Have Disk to point the wizard to the CD ROM drive with the Guest Additions 4 2 1 3 Unattended Installation As a prerequiste for performing an unattended installation of the VirtualBox Guest Additions on a Windows guest there need to be Oracle CA Certificate Authority certificates installed in order to prevent user intervention popus which will undermine a silent installation Note On some Windows versions like Windows 2000 and Windows XP the user in tervention popups mentioned above always will be displayed even after importing the Oracle certificates Since VirtualBox 4 2 installing those CA certificates on a Windows guest can be done in an automated fashion using the VBoxCertUtil exe utility found on the Guest Additions installation CD in the cert folder e Log in as Administrator on the guest e Mount the VirtualBox Guest Additions ISO e Open a command line window on the guest and change to the cert folder on the VirtualBox Guest Additions CD e Do VBoxCertUtil add trusted publisher oracle vbox cer root oracle vbox cer This will install the certificates to the certificate store When installing the same certificate more than once an appropriate error will be displayed Prior to VirtualBox 4 2 the Oracle CA certificates need to be imported in more manual style using the certutil exe utility
201. allation Then open a root terminal session and execute pkgadd d VirtualBox 5 0 4 Sun0S x86 n a autoresponse SUNWvbox To perform a non interactive uninstallation open a root terminal session and execute pkgrm n a opt VirtualBox autoresponse SUNWvbox 2 4 6 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox Assuming that VirtualBox has already been installed into your zone you need to give the zone access to VirtualBox s device node This is done by performing the following steps Start a root terminal and execute zonecfg z vboxzone Replace vboxzone with the name of the zone in which you intend to run VirtualBox Inside the zonecfg prompt add the device resource and match properties to the zone Here s how it can be done zonecfg vboxzone gt add device zonecfg vboxzone device set match dev vboxdrv zonecfg vboxzone device gt end zonecfg vboxzone gt add device zonecfg vboxzone device set match dev vboxdrvu zonecfg vboxzone device gt end zonecfg vboxzone gt exit If you are running VirtualBox 2 2 0 or above on Solaris 11 or above you may add a device for dev vboxusbmon too similar to what was shown above This does not apply to Solaris 10 hosts due to lack of USB support Next reboot the zone using zoneadm and you should be able to run VirtualBox from within the configured zone 43 3 Configuring virtual machines Whereas chapter 1 First steps page 11 gave you a quick introduction to VirtualBox and how to
202. ame VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSKU VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemFamily VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemUuid BIOS Vendor BIOS Version BIOS Release Date 2 3 4 System System System System System Vendor Product Version Serial SKU System Family 9852bf98 b83c 49db a8de 182c42c7226b DMI board information type 2 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardVendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardProduct VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardVersion VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardSerial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardAssetTag VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardLocInChass VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardBoardType 191 Board Board Board Board Board Board 10 Vendor Product Version Serial Tag Location 9 Advanced topics DMI system enclosure or chassis type 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisVendor Chassis Vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VB
203. amless mode work correctly with guests using OpenGL 3D features such as with compiz enabled window managers The RDP server in the VirtualBox extension pack supports only audio streams in format 22 05kHz stereo 16 bit If the RDP client requests any other audio format there will be no audio Preserving the aspect ratio in scale mode works only on Windows hosts and on Mac OS X hosts On Mac OS X hosts the following features are not yet implemented Numlock emulation CPU frequency metric Memory ballooning Mac OS X guests Mac OS X guests can only run on a certain host hardware For details about license and host hardware limitations please see chapter 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests page 45 and check the Apple software license conditions VirtualBox does not provide Guest Additions for Mac OS X at this time 251 14 Known limitations The graphics resolution currently defaults to 1024x768 as Mac OS X falls back to the built in EFI display support See chapter 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI page 58 for more information on how to change EFI video modes Mac OS X guests only work with one CPU assigned to the VM Support for SMP will be provided in a future release Depending on your system and version of Mac OS X you might experience guest hangs after some time This can be fixed by turning off energy saving set timeout to Never in the system preferences By default the VirtualBox EFI enables debug output of t
204. an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 SCSI Small Computer System Interface An industry standard for data transfer between devices especially for storage See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 321 Glossary SMP Symmetrical Multiprocessing meaning that the resources of a computer are shared be tween several processors These can either be several processor chips or as is more com mon with modern hardware multiple CPU cores in one processor SSD Solid state drive uses microchips for storing data in a computer system Compared to classical hard disks they are having no mechanical components like spinning disks T TAR A widely used file format for archiving Originally this stood for Tape ARchive and was already supported by very early Unix versions for backing up data on tape The file format is still widely used today for example with OVF archives with an ova file extension see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 31 U UUID A Universally Unique Identifier often also called GUID Globally Unique Identifier is a string of numbers and letters which can be computed dynamically and is guaranteed to be unique Generally it is used as a global handle to identify entities VirtualBox makes use of UUIDs to identify VMs Virtual Disk Images VDI files and
205. and rcvboxadd setup After compilation you should reboot your guest to ensure that the new modules are actually used 9 4 2 Guest graphics and mouse driver setup in depth This section assumes that you are familiar with configuring the X Org server using xorg conf and optionally the newer mechanisms using hal or udev and xorg conf d If not you can learn about them by studying the documentation which comes with X Org The VirtualBox Guest Additions come with drivers for X Org versions e X11R6 8 X11R6 9 and XFree86 version 4 3 vboxvideo drv 68 0 and vboxmouse drv 68 0 e X11R7 0 vboxvideo drv 70 so and vboxmouse drv 70 so e X11R7 1 vboxvideo drv 71 so and vboxmouse drv 71 so e X Org Server versions 1 3 and later vboxvideo drv 13 so and vboxmouse drv 13 so and so on By default these drivers can be found in the directory opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt lib VBoxGuestAdditions and the correct versions for the X server are symbolically linked into the X Org driver directo ries For graphics integration to work correctly the X server must load the vboxvideo driver many recent X server versions look for it automatically if they see that they are running in VirtualBox and for an optimal user experience the guest kernel drivers must be loaded and the Guest Ad ditions tool VBoxClient must be running as a client in the X session For mouse integration to work correctly the guest kernel drivers must be loaded and in addition in
206. ans an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 SOURCE CODE LICENSE 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license sub ject to third party intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Initial Developer to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Original Code Modifications or portions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Original Code Modifications or any combination or portions
207. any different packages and installation depends on your host operating system If you have installed software before installation should be straightforward on each host platform VirtualBox uses the installation method that is most common and easy to use If you run into trouble or have special requirements please refer to chapter 2 Installation details page 34 for details about the various installation methods Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox is split into several components 1 The base package consists of all open source components and is licensed under the GNU General Public License V2 2 Additional extension packs can be downloaded which extend the functionality of the VirtualBox base package Currently Oracle provides the one extension pack which can be found at http www virtualbox org and provides the following added functional ity a The virtual USB 2 0 EHCI device see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 b The virtual USB 3 0 xHCI device see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 c VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP support see chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 106 3Support for 64 bit Linux was added with VirtualBox 1 4 16 1 First steps d Host webcam passthrough see chapter chapter 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest page 182 e Intel PXE boot ROM f Experimental support for PCI passthrough on Linux hosts see chapter 9 6 PCI passthrough page 181 g Di
208. anying detail For example if a write to the CRO register causes an exit the offending instruction is recorded along with the fact that a write access to a control register caused the exit and information about source and destination register Thus the hypervisor can efficiently handle the condition without needing advanced techniques such as CSAM and PATM described above VT x inherently avoids several of the problems which software virtualization faces The guest has its own completely separate address space not shared with the hypervisor which eliminates potential clashes Additionally guest OS kernel code runs at privilege ring 0 in VMX non root mode obviating the problems by running ring 0 code at less privileged levels For example the SYSENTER instruction can transition to ring 0 without causing problems Naturally even at ring 0 in VMX non root mode any I O access by guest code still causes a VM exit allowing for device emulation The biggest difference between VT x and AMD V is that AMD V provides a more complete virtualization environment VT x requires the VMX non root code to run with paging enabled 224 10 Technical background which precludes hardware virtualization of real mode code and non paged protected mode soft ware This typically only includes firmware and OS loaders but nevertheless complicates VI x hypervisor implementation AMD V does not have this restriction Of course hardware virtualization is not perfect Co
209. arding stdout stderr and stdin to from the host VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt run common options exe lt path to executable gt timeout lt msec gt E putenv lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt unquoted args ignore operhaned processes no profile no wait stdout wait stdout no wait stderr wait stderr dos2unix unix2dos lt program arg0 gt argument1 argumentN where the options are exe path to program Guest path to the guest executable that should be exe cuted in the guest e g C Windows System32 calc exe username name Name of the user the process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile file Password ofthe user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password password Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed dos2unix Converts output from DOS Windows guests to UNIX compatible line endings CR LF gt LF Not implemented yet 155 8 VBoxManage environment lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt One or more environment variables to be set or un set By default the new process in the guest will be created with the standard environment of the guest OS This option allows for modifying that environment To set modify a variable a pair of NAME VALUE must be specified to unset a certain variable th
210. are that the corresponding VM runtime changes are saved permanently bug 13892 Windows Installer properly install the 32 bit version of VBoxRes dll on 32 bit hosts bug 13876 Linux hosts guests Linux 4 0 fixes bug 13835 OS 2 Additions fixed mouse integration 4 3 22 regression bug 13825 15 7 Version 4 3 22 2015 02 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM refined measurement of TSC frequency on the host improves timekeeping for guests VMM decreased CPU load resulting from guest MMIO writes to the virtual APIC VMM fixed interception of debug exceptions observed while using the dbx debugger on Solaris guests VT x only GUI 3D overlay window positioning code improved fixed potential misplacement of 3D accelerated guest graphics content GUI fixed accident SSL authentication failures during update check on Windows hosts bug 12969 GUI never send the ACPI power keyboard scancode to the guest we have the ACPI power button for that GUI was unable to properly restore seamless mode VM from snapshot saved state under some circumstances VBoxHeadless don t crash if 3D is enabled in the VM settings bug 10250 ATA fixed several passthrough issues bugs 12310 1360 Audio fixed DirectSound failure when the the host has no audio input device Windows hosts only bug 9205 262 15 Change log SB16 fixed compatibility issue bug 13769 Storage fixed b
211. ate your guest system open a terminal and run zypper update as root Install the make tool and the GNU C compiler using zypper install make gcc 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates Find out which kernel you are running using uname a An example would be 2 6 31 12 0 2 default which refers to the default kernel Then install the correct kernel development package In the above example this would be zypper install kernel default devel Make sure that your running kernel uname a and the kernel packages you have installed rpm qa kernel x have the exact same version number Proceed with the installation as described above SuSE Linux Enterprise Desktop SLED 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run zypper update as root Install the GNU C compiler using zypper install gcc 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates Find out which kernel you are running using uname a An example would be 2 6 27 19 5 1 default which refers to the default kernel Then install the correct kernel development package In the above example this would be zypper install kernel syms kernel source Make sure that your running kernel uname a and the kernel packages you have installed rpm qa kernel have the exact same version number Proceed with the installation as described above Mandrake 1 2 3 4 Mandrake ship
212. ateral in which You describe recipients rights relating to the Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such terms You offer 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 4 Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the max imum
213. ation css Details about hardware virtualization Nested paging and VPIDS 2 e206 ba Sa o ee ca 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces 12 Troubleshooting 12 1 12 2 12 3 Procedures and tools o coce ood o p y du Roy Seed 12 1 1 Categorizing and isolating problems 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information o len 121 3 The builtin VM debugger oon a a ww ee 12 14 Viltotefoimat 22225 xo o ce eo Ro Ro eas s iod c CPC 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host filesystem cons ee RR TRI RS 12 2 2 Responding to guest IDE SATA flush requests 12 2 3 Performance variation with frequency boosting 12 2 4 Frequency scaling effect on CPU usage 4 12 2 5 Inaccurate Windows CPU usage reporting 12 2 6 Poor performance caused by host power management 12 2 7 GUI 2D Video Acceleration option is grayed out Windows guests ici ARA ee 12 3 1 Windows bluescreens after changing VM configuration 12 3 2 Windows 0x101 bluescreens with SMP enabled IPI timeout 12 3 8 Windows 2000 installation failures 12 3 4 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests 12 3 5 No networking in Windows Vista guests 2 0 000 12 3 6 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load 12 3 7 Long delays when accessi
214. ation 1MB LOGINTERVAL Maximum time interval in seconds to trigger log rotation 1 day BALLOON INTERVAL Interval for checking the balloon size msec 30000 BALLOON INCREMENT Balloon size increment MByte 256 BALLOON DECREMENT Balloon size decrement MByte 128 BALLOON_LOWERLIMIT Balloon size lower limit MByte 64 BALLOON SAFETYMARGIN Free memory required for decreasing the balloon size 1024 MByte 9 22 5 Solaris starting the watchdog service via SMF On Solaris hosts the VirtualBox watchdog service daemon is integrated into the SMF framework You can change the parameters but don t have to if the defaults already match your needs svccfg s svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default setprop config balloon interval 10000 svccfg s svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default setprop config balloon safetymargin 134217728 The table in the previous section showing the parameter names and defaults also applies to Solaris The parameter names must be changed to lowercase and a prefix of config has to be added e g config user or config balloon safetymargin If you made any change don t forget to run the following command to put the changes into effect immediately svcadm refresh svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default If you forget the above command then the previous settings will be used when enabling the service Check the current property settings with svcprop p config svc application virtualbox balloonctrl d
215. attached to the host system Built in iSCSI support This unique feature allows you to connect a virtual machine directly to an iSCSI storage server without going through the host system The VM accesses the iSCSI target directly without the extra overhead that is required for virtu alizing hard disks in container files For details see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 93 PXE Network boot The integrated virtual network cards of VirtualBox fully support remote booting via the Preboot Execution Environment PXE Multigeneration branched snapshots VirtualBox can save arbitrary snapshots of the state of the virtual machine You can go back in time and revert the virtual machine to any such snapshot and start an alternative VM configuration from there effectively creating a whole snapshot tree For details see chapter 1 10 Snapshots page 26 You can create and delete snapshots while the virtual machine is running VM groups VirtualBox provides a groups feature that enables the user to organize and control virtual machines collectively as well as individually In addition to basic groups it is also possible for any VM to be in more than one group and for groups to be nested in a hierarchy i e groups of groups In general the operations that can be performed on groups are the same as those that can be applied to individual VMs i e Start Pause Reset Close Save state Send Shutdown Poweroff Discard Saved State Show in fileS
216. authlibrary default lt library gt websrvauthlibrary default null library vrdeextpack null library autostartdbpath null lt folder gt loghistorycount value defaultfrontend default lt name gt logginglevel log setting add index 0 N target lt uuid vmname gt global name string action ignore hold global filters only active yes no yes vendorid lt XXXX gt null productid lt XXXX gt null revision lt IIFF gt null manufacturer lt string gt null product string null remote yes no null VM filters only serialnumber lt string gt null maskedinterfaces lt XXXXXXXX gt modify lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid vmname gt global name lt string gt action ignore hold global filters only active yes no vendorid lt XXXX gt productid lt XXXX gt revision lt IIFF gt manufacturer lt string gt product lt string gt remote yes no null VM filters only serialnumber string maskedinterfaces lt XXXXXXXX gt 123 usbfilter sharedfolder sharedfolder guestproperty guestproperty guestproperty guestproperty guestproperty guestcontrol 8 VBoxManage remove lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid vmname gt global add uuid vmname name name hostpath hostpath transient readonly automount
217. avoiding the complexity of emulating networking hardware and improving network performance Starting with version 3 1 VirtualBox provides support for the industry standard virtio networking drivers which are part of the open source KVM project The virtio networking drivers are available for the following guest operating systems e Linux kernels version 2 6 25 or later can be configured to provide virtio support some distributions also back ported virtio to older kernels 95 6 Virtual networking e For Windows 2000 XP and Vista virtio drivers can be downloaded and installed from the KVM project web page VirtualBox also has limited support for so called jumbo frames i e networking packets with more than 1500 bytes of data provided that you use the Intel card virtualization and bridged networking In other words jumbo frames are not supported with the AMD networking devices in those cases jumbo packets will silently be dropped for both the transmit and the receive direction Guest operating systems trying to use this feature will observe this as a packet loss which may lead to unexpected application behavior in the guest This does not cause problems with guest operating systems in their default configuration as jumbo frames need to be explicitly enabled 6 2 Introduction to networking modes Each of the eight networking adapters can be separately configured to operate in one of the following modes Not attached In
218. bcam is detached from the host the emulated webcam device is automatically de tached from the guest only if the webcam is streaming video If the emulated webcam is inactive it should be manually detached using the VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam detach command Aliases 0 and 1 are mapped to dev video0 alias 2 is mapped to dev videol and so forth 9 8 Advanced display configuration 9 8 1 Custom VESA resolutions Apart from the standard VESA resolutions the VirtualBox VESA BIOS allows you to add up to 16 custom video modes which will be reported to the guest operating system When using Windows guests with the VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom graphics driver will be used instead of the fallback VESA solution so this information does not apply Additional video modes can be configured for each VM using the extra data facility The extra data key is called CustomVideoMode lt x gt with x being a number from 1 to 16 Please note that modes will be read from 1 until either the following number is not defined or 16 is reached The following example adds a video mode that corresponds to the native display resolution of many notebook computers VBoxManage setextradata VM name CustomVideoModel 1400x1050x16 The VESA mode IDs for custom video modes start at 0x160 In order to use the above defined custom video mode the following command line has be supplied to Linux vga vga 0x200 0x160 864 For guest operating systems
219. bcommand to see which metrics are currently available You can also use list option with any subcommand that modifies metric settings to find out which metrics were affected Note that the VBoxManage metrics setup subcommand discards all samples that may have been previously collected for the specified set of objects and metrics To enable or disable metrics collection without discarding the data VBoxManage metrics enable and VBoxManage metrics disable subcommands can be used Note that these sub commands expect metrics not submetrics like CPU Load or RAM Usage as parameters In other words enabling CPU Load User while disabling CPU Load Kernel is not supported The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics Available metrics can be listed with VBoxManage metrics list subcommand A complete metric name may include an aggregate function The name has the following form Category Metric SubMetric aggregate For example RAM Usage Free min stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all retained data if applied to the host object Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited to one object or and a list of metrics If no objects or metrics are given in the parameters the subcommands will apply to all available metrics of all objects You may use an asterisk to explicitly specify that the command should be applied to all objects or metrics Use host as the object name to limit the scope of
220. bios Specifies which firmware is used to boot particular virtual ma chine EFI or BIOS Use EFI only if your fully understand what you re doing guestmemoryballoon lt size gt sets the default size of the guest memory balloon that is memory allocated by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned to the hypervisor for re use by other virtual machines lt size gt must be specified in megabytes The default size is 0 megabytes For details see chapter 4 9 1 Memory ballooning page 79 defaultfrontend default lt name gt This allows you to specify the default frontend which will be used when starting this VM see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 141 for details 8 8 2 Networking settings The following networking settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm With all these settings the decimal number directly following the option name 1 N in the list below specifies the virtual network adapter whose settings should be changed nic lt 1 N gt none null nat natnetwork bridged intnet hostonly generic With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of networking should be available They can be not present none not connected to the host null use network address translation nat use the new network address translation engine natnetwork bridged networking bridged or communicate with other virtual ma chines using internal networking intnet
221. bove in order to function it comes with its own authentication mechanism provided by LightDM However to provide maximum of flexibility both modules can be used together on the same guest As for the pam_vbox module vbox greeter is shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed and or activated on the guest OS by default For installing vbox greeter automat ically upon Guest Additions installation use the with autologon switch when starting the VBoxLinuxAdditions run file VBoxLinuxAdditions run with autologon For manual or postponed installation the vbox greeter desktop file has to be copied from opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt shared VBoxGuestAdditions to the xgreeters di rectory usually usr share xgreeters Please refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct LightDM greeter directory The vbox greeter module itself already was installed by the VirtualBox Guest Additions in staller and resides in usr sbin To enable vbox greeter as the standard greeter module the file etc Lightdm lLightdm conf needs to be edited SeatDefaults greeter session vbox greeter Note The LightDM server needs to be fully restarted in order to get vbox greeter used as the default greeter As root do a service lightdm full restart on Ubuntu or simply restart the guest Note vbox greeter is independent of the graphical session chosen by the user like Gnome KDE Unity etc However
222. bug 11331 Windows Additions 3D fix Google Earth plugin rendering Windows Additions WDDM autoresize fixes 15 18 Version 4 3 0 2013 10 15 This is a major update The following major new features were added VMM major rewrite of the VI x code and the AMD V code including many bug fixes and performance improvements for example bug 9659 VMM introduced a lightweight instruction interpreter for situations not handled by hard ware virtualization GUI extended messaging mechanism new non modal popup overlays used to show non critical warnings and provide user with additional information GUI keyboard shortcuts management input page of global preferences extended with possibility to edit general keyboard shortcuts for VirtualBox Manager and Virtual Machine GUI video capturing support bug 4766 Added USB touch device emulation Added experimental support for webcam passthrough complementing USB passthrough see chapter 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest page 182 Added SCSI CD ROM emulation including boot support VRDP support for IPv6 Guest Control guest sessions now are running in dedicated impersonated session pro cesses needs at least Guest Additions 4 3 installed Guest Control implemented IGuestFile support NAT experimental virtual router mode several VMs are attached to the same internal network and share one NAT service see chapter 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental page 99
223. bug 13335 X11 guests do not start VBoxClient over an SSH connection bug 13107 X11 guests added support for X Org Server 1 16 bug 13207 X11 guests fixed a wrong parameter in the video driver which caused problems with full screen X11 clients bug 2748 VirtualKD introduced stub loader device for speeding up Windows kernel debugging de tails see http virtualkd sysprogs org 15 11 Version 4 3 14 2014 07 15 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM more fixes for MSR emulation on certain hardware bugs 12784 12949 13034 e VMM improve MSI handling under rare circumstances only relevant for the ICH9 chipset e VMM fixed UD exception for 64 bit guests with the EFER SCE bit and the SYSCALL in struction VT x only 4 3 regression bug 13008 267 15 Change log VMM fixed timekeeping after resuming SMP guests VMM properly wake up a halted VCPU on NMI SMI GUI fixed a potential crash GUI fixed stuck AltGr key on Windows hosts bug 2537 GUI fixed a potential error during the version check GUI shortcut change should not require Enter Return or other trigger to confirm bugs 12828 12847 12937 13087 GUI fixed update check which was broken due to changing the location of the root certifi cates bug 13096 VBoxManage fixed typo in showvminfo machinereadable bug 13176 NAT fixed inbound half close bug 13116 NAT fixed slow upload spee
224. buted by the authors David Turner Robert Wil helm and Werner Lemberg as the FreeType Project be they named as alpha beta or final release 315 16 Third party materials and licenses You refers to the licensee or person using the project where using is a generic term including compiling the project s source code as well as linking it to form a program or executable This program is referred to as a program using the FreeType engine This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project including all source code binaries and documentation unless otherwise stated in the file in its original unmodified form as distributed in the original archive If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license you must contact us to verify this The FreeType Project is copyright C 1996 2000 by David Turner Robert Wilhelm and Werner Lemberg All rights reserved except as specified below 1 No Warranty THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT 2 Redistribution This license grants a worldwide royalty free perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use
225. by bit will be undone as well Files that were since created will disappear files that were deleted will be restored changes to files will be reverted Strictly speaking this is only true for virtual hard disks in normal mode As mentioned above you can configure disks to behave differently with snapshots see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 87 Even more formally and technically correct it is not the virtual disk itself that is restored when a snapshot is restored Instead when a snapshot is taken VirtualBox creates differencing images which contain only the changes since the snapshot were taken and when the snapshot is restored VirtualBox throws away that differencing image thus going back to the previous state This is both faster and uses less disk space For the details which can be complex please see chapter 5 5 Differencing images page 89 Creating the differencing image as such does not occupy much space on the host disk initially since the differencing image will initially be empty and grow dynamically later with each write operation to the disk The longer you use the machine after having created the snapshot however the more the differencing image will grow in size Finally if you took a snapshot while the machine was running the memory state of the machine is also saved in the snapshot the same way the memory can be saved when you close the VM window When you restore such a snapshot execution
226. can be set with VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxSDL SecureLabel The Label Changing this label will take effect immediately Typically full screen resolutions are limited to certain standard geometries such as 1024 x 768 Increasing this by twenty lines is not usually feasible so in most cases VBoxSDL will chose the next higher resolution e g 1280 x 1024 and the guest s screen will not cover the whole display surface If VBoxSDL is unable to choose a higher resolution the secure label will be painted on top of the guest s screen surface In order to address the problem of the bottom part of the guest screen being hidden VBoxSDL can provide custom video modes to the guest that are reduced by the height of the label For Windows guests and recent Solaris and Linux guests the VirtualBox Guest Additions automatically provide the reduced video modes Additionally the VESA BIOS has been adjusted to duplicate its standard mode table with adjusted resolutions The adjusted mode IDs can be calculated using the following formula reduced modeid modeid 0x30 For example in order to start Linux with 1024 x 748 x 16 the standard mode 0x117 1024 x 768 x 16 is used as a base The Linux video mode kernel parameter can then be calculated using 0x200 0x117 0x30 839 The reason for duplicating the standard modes instead of only supplying the adjusted modes is that most guest operating systems require the standard VESA modes to be
227. card Monitor Generic Monitor DefaultDepth 24 SubSection Display Depth 24 Modes 2048x800 800x600 640x480 EndSubSection EndSection 9 5 CPU hot plugging With virtual machines running modern server operating systems VirtualBox supports CPU hot plugging Whereas on a physical computer this would mean that a CPU can be added or re moved while the machine is running VirtualBox supports adding and removing virtual CPUs while a virtual machine is running CPU hot plugging works only with guest operating systems that support it So far this applies only to Linux and Windows Server 2008 x64 Data Center Edition Windows supports only hot add while Linux supports hot add and hot remove but to use this feature with more than 8 CPUs a 64bit Linux guest is required At this time CPU hot plugging requires using the VBoxManage command line interface First hot plugging needs to be enabled for a virtual machine VBoxManage modifyvm VM name cpuhotplug on After that the cpus option specifies the maximum number of CPUs that the virtual machine can have VBoxManage modifyvm VM name cpus 8 When the VM is off you can then add and remove virtual CPUs with the modifyvm plugcpu and unplugcpu subcommands which take the number of the virtual CPU as a parameter like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name plugcpu 3 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name unplugcpu 3 Note that CPU O can never be removed While the VM is running C
228. ccessing VirtualBox simulates a certain virtual environment according to how you have configured a virtual machine For example when the guest attempts to access a hard disk VirtualBox redirects these requests to whatever you have configured to be the virtual machine s virtual hard disk normally an image file on your host Unfortunately the x86 platform was never designed to be virtualized Detecting situations in which VirtualBox needs to take control over the guest code that is executing as described above is difficult There are two ways in which to achieve this e Since 2006 Intel and AMD processors have had support for so called hardware virtu alization This means that these processors can help VirtualBox to intercept potentially dangerous operations that a guest operating system may be attempting and also makes it easier to present virtual hardware to a virtual machine 220 10 Technical background These hardware features differ between Intel and AMD processors Intel named its tech nology VT x AMD calls theirs AMD V The Intel and AMD support for virtualization is very different in detail but not very different in principle Note On many systems the hardware virtualization features first need to be enabled in the BIOS before VirtualBox can use them e As opposed to other virtualization software for many usage scenarios VirtualBox does not require hardware virtualization features to be present Thro
229. ch as VT x this can crash the entire host Also within VirtualBox you can mix software and hardware virtualization when running multiple VMs In certain cases a small performance penalty will be unavoidable when mixing VT x and software virtualization VMs We recommend not mixing virtualization modes if maximum performance and low overhead are essential This does not apply to AMD V 10 4 Paravirtualization providers VirtualBox allows exposing a paravirtualization interface to facilitate accurate and efficient exe cution of software within a virtual machine These interfaces require the guest operating system to recognize their presence and make use of them in order to leverage the benefits of communi cating with the VirtualBox hypervisor Most mainstream modern operating systems including Windows and Linux ship with sup port for one or more paravirtualization interfaces Hence there is typically no need to install additional software in the guest including VirtualBox Guest Additions to make use of this fea ture VirtualBox provides the following interfaces 221 10 Technical background e Minimal Announces the presence of a virtualized environment Additionally reports the TSC and APIC frequency to the guest operating system This provider is mandatory for running any Mac OS X guests e KVM Presents a Linux KVM hypervisor interface which is recognized by Linux kernels starting with version 2 6 25 VirtualBox s impl
230. ch as the following rdesktop a 16 N 1 2 3 4 3389 As said for the Microsoft viewer above replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary The a 16 option requests a color depth of 16 bits per pixel which we recommend For best performance after installation of the guest operating system you should set its display color depth to the same value The N option enables use of the NumPad keys If you run the KDE desktop you might prefer krdc the KDE RDP viewer The command line would look like this krdc rdp 1 2 3 4 3389 Again replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary The rdp bit is required with krdc to switch it into RDP mode With Sun Ray thin clients you can use uttsc which is part of the Sun Ray Windows Connector package See the corresponding documentation for details 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server While any VM started from the VirtualBox Manager is capable of running virtual machines re motely it is not convenient to have to run the full fledged GUI if you never want to have VMs displayed locally in the first place In particular if you are running server hardware whose only purpose is to host VMs and all your VMs are supposed to run remotely over VRDP then it is pointless to have a graphical user interface on the server at all especially since on a Linux or Solaris host the VirtualBox manager comes with depe
231. change the host key to None This might be useful when using VirtualBox in a kiosk mode To redefine or disable certain host key actions use the following command VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Input MachineShortcuts FullscreenMode F The following list shows the possible host key actions together with their default host key shortcut Setting an action to None will disable that host key action Action Default Key Action TakeSnapshot T take a snapshot TakeScreenshot E take a screenshot MouseIntegration I toggle mouse integration TypeCAD Del inject Ctrl Alt Del TypeCABS Backspace inject Ctrl Alt Backspace Pause P Pause the VM Reset R hard reset the guest SaveState save the VM state and terminate the VM Shutdown H press the virtual ACPI power button PowerOff power the VM off without saving the state Close Q show the VM close dialog FullscreenMode F switch the VM into full screen SeamlessMode L switch the VM into seamless mode ScaleMode C switch the VM into scale mode GuestAutoResize G automatically resize the guest window WindowAdjust A immediately resize the guest window PopupMenu Home show popup menu in full screen seaml mode SettingsDialog S open the VM settings dialog InformationDialog N show the VM information window NetworkAdaptersDialog show the VM network adapters dialog SharedFoldersDialog show the VM shared folders dialog In
232. che on off bootable on off remove A where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory name Name of the storage controller Mandatory add Define the type of the system bus to which the storage controller must be connected controller Allows to choose the type of chipset being emulated for the given storage con troller sataportcount This determines how many ports the SATA controller should support 147 8 VBoxManage hostiocache Configures the use of the host I O cache for all disk images attached to this storage controller For details please see chapter 5 7 Host I O caching page 91 bootable Selects whether this controller is bootable remove Removes the storage controller from the VM config 8 20 VBoxManage bandwidthctl This command creates deletes modifies shows bandwidth groups of the given virtual machine VBoxManage bandwidthctl lt uuid vmname gt add lt name gt type disk network limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G set lt name gt limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G remove lt name gt list machinereadable The following subcommands are available e add creates a new bandwidth group of given type e set modifies the limit for an existing bandwidth group e remove destroys a bandwidth group e list shows all bandwidth groups defined for the given VM The parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory
233. ched to the controller are shown Note This section can only give you a quick introduction to the VirtualBox storage settings Since VirtualBox gives you an enormous wealth of options in this area we have dedicated an entire chapter of this User Manual to explaining all the details please see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 82 If you have used the Create VM wizard to create a machine you will normally see something like the following Ubuntu Storage a Eear a a General System Display Storage Audio Network Ports Shared Folders User Interface Storage Tree Attributes a Controller IDE Controller Name SATA Controller O Empty Type AHCI Controller SATA Controller G Port Count 2 gt Ubuntu vdi Use Host I O Cache 2 CNET 7 Depending on the guest operating system type that you selected when you created the VM the typical layout of storage devices in a new VM is as follows e You will see an IDE controller to which a virtual CD DVD drive has been attached to the secondary master port of the IDE controller e You will also see a SATA controller which is a more modern type of storage controller for higher hard disk data throughput to which the virtual hard disks are attached Initially you will normally have one such virtual disk but as you can see in the above screenshot you can have more than one each represented by a disk image file VDI files in this case 52 3 Confi
234. click on the desktop in the context menu select Personalize and select any Aero theme in the Personalization window Technically VirtualBox implements this by installing an additional hardware 3D driver inside your guest when the Guest Additions are installed This driver acts as a hardware 3D driver and reports to the guest operating system that the virtual hardware is capable of 3D hardware acceleration When an application in the guest then requests hardware acceleration through the OpenGL or Direct3D programming interfaces these are sent to the host through a special communication tunnel implemented by VirtualBox and then the host performs the requested 3D operation via the host s programming interfaces 75 4 Guest Additions 4 5 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests Starting with version 3 1 the VirtualBox Guest Additions contain experimental hardware 2D video acceleration support for Windows guests With this feature if an application e g a video player inside your Windows VM uses 2D video overlays to play a movie clip then VirtualBox will attempt to use your host s video acceler ation hardware instead of performing overlay stretching and color conversion in software which would be slow This currently works for Windows Linux and Mac host platforms provided that your host operating system can make use of 2D video acceleration in the first place The 2D video acceleration currently has the followin
235. comings in older Windows versions using VirtualBox on Windows versions older than Vista with Service Pack 1 is not recommended 13 3 5 Encryption The following components of VirtualBox use encryption to protect sensitive data 248 13 Security guide e When using the VirtualBox extension pack provided by Oracle for VRDP remote desktop support RDP data can optionally be encrypted See chapter 7 1 6 RDP encryption page 111 for details Only the Enhanced RDP Security method RDP5 2 with TLS protocol provides a secure connection Standard RDP Security RDP4 and RDP5 1 is vulnerable to a man in the middle attack 249 14 Known limitations 14 1 Experimental Features Some VirtualBox features are labeled as experimental Such features are provided on an as is basis and are not formally supported However feedback and suggestions about such features are welcome A comprehensive list of experimental features follows e WDDM Direct3D video driver for Windows guests Hardware 3D acceleration support for Windows Linux and Solaris guests Hardware 2D video playback acceleration support for Windows guests PCI pass through Linux hosts only Mac OS X guests Mac hosts only ICH9 chipset emulation EFI firmware Host CD DVD drive pass through Support of iSCSI via internal networking Synthetic CPU reporting 14 2 Known Issues The following section describes known problems with VirtualBox 5 0 4 Unless marked other w
236. command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natdnshostresolverl on Note that this setting is similar to the DNS proxy mode however whereas the proxy mode just forwards DNS requests to the appropriate servers the resolver mode will interpret the DNS requests and use the host s DNS API to query the information and return it to the guest 9 11 6 1 User defined host name resolving In some cases it might be useful to intercept the name resolving mechanism providing a user defined IP address on a particular DNS request The intercepting mechanism allows the user to map not only a single host but domains and even more complex namings conventions if required The following command sets a rule for mapping a name to a specified IP VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings uniq name of interception rule gt HostIP lt IPv4 gt VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings lt uniq name of interception rule gt HostName lt name of host gt The following command sets a rule for mapping a pattern name to a specified IP VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings uniq name of interception rule gt HostIP lt IPv4 gt VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings lt uniq na
237. command under certain circum stances bug 13190 ACPI fixed occassional Guru Meditations in ACPI timer code 4 3 18 regression bug 13521 EFI improved performance of IDE disk access EFI fixed a bug in the EFI video driver which prevented Windows to boot in UEFI mode bug 12022 EFI properly announce the amount of RAM for big VMs bugs 11103 and 13211 Storage fixed a crash under certain cicrumstances when a medium was ejected from a drive attached to the SATA controller without inserting a new medium before pausing or closing the VM 4 3 16 regression Storage fixed an interrupt acknowledge issue causing hanging guests or slower I O 4 3 18 regression Storage fixed broken resume after the VM was suspended due to a full disk if host I O caching is used Storage fixed a Guru Meditation under certain conditions when using the DevLsiLogic controller with VMs running in raw mode 4 3 regression bugs 12254 12655 12709 12774 12886 Guest Control fixed a bug which might lead to a crash during recursive copy SDK Java COM bindings fixes iPXE enable the HTTP download protocol bug 13628 Runtime do not use a fixed stack size creating temporary threads during initialization bug 13038 Windows hosts fixed more startup problems on certain Windows hosts due to conflicts with anti virus software better error reporting 4 3 14 regression bug 13187 264 15 Change log Windows hosts fixed DirectSound host a
238. completed despite the fact that there was no connection 3D support fixed offset of guest 3D image elements Mac OS X Retina hosts only bug 11021 Solaris hosts fixed accessing the host driver from non global zones 4 3 regression bug 12271 15 16 Version 4 3 4 2013 11 29 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fix for a bug in the Local APIC emulation causing a BSOD when booting certain guests 4 3 0 regression bug 12240 VMM fixed loading of saved states if VI x AMD V was disabled 4 3 2 regression bug 12291 VMM fixed single stepping inside the guest for certain instructions VT x only bug 10947 VMM fixed a performance issue involving APIC accesses after rebooting a VM 4 3 0 re gression VT x only bug 12296 VMM fixed TPR patching to be enabled for 32 bit guests even when the chosen guest type is 64 bit 4 3 0 regression AMD V only VMM fixed occasional VINF EM TRIPLE FAULT errors on hosts without the unrestricted guest execution feature bug 12198 GUI don t bother the user with the BPP warning if no Guest Additions are installed GUI fixed machine window paint artifacts on VM reboot guest screen resize GUI make sure the assigned license and description are attached to the exported appliance GUI fixed bugs in close VM action restrictions handling bug 12333 GUI fixed incorrect wizards text colors for some unusual look and feel styles bug 11743 GUI
239. configuration Don t allow the user to open the settings dialog for a certain VM GUI PreventSnapshotOperations Prevent snapshot operations for a VM from the GUI either at runtime or when the VM is powered off GUI HideFromManager Hide a certain VM in the VM selector window GUI PreventApplicationUpdate Disable the automatic update check and hide the corre sponding menu item Please note that these settings wouldn t prevent the user from reconfiguring the VM by VBoxManage modifyvm 9 20 3 Configure VM selector menu entries You can disable i e black list certain entries in the global settings page of the VM selector VBoxManage setextradata global GUI RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords General Don t show the General settings pane Input Don t show the Input settings pane Update Don t show the Update settings pane Language Don t show the Language settings pane Display Don t show the Display settings pane Network Don t show the Network settings pane Extensions Don t show the Extensions settings pane Proxy Don t show the Proxy settings pane This is a global setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata global GUI RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages 198 9 Advanced topics 9 20 4 Configure VM window menu entries You can disable i e black list certain menu actions in the VM window
240. containing the host and a set of virtual machines without the need for the host s physical network interface Instead a virtual network interface similar to a loopback interface is created on the host providing connectivity among virtual machines and the host Generic networking Rarely used modes share the same generic network interface by allowing the user to select a driver which can be included with VirtualBox or be distributed in an extension pack At the moment there are potentially two available sub modes UDP Tunnel This can be used to interconnect virtual machines running on different hosts directly easily and transparently over existing network infrastructure VDE Virtual Distributed Ethernet networking This option can be used to connect to a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch on a Linux or a FreeBSD host At the moment this needs compiling VirtualBox from sources as the Oracle packages do not include it Ihttp www linux kvm org page WindowsGuestDrivers 96 6 Virtual networking The following sections describe the available network modes in more detail 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT is the simplest way of accessing an external network from a virtual machine Usually it does not require any configuration on the host network and guest system For this reason it is the default networking mode in VirtualBox A virtual machine with NAT enabled acts much like a real comp
241. copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable 290 16 Third party materials and licenses It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncom bined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give p
242. copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of Google nor the WebM Project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 317 17 VirtualBox privacy information Version 5 Dec 13 2012 The Oracle Privacy Policies posted on http www oracle com html privacy html apply to your personal data collected and used by Oracle The following privacy information describes in more detail which information is exchanged between the VirtualBox application and Oracle and which information
243. ct with an ovf extension These files must then reside in the same directory for VirtualBox to be able to import them 2 Alternatively the above files can be packed together into a single archive file typically with an ova extension Such archive files use a variant of the TAR archive format and can therefore be unpacked outside of VirtualBox with any utility that can unpack standard TAR files To import an appliance in one of the above formats simply double click on the OVF OVA file Alternatively select File gt Import appliance from the Manager window In the file dialog that comes up navigate to the file with either the ovf or the ova file extension If VirtualBox can handle the file a dialog similar to the following will appear Appliance to import a Appliance settings Description Configuration Virtual System 1 3 Name MacOSX_1 E Guest OS Type XK Mac OS X 64 bit 3 cpu 1 E ram 2048 MB DvD USB Controller P Sound Card Intel HD Audio Network Adapter v Storage Controller SATA Virtual Disk Image Intel PRO 1000 MT Server 82545EM AHCI Users vbox VirtualBox VMs MacOSX 1 MacOSX disk1 vmdk Reinitialize the MAC address of all network cards Guided Mode Restore Defaults Go Back Cancel SOVF support was originally introduced with VirtualBox 2 2 and has seen major improvements with every version since Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox creates file type associations for OVF a
244. ctly To achieve this VirtualBox presents the guest operating system with a virtual USB controller As soon as the guest system starts using a USB device it will appear as unavailable on the host Note 1 Be careful with USB devices that are currently in use on the host For example if you allow your guest to connect to your USB hard disk that is currently mounted on the host when the guest is activated it will be disconnected from the host without a proper shutdown This may cause data loss 2 Solaris hosts have a few known limitations regarding USB support please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 In addition to allowing a guest access to your local USB devices VirtualBox even allows your guests to connect to remote USB devices by use of the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE For details about this see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 110 In the Settings dialog you can first configure whether USB is available in the guest at all and then choose the level of USB support OHCI for USB 1 1 EHCI which will also enable OHCT for USB 2 0 or xHCI for all USB speeds Note The xHCI and EHCI controllers are shipped as a VirtualBox extension package which must be installed separately See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 for more information When USB support is enabled for a VM you can determine in detail which devices will be automatically attached to the gues
245. current directory The VirtualBox application files are contained in VirtualBox tar bz2 which you can unpack to any directory on your system For example sudo mkdir opt VirtualBox sudo tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox or as root mkdir opt VirtualBox tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox The sources for VirtualBox s kernel module are provided in the src directory To build the module change to the directory and issue make If everything builds correctly issue the following command to install the module to the appro priate module directory sudo make install 39 2 Installation details In case you do not have sudo switch the user account to root and perform make install The VirtualBox kernel module needs a device node to operate The above make command will tell you how to create the device node depending on your Linux system The procedure is slightly different for a classical Linux setup with a dev directory a system with the now deprecated devfs and a modern Linux system with udev On certain Linux distributions you might experience difficulties building the module You will have to analyze the error messages from the build system to diagnose the cause of the problems In general make sure that the correct Linux kernel sources are used for the build process Note that the dev vboxdrv kernel module device node must be owned by root root and must be read writable only for
246. d and encrypt data written by the guest While this should be obvious the user needs to be aware of this because an attacker might be able to extract the key on a compromised host and decrypt the data When encrypting or decrypting the images the password is passed in clear text via the VirtualBox API This needs to be kept in mind especially when using third party API clients which make use of the webservice where the password might be transmitted over the network The use of HTTPS is mandatory in such a case Encrypting images with differencing images is only possible if there are no snapshots or a linear chain of snapshots This limitation may be addressed in a future VirtualBox version 9 31 2 Encrypting disk images Encrypting disk images can be done either using the GUI or VBoxManage While the GUI is easier to use it works on a per VM basis and encrypts all disk images attached to the specific VM With VBoxManage one can encrypt individual images including all differencing images To encrypt an unencrypted medium with VBoxManage use VBoxManage encryptmedium uuid filename newpassword file cipher cipher id newpasswordid id To supply the encryption password point VBoxManage to the file where the password is stored or specify to let VBoxManage ask you for the password on the command line The cipher parameter specifies the cipher to use for encryption and can be either AES XTS128 PLAIN64 or AES XTS256 PLAING64 The
247. d by the VRDE server see chapter 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection page 113 137 8 VBoxManage e vrdevideochannelquality lt percent gt Sets the image quality for video redirection see chapter 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection page 113 8 8 6 Teleporting settings With the following commands for VBoxManage modifyvm you can configure a machine to be a target for teleporting See chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 114 for an introduction e teleporter on off With this setting you turn on or off whether a machine waits for a teleporting request to come in on the network when it is started If on when the machine is started it does not boot the virtual machine as it would normally instead it then waits for a teleporting request to come in on the port and address listed with the next two parameters teleporterport lt port gt teleporteraddress lt address gt these must be used with teleporter and tell the virtual machine on which port and address it should listen for a teleporting request from another virtual machine lt port gt can be any free TCP IP port number e g 6000 lt address gt can be any IP address or hostname and specifies the TCP IP socket to bind to The default is 0 0 0 0 which means any address e teleporterpassword lt password gt if this optional argument is given then the tele porting request will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same password as the one given with this com
248. d disks Virtual Disk Image VDI files In particular this format will be used when you create a new virtual machine with a new disk e VirtualBox also fully supports the popular and open VMDK container format that is used by many other virtualization products in particular by VMware e VirtualBox also fully supports the VHD format used by Microsoft e Image files of Parallels version 2 HDD format are also supported For lack of documen tation of the format newer formats 3 and 4 are not supported You can however convert such image files to version 2 format using tools provided by Parallels Irrespective of the disk capacity and format as briefly mentioned in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 there are two options of how to create a disk image fixed size or dynamically allocated e If you create a fixed size image an image file will be created on your host system which has roughly the same size as the virtual disk s capacity So for a 10G disk you will have a 10G file Note that the creation of a fixed size image can take a long time depending on the size of the image and the write performance of your hard disk e For more flexible storage management use a dynamically allocated image This will ini tially be very small and not occupy any space for unused virtual disk sectors but will grow every time a disk sector is written to for the first time until the drive reaches the maximum capacity chose
249. d if you are using NWAM etc nwam Ulp and add the appropriate entries to set the netmask and static IP for each of those interfaces The VirtualBox installer only updates these configuration files for the one vboxnet0 interface it creates by default 9 18 Configuring the VirtualBox CoreDumper on Solaris hosts VirtualBox is capable of producing its own core files for extensive debugging when things go wrong Currently this is only available on Solaris hosts The VirtualBox CoreDumper can be enabled using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpEnabled 1 You can specify which directory to use for core dumps with this command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpDir lt path to directory gt Make sure the directory you specify is on a volume with sufficient free space and that the VirtualBox process has sufficient permissions to write files to this directory If you skip this command and don t specify any core dump directory the current directory of the VirtualBox exe cutable will be used which would most likely fail when writing cores as they are protected with root permissions It is recommended you explicitly set a core dump directory You must specify when the VirtualBox CoreDumper should be triggered This is done using the following commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDum
250. d name the command works with all disk images not only hard disks For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the modifyvdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the modifyhd com mand The disk image to modify must be specified either by its UUID if the medium is registered or by its filename Registered images can be listed by VBoxManage list hdds see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 127 for more information A filename must be specified as valid path either as an absolute path or as a relative path starting from the current directory The following options are available e With the type argument you can change the type of an existing image between the normal immutable write through and other modes see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 87 for details For immutable differencing hard disks only the autoreset on off option determines whether the disk is automatically reset on every VM startup again see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 87 The default is on With the compact option can be used to compact disk images i e remove blocks that only contains zeroes This will shrink a dynamically allocated image again it will reduce the physical size of the image without affecting the logical size of the virtual disk Com paction works both for base images and for diff images created as part of a snapshot For this operation to be effective it is r
251. d on every host and AVX passthrough disabled for 64 bit VMs on 32 bit hosts This will be properly fixed in a future 5 0 x main tenance release see e g bug 14262 GUI fixed rare hang and crash on VM shutdown poweroff GUI X11 fixed few crashes caused by the Qt alien widgets feature GUI X11 fixed various mini toolbar geometry quirks like positioning z order trans parency issues on certain window managers bug 14257 GUI X11 fixed mini toolbar minimize button issue under certain window managers bug 14284 GUI VM menu actions availability should now be properly updated on full screen seamless scaled mode switches GUI disk encryption password validation should be performed when user confirmed the password not after each entered symbol GUI do not change the VM group selection in the VM Manager to the newly created VM if it was created by another client e g VBoxManage GUI Mac OS X do not treat almost maximized VM windows as maximized watch for the strict window geometry instead GUI improve the quality in scaled mode under some circumstances 5 0 regression bug 14303 VBoxManage do not deny changing the network adapter type at VM runtime 5 0 regres sion bug 14308 VRDP allow Windows 10 RDP clients bug 14216 Audio fix a possible crash on VM process termination 5 0 regression Storage improved raw disk access on OS X by unmounting any accessed volume before first use and prevent any mou
252. d playing leftover deprecated audio samples Audio fixed playing audio after suspending the host 5 0 regression Linux hosts using the ALSA backend Audio fixed playing short audio samples which were chopped off formerly Audio fixed distortions on OS X when the sample rate of the guest stream and host device don t match Storage fixed raw disk access and flat VMDK image access which would be always opened readonly 5 0 2 regression bugs 14425 14461 Storage fixed initial encryption of VDI images after they were compacted bug 14496 VGA fix for certain graphics modes bug 14516 254 15 Change log NAT don t freeze while the VM is paused if the network attachment mode is changed from to NAT with activated port forwarding OVF fixed duplicate USB controller entries in exported OVA OVF bug 14462 Shared Folders fixed a path separator issue bug 14434 Drag and drop fixed crashes on OS X hosts when doing host to guest transfers VBoxManage another attempt to not deny changing the network adapter type at VM runtime 5 0 regression bug 14308 VBoxManage fixed broken guestcontrol lt VM Name gt list command 5 0 regression VBoxManage fixed broken Guest Control stdout stderr output 5 0 regression Mac OS X hosts fixed remaining problems with activated SMAP Broadwell and later bug 14412 Mac OS X hosts fixed broken 3D support 5 0 2 regression bug 14476 Linux hosts Linux 4 2 fix Linux hosts don t c
253. d under certain conditions bug 10034 NAT Network fixed potential loss of inbound TCP data NAT Network fixed potential infinite stalls of TCP connections over IPv6 NAT Network fixed resets of TCP connections on Windows hosts NAT Network fixed inbound half close on Mac OS X hosts NAT Network fixed socket leak on Solaris hosts NAT Network fixed ping of mapped host loopback on Mac OS X and Solaris hosts fixed proxying of IMCP errors on Mac OS X Host Only Network fixed SNMP ifConnectorPresent value on Windows bug 13143 Storage fixed a possible crash with CD DVD passthrough under certain circumstances Storage fixed a crash when trying to open an inaccessible QED or QCOW image bug 12613 Storage fixed data corruption or read errors under rare circumstances AHCI fixed a crash under rare circumstances USB performance fixes ICH9 properly reset MSI capability on reset Keyboard active modifier keys during suspend were stuck after resuming the host 3D fixed misbehavior with huge guests i e guest more than 4GB guest memory 3D several fixes API properly detect the Windows 8 1 guest OS type bug 13090 ExtPack cleanup of dangling uninstallation directories Linux hosts guests compile fix for EL7 bug 12638 Linux Additions made 3D pass through work with recent versions of Mesa in the guest bug 12941 268 15 Change log Linux Additions Linux 3 16 fixes bug 13123 Mac OS X hosts when scanning for
254. d vmname gt osdetect Make the VMM s debugger facility re detect the guest operating system OS This will first load all debugger plug ins This corresponds to the detect command in the debugger debugvm osinfo VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt osinfo Displays information about the guest operating system OS previously detected by the VMM s debugger facility debugvm osdmesg VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt osdmesg lines lines Displays the guest OS kernel log if detected and supported lines lines Number of lines of the log to display counting from the end The default is infinite debugvm getregisters VBoxManage debugvm uuid vmname getregisters cpu id reg set reg name Retrieves register values for guest CPUs and emulated devices reg set reg name One of more registers each having one of the following forms 1 register set register name sub field 2 register set register name 3 cpu register name sub field 4 cpu register name 168 8 VBoxManage 5 all The all form will cause all registers to be shown no sub fields The registers names are case insensitive cpu id Selects the CPU register set when specifying just a CPU register 3rd and 4th form The default is 0 debugvm setregisters VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt setregisters cpu id reg set reg name value Changes register values for guest CPUs and emulated devices reg set reg name value One
255. d will be lost when the VM is reset Also the credentials are write only i e there is no way to retrieve the credentials from the host side Credentials can be reset from the host side by setting empty values Depending on the particular variant of the Windows guest the following restrictions apply 1 For Windows XP guests the logon subsystem needs to be configured to use the classic logon dialog as the VirtualBox GINA module does not support the XP style welcome dialog 2 For Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 guests the logon subsystem does not support the so called Secure Attention Sequence CTRL ALT DEL As a result the guest s group policy settings need to be changed to not use the Secure Attention Sequence Also the user name given is only compared to the true user name not the user friendly name This means that when you rename a user you still have to supply the original user name internally Windows never renames user accounts 3 Auto logon handling of the built in Windows Remote Desktop Service formerly known as Terminal Services is disabled by default To enable it create the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Oracle VirtualBox Guest Additions AutoLogon with a DWORD value of 1 The following command forces VirtualBox to keep the credentials after they were read by the guest and on VM reset VBoxManage setextradata Windows XP VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config KeepCredentials 1 Note that t
256. d with Windows 2000 or newer Linux and Solaris guests Shared folders must physically reside on the host and are then shared with the guest which uses a special file system driver in the Guest Addition to talk to the host For Windows guests shared folders are implemented as a pseudo network redirector for Linux and Solaris guests the Guest Additions provide a virtual file system To share a host folder with a virtual machine in VirtualBox you must specify the path of that folder and choose for it a share name that the guest can use to access it Hence first create the shared folder on the host then within the guest connect to it There are several ways in which shared folders can be set up for a particular virtual machine e In the window of a running VM you can select Shared folders from the Devices menu or click on the folder icon on the status bar in the bottom right corner 70 4 Guest Additions e If a VM is not currently running you can configure shared folders in each virtual machine s Settings dialog e From the command line you can create shared folders using VBoxManage as follows VBoxManage sharedfolder add VM name name sharename hostpath C test See chapter 8 29 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove page 153 for details There are two types of shares 1 VM shares which are only available to the VM for which they have been defined 2 transient VM shares which can be added and
257. data Note The query subcommand does not remove or flush retained data If you query often enough you will see how old samples are gradually being phased out by new samples collect This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The collected data is displayed periodically until Ctrl C is pressed unless the detach option is specified With the detach option this subcommand operates the same way as setup does The list option shows which metrics match the specified filter 8 33 VBoxManage hostonlyif With hostonlyif you can change the IP configuration of a host only network interface For a description of host only networking please refer to chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 102 Each host only interface is identified by a name and can either use the internal DHCP server or a manual IP configuration both IP4 and IP6 The following list summarizes the available subcommands ipconfig lt name gt Configure a hostonly interface create Ceates a new vboxnet lt N gt interface on the host OS This command is essential before you can attach VMs to host only network remove vboxnet lt N gt Removes a vboxnet lt N gt interface from the host OS 8 34 VBoxManage dhcpserver The dhcpserver commands allow you to control the DHCP server that is built into VirtualBox You may find this useful when using internal or host o
258. dditions fixed a potential crash in the WDDM driver with Windows 10 bug 14190 Solaris Additions added support for X Org Server 1 17 X11 Additions various seamless mode fixes including invisible windows under LXDE 15 3 Version 5 0 0 2015 07 09 This is a major update The following major new features were added Paravirtualization support for Windows and Linux guests to improve time keeping accuracy and performance see chapter 10 4 Paravirtualization providers page 221 Make more instruction set extensions available to the guest when running with hardware assisted virtualization and nested paging Among others this includes SSE 4 1 SSE4 2 AVX AVX 2 AES NI POPCNT RDRAND and RDSEED xHCI Controller to support USB 3 devices see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 Drag and drop support bidirectional for Windows Linux and Solaris guests Disk image encryption see chapter 9 31 Encryption of disk images page 213 VMs can now be started in separate mode The VM process is started headless while the frontend runs as a separate process which can be terminated without stopping the VM GUI VM guest content scaling support including 3D acceleration GUI New User Interface settings page for customizing status bar menu bar and guest content scaling GUI New Encryption settings tab for customizing encryption options for disk images GUI HiDPI support including application icons and optional unscaled HiDPI output on M
259. derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software in
260. differencing image holding all the write operations since the current snapshot was taken is thrown away and the original parent image is made active again If you restored the root snapshot then this will be the root disk image for each attachment otherwise some other differencing image descended from it This effectively restores the old machine state 90 5 Virtual storage If you later delete a snapshot in order to free disk space for each disk attachment one of the differencing images becomes obsolete In this case the differencing image of the disk attachment cannot simply be deleted Instead VirtualBox needs to look at each sector of the differencing image and needs to copy it back into its parent this is called merging images and can be a potentially lengthy process depending on how large the differencing image is It can also temporarily need a considerable amount of extra disk space before the differencing image obsoleted by the merge operation is deleted 2 Immutable images When an image is switched to immutable mode a differencing im age is created as well As with snapshots the parent image then becomes read only and the differencing image receives all the write operations Every time the virtual machine is started all the immutable images which are attached to it have their respective differenc ing image thrown away effectively resetting the virtual machine s virtual disk with every restart 5
261. directory of the machine you want to start and double click on the machine settings file with a vbox file extension This opens up a new window and the virtual machine which you selected will boot up Every thing which would normally be seen on the virtual system s monitor is shown in the window as can be seen with the image in chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 12 In general you can use the virtual machine much like you would use a real computer There are couple of points worth mentioning however 1 8 1 Starting a new VM for the first time When a VM gets started for the first time another wizard the First Start Wizard will pop up to help you select an installation medium Since the VM is created empty it would otherwise behave just like a real computer with no operating system installed it will do nothing and display an error message that no bootable operating system was found For this reason the wizard helps you select a medium to install an operating system from 21 1 First steps e If you have physical CD or DVD media from which you want to install your guest operating system e g in the case of a Windows installation CD or DVD put the media into your host s CD or DVD drive Then in the wizard s drop down list of installation media select Host drive with the correct drive letter or in the case of a Linux host device file This will allow your VM to access the media in your host drive a
262. disabled UART 1 disabled UART 2 disabled Audio disabled Driver Unknown Clipboard Mode Bidirectional VRDE disabled USB disabled USB Device Filters lt none gt Shared folders lt none gt Statistics update disabled 8 6 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm The registervm command allows you to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into VirtualBox The machine must not conflict with one already registered in VirtualBox and it may not have any hard or removable disks attached It is advisable to place the definition file in the machines folder before registering it Note When creating a new virtual machine with VBoxManage createvm see below you can directly specify the register option to avoid having to register it separately The unregistervm command unregisters a virtual machine If delete is also specified the following files will automatically be deleted as well 1 all hard disk image files including differencing files which are used by the machine and not shared with other machines saved state files that the machine created if any one if the machine was in saved state and one for each online snapshot the machine XML file and its backups the machine log files if any the machine directory if it is empty after having deleted all the above 129 8 VBoxManage 8 7 VBoxManage createvm This command creates a new XML virtual machine definition file
263. dless of the original format and should have enough disk space left for them Beside a simple export of a given virtual machine you can append several product information to the appliance file Use product producturl vendor vendorurl and version to specify this additional information For legal reasons you may add a license text or the content of a license file by using the eula and eulafile option respectively As with OVF import you must use the vsys X option to direct the previously mentioned options to the correct virtual machine For virtualization products which aren t fully compatible with the OVF standard 1 0 you can enable a OVF 0 9 legacy mode with the Legacy09 option To specify options controlling the exact content of the appliance file you can use options to request the creation of a manifest file encouraged allows detection of corrupted appliances on import the additional export of DVD images and the exclusion of MAC addresses You can specify a list of options e g options manifest nomacs For details check the help output of VBoxManage export 140 8 VBoxManage 8 12 VBoxManage startvm This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the Powered off or Saved states The optional type specifier determines whether the machine will be started in a window or whether the output should go through VBoxHeadless with VRDE enabled or not see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadle
264. do VBoxControl guestproperty enumerate VirtualBox Guest Additions Command Line Management Interface Version 5 0 4 C 2009 2015 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Release value 2 6 28 18 generic timestamp 1265813265835667000 flags lt NULL gt Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Version value 59 Ubuntu SMP Thu Jan 28 01 23 03 UTC 2010 timestamp 1265813265836305000 flags lt NULL gt For more complex needs you can use the VirtualBox programming interfaces see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 4 8 Guest control Starting with version 3 2 the Guest Additions of VirtualBox allow starting applications inside a VM from the host system For this to work the application needs to be installed inside the guest no additional software needs to be installed on the host Additionally text mode output to stdout and stderr can be shown on the host for further processing along with options to specify user credentials and a timeout value in milliseconds to limit time the application is able to run This feature can be used to automate deployment of software within the guest Starting with version 4 0 the Guest Additions for Windows allow for automatic updating only already installed Guest Additions 4 0 or later Also copying files from host to the guest as well as remotely creating guest directories is available To use these features use the VirtualBox command line see chapter
265. done in any way e g when transferring a file from a Linux guest to a Windows host the Linux specific line endings won t be converted to Windows ones The following formats are handled by the VirtualBox drag n drop service e Plain text from applications such as text editors internet browsers and terminal windows e Files from file managers such as Windows explorer Nautilus and Finder e Directories where the same applies as for files 4 5 Hardware accelerated graphics 4 5 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain experimental hardware 3D support for Windows Linux and Solaris guests With this feature if an application inside your virtual machine uses 3D features through the OpenGL or Direct3D 8 9 programming interfaces instead of emulating them in software which would be slow VirtualBox will attempt to use your host s 3D hardware This works for all supported host platforms Windows Mac Linux Solaris provided that your host operating system can make use of your accelerated 3D hardware in the first place The 3D acceleration currently has the following preconditions 1 Itis only available for certain Windows Linux and Solaris guests In particular e 3D acceleration with Windows guests requires Windows 2000 Windows XP Vista or Windows 7 Both OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 not with Windows 2000 are supported experimental e OpenGL on Linux requires kernel 2 6 27 a
266. dware virtualization required For many scenarios VirtualBox does not require the processor features built into newer hardware like Intel VI x or AMD V As opposed to many other virtualization solutions you can therefore use VirtualBox even on older hardware where these features are not present The technical details are explained in chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 Guest Additions shared folders seamless windows 3D virtualization The VirtualBox Guest Additions are software packages which can be installed inside of supported guest systems to improve their performance and to provide additional integration and communi cation with the host system After installing the Guest Additions a virtual machine will sup port automatic adjustment of video resolutions seamless windows accelerated 3D graphics and more The Guest Additions are described in detail in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 60 13 1 First steps In particular Guest Additions provide for shared folders which let you access files from the host system from within a guest machine Shared folders are described in chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 70 Great hardware support Among others VirtualBox supports Guest multiprocessing SMP VirtualBox can present up to 32 virtual CPUs to each virtual machine irrespective of how many CPU cores are physically present on your host USB device support VirtualBox implements a virtual USB contr
267. e touch etc vboxinst_vboxflt To force installation of the Crossbow based network filter driver execute as root the following command before installing the VirtualBox package touch etc vboxinst_vboxbow To check which driver is currently being used by VirtualBox execute modinfo grep vbox If the output contains vboxbow it indicates VirtualBox is using the Crossbow network filter driver while the name vboxflt indicates usage of the older STREAMS network filter 194 9 Advanced topics 9 16 VirtualBox VNIC templates for VLANs on Solaris 11 hosts VirtualBox supports VNIC Virtual Network Interface templates for configuring VMs over VLANs A VirtualBox VNIC template is a VNIC whose name starts with vboxvnic_template case sensitive On Solaris 11 hosts a VNIC template may be used to specify the VLAN ID to use while bridging over a network link Here is an example of how to use a VNIC template to configure a VM over a VLAN Create a VirtualBox VNIC template by executing as root dladm create vnic t l nge0 v 23 vboxvnic_template0 This will create a temporary VNIC template over interface nge0 with the VLAN ID 23 To create VNIC templates that are persistent across host reboots skip the t parameter in the above command You may check the current state of links using dladm show link LINK CLASS MTU STATE BRIDGE OVER ngeO phys 1500 up ngel phys 1500 down vboxvnic_template0 vnic
268. e 5 9 CD DVD support The virtual CD DVD drive s by default support only reading The medium configuration is changeable at runtime You can select between three options to provide the medium data e Host Drive defines that the guest can read from the medium in the host drive e Image file typically an ISO file gives the guest read only access to the data in the image e Empty stands for a drive without an inserted medium Changing between the above or changing a medium in the host drive that is accessed by a machine or changing an image file will signal a medium change to the guest operating system which can then react to the change e g by starting an installation program Medium changes can be prevented by the guest and VirtualBox reflects that by locking the host drive if appropriate You can force a medium removal in such situations via the VirtualBox GUI or the VBoxManage command line tool Effectively this is the equivalent of the emergency eject which many CD DVD drives provide with all associated side effects the guest OS can issue error messages just like on real hardware and guest applications may misbehave Use this with caution Note The identification string of the drive provided to the guest which in the guest would be displayed by configuration tools such as the Windows Device Manager is always VBOX CD ROM irrespective of the current configuration of the virtual drive This is to prevent hardware detec
269. e e TCP Socket Useful for forwarding serial traffic over TCP IP acting as a server or it can act as a TCP client connecting to other servers It allows a remote machine to directly connect to the guest s serial port via TCP See for example http en wikipedia org wiki COM hardware interface 55 3 Configuring virtual machines TCP Server Uncheck the Connect to existing pipe socket checkbox and specify the port number Typically 23 or 2023 Note that on UNIX like systems you will have to use a port a number greater than 1024 for regular users The client can use software such as PuTTY or the telnet command line tool to access the TCP Server TCP Client To create a virtual null modem cable over the Internet or LAN the other side can connect via TCP by specifying hostname port The TCP socket will act in client mode if check the Connect to existing pipe socket checkbox Up to two serial ports can be configured per virtual machine but you can pick any port numbers out of the above However serial ports cannot reliably share interrupts if both ports are to be used at the same time they must use different interrupt levels for example COM1 and COM2 but not COMI and COM3 3 10 USB support 3 10 1 USB settings The USB section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure VirtualBox s sophisticated USB support VirtualBox can allow virtual machines to access the USB devices on your host dire
270. e global to apply it to all virtual machines name is a name for the new filter and for global filters action says whether to allow machines access to devices that fit the filter description hold or not to give them access ignore In addition you should specify parameters to filter by You can find the parameters for devices attached to your system using VBoxManage list usbhost Finally you can specify whether the filter should be active and for local filters whether they are for local devices remote over an RDP connection or either When you modify a USB filter using usbfilter modify you must specify the filter by in dex see the output of VBoxManage list usbfilters to find global filter indexes and that of VBoxManage showvminfo to find indexes for individual machines and by target which is ei ther a virtual machine or global The properties which can be changed are the same as for usbfilter add To remove a filter use usbfilter remove and specify the index and the tar get 8 29 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove This command allows you to share folders on the host computer with guest operating systems For this the guest systems must have a version of the VirtualBox Guest Additions installed which supports this functionality Shared folders are described in detail in chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 70 8 30 VBoxManage guestproperty The guestproperty commands allow you to get or set properties o
271. e for Vista and Windows 7 guests shipped with VirtualBox 4 1 Guest control On Windows guests a process lauched via the guest control execute support will not be able to display a graphical user interface unless the user account under which it is running is currently logged in and has a desktop session Also to use accounts without or with an empty password the guest s group policy must be changed To do so open the group policy editor on the command line by typ ing gpedit msc open the key Computer Configuration Windows Settings Security Set tings Local Policies Security Options and change the value of Accounts Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only to Disabled Compacting virtual disk images is limited to VDI files The VBoxManage modifyhd compact command is currently only implemented for VDI files At the moment the only way to optimize the size of a virtual disk images in other formats VMDK VHD is to clone the image and then use the cloned image in the VM configuration OVF import export OVF localization multiple languages in one OVF file is not yet supported Some OVF sections like StartupSection DeploymentOptionSection and InstallSection are ignored OVF environment documents including their property sections and appliance config uration with ISO images are not yet supported Remote files via HTTP or other mechanisms are not yet supported Neither scale mode nor se
272. e name with no value must set e g NAME Arguments containing spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks More than one environment at a time can be specified to keep the command line tidy timeout lt msec gt Value in milliseconds that specifies the time how long the started process is allowed to run and how long VBoxManage waits for getting output from that process If no timeout is specified VBoxManage will wait forever until the started process ends or an error occured unix2dos Converts output from a UNIX Linux guests to DOS Windows compatible line endings LF gt CR LF Not implemented yet verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose wait exit Waits until the process ends and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags wait stdout Waits until the process ends and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags While waiting VBoxManage retrieves the process output collected from stdout wait stderr Waits until the process ends and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags While waiting VBoxManage retrieves the process output collected from stderr lt argumentis gt lt argumentNs gt One or more arguments to pass to the process being executed Arguments containing spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks Note On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical applications please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 for more information
273. e please see chapter 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT page 97 for details nattftpprefix lt 1 N gt lt prefix gt This option defines a prefix for the built in TFTP server i e where the boot file is located please see chapter 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT page 98 and chapter 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 189 for details nattftpfile lt 1 N gt lt bootfile gt This option defines the TFT boot file please see chap ter 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 189 for details nattftpserver lt 1 N gt lt tftpserver gt This option defines the TFTP server address to boot from please see chapter 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 189 for details natdnspassdomain lt 1 N gt on off This option specifies whether the built in DHCP server passes the domain name for network name resolution 134 8 VBoxManage e natdnsproxy lt 1 N gt on off This option makes the NAT engine proxy all guest DNS requests to the host s DNS servers please see chapter 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode page 189 for details e natdnshostresolver lt 1 N gt on off This option makes the NAT engine use the host s resolver mechanisms to handle DNS requests please see chapter 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode page 189 for details e natsettings lt 1 N gt lt mtu gt lt sock
274. e to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation on the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next paragraph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABIL ITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 16 curl license COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE Copyright c 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg daniel haxx se All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT
275. e where each value might be empty 9 2 1 Automated Windows guest logons Since Windows NT Windows has provided a modular system logon subsystem Winlogon which can be customized and extended by means of so called GINA modules Graphical Iden tification and Authentication With Windows Vista and Windows 7 the GINA modules were replaced with a new mechanism called credential providers The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows come with both a GINA and a credential provider module and therefore enable any Windows guest to perform automated logons To activate the VirtualBox GINA or credential provider module install the Guest Additions with using the command line switch with_autologon All the following manual steps required for installing these modules will be then done by the installer To manually install the VirtualBox GINA module extract the Guest Additions see chap ter 4 2 1 4 Manual file extraction page 65 and copy the file VBoxGINA dll to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry create the following key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows NT CurrentVersion Winlogon GinaDLL with a value of VBoxGINA dll Note The VirtualBox GINA module is implemented as a wrapper around the standard Windows GINA module MSGINA DLL As a result it will most likely not work correctly with 3rd party GINA modules To manually install the VirtualBox credential provider module extract the Gue
276. e 44 Even more parameters are available with the VirtualBox command line interface see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 29 1 First steps 1 12 Removing virtual machines To remove a virtual machine which you no longer need right click on it in the Manager s VM list select Remove from the context menu that comes up A confirmation window will come up that allows you to select whether the machine should only be removed from the list of machines or whether the files associated with it should also be deleted The Remove menu item is disabled while a machine is running 1 13 Cloning virtual machines To experiment with a VM configuration test different guest OS levels or to simply backup a VM VirtualBox can create a full or a linked copy of an existing VM A wizard will guide you through the clone process New machine name Clone type Snapshots Full Clone Current machine state Linked Clone Everything Reinitialize the MAC address of all network cards Guided Mode Go Back Clone Cancel This wizard can be invoked from the context menu of the Manager s VM list select Clone or the Snapshots view of the selected VM First choose a new name for the clone When you select Reinitialize the MAC address of all network cards every network card get a new MAC address assigned This is useful when both the source VM and the cloned VM have to operate on the same network If you leave this unchanged all
277. e SCSI CD ROM device node e g dev scdO if the ide scsi kernel module is loaded This module is required for CD DVD writer support with all Linux 2 4 kernels and some early 2 6 kernels Many Linux distributions load this module whenever a CD DVD writer is detected in the system even if the kernel would support CD DVD writers without the module VirtualBox 241 12 Troubleshooting supports the use of IDE device files e g dev hdc provided the kernel supports this and the ide scsi module is not loaded Similar rules except that within the guest the CD DVD writer is always an IDE device apply to the guest configuration Since this setup is very common it is likely that the default configuration of the guest works as expected 12 8 6 VBoxSVC IPC issues On Linux VirtualBox makes use of a custom version of Mozilla XPCOM cross platform com ponent object model for inter and intra process communication IPC The process VBoxSVC serves as a communication hub between different VirtualBox processes and maintains the global configuration i e the XML database When starting a VirtualBox component the processes VBoxSVC and VBoxXPCOMIPCD are started automatically They are only accessible from the user account they are running under VBoxSVC owns the VirtualBox configuration database which normally resides in config VirtualBox or the appropriate configuration directory for your operating system While it is running the configuration files
278. e changed while video capturing is enabled videocapmaxsize MB limits the maximum size of the captured video file in MB The capturing stops when the file size has reached the specified size If this value is zero the capturing will not be limited by file size This setting cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled videocapopts lt key value gt lt key value gt can be used to specify additional video capturing options These options only are for advanced users and must be speci fied in a comma separated key value format e g foo bar a b This setting cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled 143 8 VBoxManage e The setcredentials operation is used for remote logons in Windows guests For details please refer to chapter 9 2 Automated guest logons page 174 plugcpu unplugcpu id If CPU hot plugging is enabled this adds a virtual CPU to the virtual machines or removes one lt id gt specifies the index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a number from 0 to the maximum no of CPUs configured CPU 0 can never be removed The cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt This operation controls how much cpu time a virtual CPU can use A value of 50 implies a single virtual CPU can use up to 50 of a single host CPU 8 14 VBoxManage discardstate This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which is not currently running which will cause its operating system to restart next time y
279. e details depend on your host operating system You can use either the graphical user interface or the command line VBoxManage tool to set up virtual serial ports For the latter please refer to chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 in that section look for the uart and uartmode options In either case you can configure up to two virtual serial ports per virtual machine For each such device you will need to determine 1 what kind of serial port the virtual machine should see by selecting an I O base address and interrupt IRQ For these we recommend to use the traditional values which are a COMI I O base 0x3F8 IRQ 4 b COM2 I O base Ox2F8 IRQ 3 c COM3 I O base 0x3E8 IRQ 4 d COM4 I O base 0x2E8 IRQ 3 2 Then you will need to determine what this virtual port should be connected to For each virtual serial port you have the following options e You can elect to have the virtual serial port disconnected which means that the guest will see the device but it will behave as if no cable had been connected to it e You can connect the virtual serial port to a physical serial port on your host On a Windows host this will be a name like COM1 on Linux or Solaris hosts it will be a device node like dev ttyS0 VirtualBox will then simply redirect all data received from and sent to the virtual serial port to the physical device e You can tell VirtualBox to connect the virtual serial port to a software pipe
280. e saved in e uuid lt uuid gt Select the UUID the new VM should have This id has to be unique in the VirtualBox instance this clone should be registered Default is creating a new UUID e register Automatically register the new clone in this VirtualBox installation If you manually want to register the new VM later see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm page 129 for instructions how to do so 8 10 VBoxManage import This command imports a virtual appliance in OVF format by copying the virtual disk images and creating virtual machines in VirtualBox See chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 31 for an introduction to appliances The import subcommand takes at least the path name of an OVF file as input and expects the disk images if needed in the same directory as the OVF file A lot of additional command line options are supported to control in detail what is being imported and modify the import parameters but the details depend on the content of the OVF file It is therefore recommended to first run the import subcommand with the dry run or n option This will then print a description of the appliance s contents to the screen how it would be imported into VirtualBox together with the optional command line options to influence the import behavior As an example here is the screen output with a sample appliance containing a Windows XP guest VBoxManage import WindowsXp ovf dry run Inte
281. e the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s in tellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a re cipient will know whom to contact If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application programming in terface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be
282. e would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circum stance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of pro tecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation exclud
283. e2 which allows to configure the emulated webcam device The following settings are supported MaxFramerate The highest rate at which video frames are sent to the guest A higher frame rate requires more CPU power Therefore sometimes it is useful to set a lower limit Default is no limit and allow the guest to use all frame rates supported by the host webcam MaxPayloadTransferSize How many bytes the emulated webcam can send to the guest at a time Default value is 3060 bytes which is used by some webcams Higher values can slightly reduce CPU load if the guest is able to use larger buffers However a high MaxPayloadTransferSize might be not supported by some guests e Detach a webcam from a running VM VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam detach host_path alias e List webcams attached to a running VM VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam list The output contains path or alias which was used in webcam attach command for each attached webcam 9 7 2 Windows hosts When the webcam device is detached from the host the emulated webcam device is automati cally detached from the guest 9 7 3 Mac OS X hosts OS X version 10 7 or newer is required When the webcam device is detached from the host the emulated webcam device remains attached to the guest and must be manually detached using the VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam detach command 183 9 Advanced topics 9 7 4 Linux and Solaris hosts When the we
284. ec tory depends on the conventions of the host operating system e On Windows this is SHOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH typically something like C Documents and Settings Username e On Mac OS X this is Users username e On Linux and Solaris this is home username For simplicity we will abbreviate this as HOME below Using that convention the common folder for all virtual machines is HOME VirtualBox VMs As an example when you create a virtual machine called Example VM you will find that VirtualBox creates 1 the folder HOME VirtualBox VMs Example VM and in that folder 2 the settings file Example VM vbox and 3 the virtual disk image Example WM vdi This is the default layout if you use the Create new virtual machine wizard as described in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 Once you start working with the VM additional files will show up you will find log files in a subfolder called Logs and once you have taken snapshots they will appear in a Snapshots subfolder For each VM you can change the location of its snapsnots folder in the VM settings You can change the default machine folder by selecting Preferences from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window Then in the window that pops up click on the General tab Alternatively use VBoxManage setproperty machinefolder see chapter 8 27 VBoxManage setproperty page 152 216 10 Technical background 10 1 2 Machi
285. ect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United States of America any litigation relating to this License shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of California with venue lying in Santa Clara County California with the losing party responsible for costs including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this License 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to dis tribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability 13 MULTIPLE LICENSED CODE Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as Multiple Licensed Multiple Licensed means that the Initial Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses if any specified by the Initial Develop
286. ection summarizes the changes between VirtualBox versions Note that this change log is not exhaustive not all changes are listed VirtualBox version numbers consist of three numbers separated by dots where the first and second number represent the major version and the 3rd number the minor version Minor version numbers of official releases are always even An odd minor version number represents an internal development or test build In addition each build contains a revision number 15 1 Version 5 0 4 2015 09 08 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed an issue with Windows 10 guest kernel debugging over the network for Hyper V paravirtualized VMs VMM fixed a bug which prevented reading the saved state of the PATM unit from VirtualBox 4 3 x bug 14512 GUI changed default OS type for Windows from Windows XP to Windows 7 GUI added another pre defined guest screen resolution bug 14384 GUI fixed update check which was broken due to changing the location of the root certifi cates bug 13096 GUI fixed issues with synchronization of Caps lock Num lock Scroll lock on Windows hosts bug 14302 GUI don t crash during VM shutdown if 2D video acceleration and 3D support are enabled Mac OS X hosts only GUI several seamless fixes for certain X11 window managers also when used in multi screen setups GUI Log window size position and cursor position fixes Audio fixe
287. ed the VM will not be stopped during the snapshot creation live smapshotting The delete operation deletes a snapshot specified by name or by UUID This can take a while to finish since the differencing images associated with the snapshot might need to be merged with their child differencing images The restore operation will restore the given snapshot specified by name or by UUID by resetting the virtual machine s settings and current state to that of the snapshot The previous current state of the machine will be lost After this the given snapshot becomes the new current snapshot so that subsequent snapshots are inserted under the snapshot from which was restored The restorecurrent operation is a shortcut to restore the current snapshot i e the snapshot from which the current state is derived This subcommand is equivalent to using the restore subcommand with the name or UUID of the current snapshot except that it avoids the extra step of determining that name or UUID With the edit operation you can change the name or description of an existing snapshot 144 8 VBoxManage With the showvminfo operation you can view the virtual machine settings that were stored with an existing snapshot 8 17 VBoxManage closemedium This commands removes a hard disk DVD or floppy image from a VirtualBox media registry Optionally you can request that the image be deleted You will get appropriate diagnostics that the deletion
288. ed by INSTALL_NO_GROUP 1 If the line INSTALL_NO_VBOXDRV 1 is specified the package installer will not try to build the vboxdrv kernel module if no module fitting the current kernel was found 2 3 4 The vboxusers group The Linux installers create the system user group vboxusers during installation Any system user who is going to use USB devices from VirtualBox guests must be a member of that group A user can be made a member of the group vboxusers through the GUI user group management or at the command line with sudo usermod a G vboxusers username 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you The following detailed instructions should only be of interest if you wish to execute VirtualBox without installing it first You should start by compiling the vboxdrv kernel module see above and inserting it into the Linux kernel VirtualBox consists of a service daemon VBoxSVC and several application programs The daemon is automatically started if necessary All VirtualBox applications will communicate with the daemon through Unix local domain sockets There can be multiple daemon instances under different user accounts and applications can only communicate with the daemon running under the user account as the applicatio
289. ed the test This usually means that you are running an outdated or misconfigured OpenGL driver on your host It can also mean that your video chip is lacking required functionality 12 3 Windows guests 12 3 1 Windows bluescreens after changing VM configuration Changing certain virtual machine settings can cause Windows guests to fail during start up with a bluescreen This may happen if you change VM settings after installing Windows or if you copy a disk image with an already installed Windows to a newly created VM which has settings that differ from the original machine This applies in particular to the following settings e The ACPI and I O APIC settings should never be changed after installing Windows De pending on the presence of these hardware features the Windows installation program chooses special kernel and device driver versions and will fail to startup should these hard ware features be removed Enabling them for a Windows VM which was installed without them does not cause any harm However Windows will not use these features in this case Changing the storage controller hardware will cause bootup failures as well This might also apply to you if you copy a disk image from an older version of VirtualBox to a virtual machine created with a newer VirtualBox version the default subtype of IDE controller hardware was changed from PIIX3 to PIIX4 with VirtualBox 2 2 Make sure these settings are identical 233 12 Troublesho
290. ee chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether ACPI is available so ACPI must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however 3 4 2 Processor tab On the Processor tab you can set how many virtual CPU cores the guest operating systems should see Starting with version 3 0 VirtualBox supports symmetrical multiprocessing SMP and can present up to 32 virtual CPU cores to each virtual machine You should not however configure virtual machines to use more CPU cores than you have available physically real cores no hyperthreads On this tab you can also set the CPU execution cap This setting limits the amount of time a host CPU spents to emulate a virtual CPU The default setting is 100 meaning that there is no limitation A setting of 50 implies a single virtual CPU can use up to 50 of a single host CPU Note that limiting the execution time of the virtual CPUs may induce guest timing problems In addition the Enable PAE NX setting determines whether the PAE and NX capabilities of the host CPU will be exposed to the virtual machine PAE stands for Physical Address Extension Normally if enabled and supported by the operating system then even a 32 bit x86 CPU can access more than 4 GB of RAM This is made possible b
291. eeType Project FreeType Engine FreeType library or FreeType Distribution As you have not signed this license you are not required to accept it However as the FreeType Project is copyrighted material only this license or another one contracted with the authors grants you the right to use distribute and modify it Therefore by using distributing or mod ifying the FreeType Project you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms of this license 4 Contacts There are two mailing lists related to FreeType e freetype nongnu org Discusses general use and applications of FreeType as well as future and wanted additions to the library and distribution If you are looking for support start in this list if you haven t found anything to help you in the documentation 316 16 Third party materials and licenses e freetype devel nongnu org Discusses bugs as well as engine internals design issues specific licenses porting etc Our home page can be found at http www freetype org 16 2 29 VPX License Copyright c 2010 The WebM Project authors All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
292. een LegacyMode This is a global setting 9 21 Starting the VirtualBox web service automatically The VirtualBox web service vboxwebsrv is used for controlling VirtualBox remotely It is doc umented in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 As the client base using this interface is growing we added start scripts for the various operation systems we support The following sections de scribe how to use them The VirtualBox web service is never started automatically as a result of a standard installation 9 21 1 Linux starting the webservice via init On Linux the web service can be automatically started during host boot by adding appropri ate parameters to the file etc default virtualbox There is one mandatory parameter VBOXWEB_USER which must be set to the user which will later start the VMs The parameters in the table below all start with VBOXWEB_ VBOXWEB_HOST VBOXWEB_PORT etc Parameter Description Default USER The user as which the web service runs HOST The host to bind the web service to local host PORT The port to bind the web service to 18083 SSL_KEYFILE Server key and certificate file PEM format SSL_PASSWORDFILE File name for password to server key SSL_CACERT CA certificate file PEM format SSL_CAPATH CA certificate path SSL_DHFILE DH file name or DH key length i
293. efault When everything is configured correctly you can start the VirtualBox watchdog service with the following command svcadm enable svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default For more information about SMF please refer to the Solaris documentation 9 23 Other extension packs Starting with VirtualBox 4 2 0 there is another extension pack VNC which is open source and replaces the previous integration of the VNC remote access protocol This is experimental code and will be initially available in the VirtualBox source code package only It is to a large portion code contributed by users and is not supported in any way by Oracle 209 9 Advanced topics The keyboard handling is severely limited and only the US keyboard layout works Other keyboard layouts will have at least some keys which produce the wrong results often quite surprising effects and for layouts which have significant differences to the US keyboard layout it is most likely unusable It is possible to install both the Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack and VNC but only one VRDE module can be active at any time The following command switches to the VNC VRDE module in VNC VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack VNC Configuring the remote access works very similarly to VRDP see chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 106 with some limitations VNC does not support specifying several port numbers and the authentication is done differently VNC can onl
294. ehensive API to third party devel opers 322
295. eless interface is done differently from bridging to a wired in terface because most wireless adapters do not support promiscuous mode All traffic has to use the MAC address of the host s wireless adapter and therefore VirtualBox needs to replace the source MAC address in the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet to make sure the reply will be sent to the host interface When VirtualBox sees an in coming packet with a destination IP address that belongs to one of the virtual machine adapters it replaces the destination MAC address in the Ethernet header with the VM adapter s MAC address and passes it on VirtualBox examines ARP and DHCP packets in order to learn the IP addresses of virtual machines Depending on your host operating system the following limitations should be kept in mind e On Macintosh hosts functionality is limited when using AirPort the Mac s wireless net working for bridged networking Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over AirPort For other protocols such as IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface e On Linux hosts functionality is limited when using wireless interfaces for bridged net working Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over wireless For other protocols such as IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface Also setting the MTU to less than 1500 bytes on wired interfaces provided by the sky2 driver on the Marvell Yukon II EC Ultra Ethernet NIC is known to cause packet losse
296. ells VBoxManage to only perform a dry run instead of really copying files to the guest follow Enables following symlinks on the host s source recursive Recursively copies files directories of the specified source verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose flags flags Additional flags to set This is not used at the moment copyfrom which allows copying files from the guest to the host only with installed Guest Additions 4 0 and later It has the same parameters as copyto above createdirectory which allows copying files from the host to the guest only with in stalled Guest Additions 4 0 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt createdir ectory mkdir md lt guest directory gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt parents mode lt mode gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory directory to create on guest Absolute path of directory directories to create on guest e g D Foo Bar Parent directories need to exist e g in this example D Foo when switch parents is omitted The specified user must have appropriate rights to create the specified directory 157 8 VBoxManage username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file
297. elp for details e Set the VBOX_GUI_DBG_ENABLED or VBOX_GUI_DBG_AUTO_SHOW environment variable to true before launching the VirtualBox process Setting these variables only their presence is checked is effective even when the first VirtualBox process is the VM selector window VMs subsequently launched from the selector will have the debugger enabled e Set the GUI Dbg Enabled extra data item to true before launching the VM This can be set globally or on a per VM basis A new Debug menu entry will be added to the VirtualBox application This menu allows the user to open the debugger console The VM debugger command syntax is loosely modeled on Microsoft and IBM debuggers used on DOS OS 2 and Windows Users familiar with symdeb CodeView or the OS 2 kernel debug ger will find the VirtualBox VM debugger familiar The most important command is help This will print brief usage help for all debugger com mands The set of commands supported by the VM debugger changes frequently and the help command is always up to date A brief summary of frequently used commands follows e stop stops the VM execution and enables single stepping e g continue VM execution e t single step an instruction rg rh r print the guest hypervisor current registers kg kh k print the guest hypervisor current call stack da db dw dd dq print memory contents as ASCII bytes words dwords qwords e u unassemble memory dg print the gu
298. ement tool inside the guest to adjust the main partition to fill the drive The resizebyte x option does almost the same thing except that x is expressed in bytes instead of megabytes 8 24 VBoxManage clonehd This command duplicates a registered virtual hard disk image to a new image file with a new unique identifier UUID The new image can be transferred to another host system or imported 3Image resizing was added with VirtualBox 4 0 150 8 VBoxManage into VirtualBox again using the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Man ager page 86 and chapter 5 6 Cloning disk images page 91 The syntax is as follows VBoxManage clonehd lt uuid inutfile gt lt uuid outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD RAW lt other gt variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX existing The disk image to clone as well as the target image must be described either by its UUIDs if the mediums are registered or by its filename Registered images can be listed by VBoxManage list hdds see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 127 for more information A filename must be specified as valid path either as an absolute path or as a relative path starting from the current directory The following options are available format Allow to choose a file format for the output file different from the file format of the input file variant Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated li
299. ementation currently supports paravirtual ized clocks and SMP spinlocks This provider is recommended for Linux guests e Hyper V Presents a Microsoft Hyper V hypervisor interface which is recognized by Win dows 7 and newer operating systems VirtualBox s implementation currently supports paravirtualized clocks APIC frequency reporting guest crash reporting and relaxed timer checks This provider is recommended for Windows guests 10 5 Details about software virtualization Implementing virtualization on x86 CPUs with no hardware virtualization support is an extraor dinarily complex task because the CPU architecture was not designed to be virtualized The problems can usually be solved but at the cost of reduced performance Thus there is a con stant clash between virtualization performance and accuracy The x86 instruction set was originally designed in the 1970s and underwent significant changes with the addition of protected mode in the 1980s with the 286 CPU architecture and then again with the Intel 386 and its 32 bit architecture Whereas the 386 did have limited vir tualization support for real mode operation V86 mode as used by the DOS Box of Windows 3 x and OS 2 2 x no support was provided for virtualizing the entire architecture In theory software virtualization is not overly complex In addition to the four privilege levels rings provided by the hardware of which typically only two are used ring 0 for kernel
300. emote virtual machines 2 An ISO file accessible from the server containing the installation data for the guest operat 3 ing system to install we will assume Windows XP in the following example A terminal connection to that host through which you can access a command line e g via ssh 4 An RDP viewer on the remote client see chapter 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers page 106 above for examples Note again that on the server machine since we will only use the headless server neither Qt nor SDL nor the X Window system will be needed 1 On the headless server create a new virtual machine VBoxManage createvm name Windows XP ostype WindowsXP register Note that if you do not specify register you will have to manually use the registervm command later Note further that you do not need to specify ostype but doing so selects some sane default values for certain VM parameters for example the RAM size and the type of the virtual network device To get a complete list of supported operating systems you can use VBoxManage list ostypes Make sure the settings for this VM are appropriate for the guest operating system that we will install For example VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 256 acpi on bootl dvd nicl nat Create a virtual hard disk for the VM in this case 10 GB in size VBoxManage createhd filename WinXP vdi size 10000 Add an IDE Controller to the new VM
301. en integrated into the main package Install the VirtualBox package using pkgadd d VirtualBox 5 0 4 SunOS pkg Note If you are using Solaris Zones to install VirtualBox only into the current zone and not into any other zone use pkgadd G For more information refer to the pkgadd manual see also chapter 2 4 6 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox page 43 The installer will then prompt you to enter the package you wish to install Choose 1 or all and proceed Next the installer will ask you if you want to allow the postinstall script to be executed Choose y and proceed as it is essential to execute this script which installs the VirtualBox kernel module Following this confirmation the installer will install VirtualBox and execute the postinstall setup script Once the postinstall script has been executed your installation is now complete You may now safely delete the uncompressed package and autoresponse files from your system VirtualBox would be installed in opt VirtualBox 2 4 2 The vboxuser group Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 the installer creates the system user group vboxuser during instal lation for Solaris hosts that support the USB features required by VirtualBox Any system user who is going to use USB devices from VirtualBox guests must be a member of this group A user can be made a member of this group through the GUI user group management or at the command line by executing as root use
302. end on the selected operating system type changing the type later has no effect on VM settings this value is then purely informational and decorative 3 3 2 Advanced tab Snapshot Folder By default VirtualBox saves snapshot data together with your other VirtualBox configuration data see chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 216 With this setting you can specify any other folder for each VM Shared Clipboard You can select here whether the clipboard of the guest operating system should be shared with that of your host If you select Bidirectional then VirtualBox will always make sure that both clipboards contain the same data If you select Host to guest or Guest to host then VirtualBox will only ever copy clipboard data in one direction Clipboard sharing requires that the VirtualBox Guest Additions be installed As a result this setting has no effect otherwise see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 60 for details The shared clipboard is disabled by default See chapter 13 3 2 3 Clipboard page 247 for an explanation This setting can be changed at any time using the Shared Clipboard menu item in the Devices menu of the virtual machine Drag n Drop This setting allows to enable support for drag n drop Select an object e g a file from the host or guest and directly copy or open it on the guest or host Multiple per VM drag n drop modes allow restricting access in either directi
303. entation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of Stanford University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL 307 16 Third party materials and licenses DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 15 2 COPYRIGHT LLNL file This Chromium distribution contains information and code which is covered under the following notice Copyright c 2002 The Regents of the University of California Produced at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory For details contact Randall Frank rjfrank llnl gov UCRL CODE 2002 058 All rights reserved This file is part of Chromium For details see accompan
304. eo driver may be installed and kept in guest system if Guest additions uninstallation is performed This is caused by a bug in Guest Additions uninstaller Note This does not apply to Guest Additions update i e installing a one version of Guest Additions on top of another works correctly To solve this problem one should uninstall the VirtualBox WDDM Video driver manu ally To do that open Device Manager and check whether the Display Adapter is named VirtualBox Graphics Adapter If no there is nothing to be done If yes right click the VirtualBox Graphics Adapter in Device Manager select Uninstall check Delete the driver software for this device and click OK Once uninstallation is done in Device Manager go to menu Action and select Scan for hardware changes to make the propper Windows default driver be picked up for the Graphics adapter Neither virtio nor Intel PRO 1000 drivers for Windows XP guests support segmentation offloading Therefore Windows XP guests have slower transmission rates comparing to other guest types Refer to MS Knowledge base article 842264 for additional information 252 14 Known limitations e Guest Additions for OS 2 Shared folders are not yet supported with OS 2 guests In ad dition seamless windows and automatic guest resizing will probably never be implemented due to inherent limitations of the OS 2 graphics system 253 15 Change log This s
305. equired that free space in the guest system first be zeroed out using a suitable software tool For Windows guests you can use the sdelete tool provided by Microsoft Execute sdelete z in the guest to zero the free disk space before compressing the virtual disk image For Linux use the zerofree utility which supports ext2 ext3 filesystems For Mac OS X guests use the Erase Free Space feature of the built in Disk Utility Use Zero Out Data there Please note that compacting is currently only available for VDI images A similar effect can be achieved by zeroing out free blocks and then cloning the disk to any other dynamically allocated format You can use this workaround until compacting is also supported for disk formats other than VDI e The resize x option where x is the desired new total space in megabytes allows you to change the capacity of an existing image this adjusts the logical size of a virtual disk without affecting the physical size much This currently works only for VDI and VHD formats and only for the dynamically allocated variants and can only be used to expand not shrink the capacity For example if you originally created a 10G disk which is now full you can use the resize 15360 command to change the capacity to 15G 15 360MB without having to create a new image and copy all data from within a virtual machine Note however that this only changes the drive capacity you will typically next need to use a partition manag
306. er Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNEC TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the authors shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 16 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a The gSOAP public license is derived from the Mozilla Public License MPL1 1 The sections that were deleted from the original MPL1 1 text a
307. er in the file described in Exhibit A EXHIBIT A Mozilla Public License The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www mozilla org MPL Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WAR RANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language gov erning rights and limitations under the License The Original Code is The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Portions created by are Copyright C All Rights Reserved Contributor s Alternatively the contents of this file may be used under the terms of the license the License in which case the provisions of License are applicable instead of those above If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms of the License and not to allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice and other provisions required by the __ License If you do not delete the provisions above a recipient may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the __ License NOTE The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code You should
308. er may crash on startup Solaris 2 6 7 and 8 releases up to and including Solaris 8 4 01 S8U4 incorrectly set up Machine Check Exception MCE MSRs on Pentium 4 and somene later Intel CPUs The problem leads to the Solaris kernel crashing and usually causing a triple fault almost immediately during startup in both virtualized and physical environments Solaris 9 and later releases are not affected by this problem and neither is Solaris 2 5 1 and earlier The recommended solution is upgrading to at least Solaris 8 7 01 S8U5 Alternative solu tions include applying a patch for bugs 4408508 and 4414557 on an unaffected system 12 6 FreeBSD guests 12 6 1 FreeBSD 10 0 may hang with xHCl If xHCI USB 3 0 emulation is enabled for FreeBSD 10 0 guests the guest OS will hang This is caused by the guest OS incorrectly handling systems where MSIs Message Signaled Interrupts are not used with the xHCI device The problem does not exist in earlier FreeBSD releases and was fixed in FreeBSD 10 1 238 12 Troubleshooting 12 7 Windows hosts 12 7 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues VirtualBox makes use of the Microsoft Component Object Model COM for inter and intra process communication This allows VirtualBox to share a common configuration among dif ferent virtual machine processes and provide several user interface options based on a com mon architecture All global status information and configuration is mainta
309. erchantability or fitness for a particular purpose This soft ware is provided AS IS and you its user assume the entire risk as to its quality and accuracy This software is copyright C 1991 2010 Thomas G Lane Guido Vollbeding All Rights Reserved except as specified below Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this software or portions thereof for any purpose without fee subject to these conditions 1 If any part of the source code for this software is distributed then this README file must be included with this copyright and no warranty notice unaltered and any additions deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation 2 If only executable code is distributed then the accompanying documentation must state that this software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group 310 16 Third party materials and licenses 3 Permission for use of this software is granted only if the user accepts full responsibility for any undesirable consequences the authors accept NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the IJG code not just to the unmodified library If you use our work you ought to acknowledge us Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author s name or company name in adver tising or publicity relating to this software or products derived from it
310. ere you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox e On Solaris hosts you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox 4 Back in the Virtual Media Manager select that ISO file and press the Select button This will mount the ISO file and present it to your Windows guest as a CD ROM 62 4 Guest Additions Unless you have the Autostart feature disabled in your Windows guest Windows will now autostart the VirtualBox Guest Additions installation program from the Additions ISO If the Autostart feature has been turned off choose VBoxWindowsAdditions exe from the CD DVD drive inside the guest to start the installer The installer will add several device drivers to the Windows driver database and then invoke the hardware detection wizard Depending on your configuration it might display warnings that the drivers are not digitally signed You must confirm these in order to continue the installation and properly install the Additions After installation reboot your guest operating system to activate the Additions 4 2 1 2 Updating the Windows Guest Additions Windows Guest Additions can be updated by running the installation program again as previ ously described This will then replace the previous Additions drivers with updated versions Alternatively you may also open the Windows Device Manager and select Update driver for two devices 1 the Virtu
311. erface Starting with VirtualBox 2 0 4 and up to VirtualBox 4 0 VNICs can be used but with the following caveats AVNIC cannot be shared between multiple guest network interfaces i e each guest network interface must have its own exclusive VNIC The VNIC and the guest network interface that uses the VNIC must be assigned iden tical MAC addresses When using VLAN interfaces with VirtualBox they must be named according to the PPA hack naming scheme e g e1000g513001 as otherwise the guest may receive packets in an unexpected format 6 6 Internal networking Internal Networking is similar to bridged networking in that the VM can directly communicate with the outside world However the outside world is limited to other VMs on the same host which connect to the same internal network Even though technically everything that can be done using internal networking can also be done using bridged networking there are security advantages with internal networking In bridged networking mode all traffic goes through a physical interface of the host system It is therefore possible to attach a packet sniffer such as Wireshark to the host interface and log all traffic that goes over it If for any reason you prefer two or more VMs on the same machine to communicate privately hiding their data from both the host system and the user bridged networking therefore is not an option Internal networks are created automaticall
312. ers slightly the time synchronization service attempts to gradually and smoothly adjust the guest time in small increments to either catch up or lose time When the difference is too great e g a VM paused for hours or restored from saved state the guest time is changed immediately without a gradual adjustment The Guest Additions will re synchronize the time regularly See chapter 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters page 193 for how to configure the parameters of the time synchronization mechanism Shared clipboard With the Guest Additions installed the clipboard of the guest operating sys tem can optionally be shared with your host operating system see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 Automated logons credentials passing For details please see chapter 9 2 Automated guest logons page 174 Each version of VirtualBox even minor releases ship with their own version of the Guest Additions While the interfaces through which the VirtualBox core communicates with the Guest Additions are kept stable so that Guest Additions already installed in a VM should continue to work when VirtualBox is upgraded on the host for best results it is recommended to keep the Guest Additions at the same version Starting with VirtualBox 3 1 the Windows and Linux Guest Additions therefore check auto matically whether they have to be updated If the host is running a newer VirtualBox version than the Gues
313. ersion You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrase gSOAP or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the gSOAP Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WAR RANTY OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTIC ULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND ANY WARRANTY THAT MAY ARISE BY REASON OF TRADE USAGE CUSTOM OR COURSE OF DEALING WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SOFT WARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND THAT THE AUTHORS DO NOT WARRANT THE SOFTWARE WILL RUN UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE LIMITED LIABILITY THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF TH
314. erver e control some of the more advanced and experimental configuration settings for a VM There are two main things to keep in mind when using VBoxManage First VBoxManage must always be used with a specific subcommand such as list or createvm or startvm All the subcommands that VBoxManage supports are described in detail in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 Second most of these subcommands require that you specify a particular virtual machine after the subcommand There are two ways you can do this e You can specify the VM name as it is shown in the VirtualBox GUI Note that if that name contains spaces then you must enclose the entire name in double quotes as it is always required with command line arguments that contain spaces For example VBoxManage startvm Windows XP e You can specify the UUID which is the internal unique identifier that VirtualBox uses to refer to the virtual machine Assuming that the aforementioned VM called Windows XP has the UUID shown below the following command has the same effect as the previous VBoxManage startvm 670e746d abea 4ba6 ad02 2a3b043810a5 You can type VBoxManage list vms to have all currently registered VMs listed with all their settings including their respective names and UUIDs Some typical examples of how to control VirtualBox from the command line are listed below e To create a new virtual machine from the command line and immediately registe
315. es to ensure that the devices are accessible by the RDP client If the setup was properly done on the remote host plug unplug events are visible on the VBox log file of the VM 7 1 5 RDP authentication For each virtual machine that is remotely accessible via RDP you can individually determine if and how client connections are authenticated For this use VBoxManage modifyvm command with the vrdeauthtype option see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 for a gen eral introduction Three methods of authentication are available e The null method means that there is no authentication at all any client can connect to the VRDP server and thus the virtual machine This is of course very insecure and only to be recommended for private networks e The external method provides external authentication through a special authentication library VirtualBox ships with two such authentication libraries 1 The default authentication library VBoxAuth authenticates against user credentials of the hosts Depending on the host platform this means On Linux hosts VBoxAuth so authenticates users against the host s PAM system On Windows hosts VBoxAuth dll authenticates users against the host s WinLo gon system On Mac OS X hosts VBoxAuth dylib authenticates users against the host s di rectory service In other words the external method per default performs authentication with the user accounts that exist on the host
316. est code thereby allowing kernel zones to make use of them To do this shutdown all VirtualBox VMs and execute the following command VBoxManage setproperty hwvirtexclusive off This command needs to be executed only once as the setting is stored as part of the global VirtualBox settings which will continue to persist across host reboots and VirtualBox upgrades 9 20 Locking down the VirtualBox manager GUI 9 20 1 Customizing the VM manager There are several advanced customization settings for locking down the VirtualBox manager that is removing some features that the user should not see VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Customizations OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords noSelector Don allow to start the VirtualBox manager Trying to do so will show a window containing a proper error message noMenuBar VM windows will not contain a menu bar noStatusBar VM windows will not contain a status bar To disable any of these VM manager customizations do VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Customizations 197 9 Advanced topics 9 20 2 VM selector customization The following per machine VM extradata settings can be used to change the behavior of the VM selector window in respect of certain VMs VBoxManage setextradata VM name true where SETTING can be GUI HideDetails Don t show the VM configuration of a certain VM The details window will remain just empty if this VM is selected GUI PreventRe
317. est s GDT di print the guest s IDT dl print the guest s LDT dt print the guest s TSS e dp print the guest s page table structures e bp br set a normal recompiler breakpoint e bl list breakpoints e bc clear a breakpoint e writecore writes a VM core file to disk refer chapter 12 1 4 VM core format page 230 229 12 Troubleshooting See the built in help for other available commands The VM debugger supports symbolic debugging although symbols for guest code are often not available For Solaris guests the detect command automatically determines the guest OS version and locates kernel symbols in guest s memory Symbolic debugging is then available For Linux guests the detect commands also determines the guest OS version but there are no symbols in the guest s memory Kernel symbols are available in the file proc kallsyms on Linux guests This file must be copied to the host for example using scp The loadmap debugger command can be used to make the symbol information available to the VM debugger Note that the kallsyms file contains the symbols for the currently loaded modules if the guest s configuration changes the symbols will change as well and must be updated For all guests a simple way to verify that the correct symbols are loaded is the k command The guest is normally idling and it should be clear from the symbolic information that the guest operating system s idle loop is being executed Ano
318. ests but this comes with restrictions Please see the following section as well as chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox has experimental support for Mac OS X guests This allows you to install and execute unmodified versions of Mac OS X on supported host hardware Whereas competing solutions perform modifications to the Mac OS X install DVDs e g dif ferent boot loader and replaced files VirtualBox is the first product to provide the modern PC architecture expected by OS X without requiring any hacks You should be aware of a number of important issues before attempting to install a Mac OS X guest 1 Mac OS X is commercial licensed software and contains both license and technical re strictions that limit its use to certain hardware and usage scenarios It is important that you understand and obey these restrictions In particular for most versions of Mac OS X Apple prohibits installing them on non Apple hardware These license restrictions are also enforced on a technical level Mac OS X verifies whether it is running on Apple hardware and most DVDs that that come with Apple hardware even check for an exact model These restrictions are not circumvented by VirtualBox and continue to apply 2 Only CPUs known and tested by Apple are supported As a result if your Intel CPU is newer than the build of Mac OS X or if you have a non Intel CPU it will most likely pan
319. eveloped by the Computer Systems Engineering group at Lawrence Berke ley Laboratory under DARPA contract BG 91 66 and contributed to Berkeley Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS CLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DI RECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT IN CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY
320. evice is present and communicates mouse events to the virtual machine through this device The third setting is a USB Multi Touch Tablet which is suited for recent Windows guests Using the virtual USB tablet has the advantage that movements are reported in absolute coordinates instead of as relative position changes which allows VirtualBox to translate mouse events over the VM window into tablet events without having to capture the mouse in the guest as described in chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 This makes using the VM less tedious even if Guest Additions are not installed Enable I O APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers APICs are a newer x86 hard ware feature that have replaced old style Programmable Interrupt Controllers PICs in recent years With an I O APIC operating systems can use more than 16 interrupt requests IRQs and therefore avoid IRQ sharing for improved reliability Note Enabling the I O APIC is required for 64 bit guest operating systems especially Windows Vista it is also required if you want to use more than one virtual CPU in a virtual machine However software support for I O APICs has been unreliable with some operating sys tems other than Windows Also the use of an I O APIC slightly increases the overhead of virtualization and therefore slows down the guest OS a little Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 in
321. ewer use the 4 or 5 options 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server The VRDP server of VirtualBox supports multiple simultaneous connections to the same running VM from different clients All connected clients see the same screen output and share a mouse pointer and keyboard focus This is similar to several people using the same computer at the same time taking turns at the keyboard The following command enables multiple connection mode VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdemulticon on 112 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 8 Multiple remote monitors To access two or more remote VM displays you have to enable the VRDP multiconnection mode see chapter 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server page 112 The RDP client can select the virtual monitor number to connect to using the domain logon parameter d If the parameter ends with followed by a number VirtualBox interprets this number as the screen index The primary guest screen is selected with 1 the first secondary screen is 2 etc The Microsoft RDP6 client does not let you specify a separate domain name Instead use domain username in the Username field for example 2 name name must be supplied and must be the name used to log in if the VRDP server is set up to require credentials If it is not you may use any text as the username 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection Starting with VirtualBox 3 2 the VRDP server can redirect video streams from the guest
322. example the shared folder myfiles would be mounted to media sf_myfiles on Linux and mnt sf_myfiles on Solaris The guest property VirtualBox GuestAdd SharedFolders MountPrefix determines the prefix that is used Change that guest property to a value other than sf to change that prefix see chapter 4 7 Guest properties page 77 for details Note Access to auto mounted shared folders is only granted to the user group vboxsf which is created by the VirtualBox Guest Additions installer Hence guest users have to be member of that group to have read write access or to have read only access in case the folder is not mapped writable 72 4 Guest Additions To change the mount directory to something other than media you can set the guest property VirtualBox GuestAdd SharedFolders MountDir e Solaris guests behave like Linux guests except that mnt is used as the default mount directory instead of media To have any changes to auto mounted shared folders applied while a VM is running the guest OS needs to be rebooted This applies only to auto mounted shared folders not the ones which are mounted manually 4 4 Drag n Drop Starting with version 5 0 VirtualBox supports to drag n drop content from the host to the guest and vice versa For this to work the latest Guest Additions must be installed on the guest Drag n drop transparently allows copying or opening files directories and even certain clip board fo
323. extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all dis tributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 Application of this License This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 Versions of the License 6 1 New Versions Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape No one other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to Covered Code created under this License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this Li cense You must a rename Your license so that the phrases Mozilla MOZILLAPL
324. f a running virtual machine Please see chapter 4 7 Guest properties page 77 for an introduction As explained there guest properties are arbitrary key value string pairs which can be written to and read from by either http www virtualbox org wiki VBoxLogging 153 8 VBoxManage the guest or the host so they can be used as a low volume communication channel for strings provided that a guest is running and has the Guest Additions installed In addition a number of values whose keys begin with VirtualBox are automatically set and maintained by the Guest Additions The following subcommands are available where vm in each case can either be a VM name or a VM UUID as with the other VBoxManage commands enumerate lt vm gt patterns lt pattern gt This lists all the guest properties that are available for the given VM including the value This list will be very limited if the guest s service process cannot be contacted e g because the VM is not running or the Guest Additions are not installed If patterns lt pattern gt is specified it acts as a filter to only list properties that match the given pattern The pattern can contain the following wildcard characters x asterisk represents any number of characters for example VirtualBox would match all properties beginning with VirtualBox question mark represents a single arbitrary character for example fo would matc
325. f the bridging interface was not connected to a network bug 12241 Linux hosts also consider the physical package ID when determining the number of phys ical CPU cores Linux hosts guests don t warn in kernel log if memory allocation fails bug 11171 272 15 Change log Solaris hosts fixed the autostart SMF script bug 11720 Windows hosts fixes for non ANSI code page user names and similar environment contents bug 12596 Windows hosts guests fixed setting and using a guest user s process environment vari ables relevant for Guest Control Windows Additions fixed handle leaks in VBoxTray bug 12563 Windows Additions fixed a crash while detecting active guest users Windows Additions fixed restoring backed up D3D files on XPDM gt WDDM upgrade Guest Control fixed setting and using a guest user s process environment variables Linux Additions support Enterprise Linux 6 5 kernels bug 12505 Linux Additions fixed CPU hot remove on newer Linux kernels Linux Solaris Additions don t automount a shared folder which is already mounted X11 Additions support X Org Server 1 15 bug 12623 15 15 Version 4 3 6 2013 12 18 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed a Guru Meditation VINF EM TRIPLE FAULT caused by VMCB caching with nested paging on certain AMD CPUs bug 12451 VMM fixed a Guru Meditation VERR VMX UNEXPECTED INTERRUPTION EXIT TYPE while i
326. f the interval b is the number of bytes written since the last flush The value for it must be selected so that the occasional long write delays do not occur Since the proper flush in terval depends on the performance of the host and the host filesystem finding the optimal value that makes the problem disappear requires some experimentation Values between 1000000 and 10000000 1 to 10 megabytes are a good starting point Decreasing the interval both decreases the probability of the problem and the write performance of the guest Setting the value unnec essarily low will cost performance without providing any benefits An interval of 1 will cause a 231 12 Troubleshooting flush for each write operation and should solve the problem in any case but has a severe write performance penalty Providing a value of O for b is treated as an infinite flush interval effectively disabling this workaround Removing the extra data key by specifying no value for b has the same effect 12 2 2 Responding to guest IDE SATA flush requests If desired the virtual disk images can be flushed when the guest issues the IDE FLUSH CACHE command Normally these requests are ignored for improved performance The parameters below are only accepted for disk drives They must not be set for DVD drives To enable flushing for IDE disks issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config IgnoreFlush 0 T
327. fferencing image on VM startup does not fit your needs you can turn it off using the autoreset parameter of VBoxManage modifyhd see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd page 149 for details 5 An image in multiattach mode can be attached to more than one virtual machine at the same time even if these machines are running simultaneously For each virtual machine to which such an image is attached a differencing image is created As a result data that is written to such a virtual disk by one machine is not seen by the other machines to which the image is attached each machine creates its own write history of the multiattach image Technically a multiattach image behaves identically to an immutable image except the differencing image is not reset every time the machine starts This mode is useful for sharing files which are almost never written for instance picture galleries where every guest changes only a small amount of data and the majority of the disk content remains unchanged The modified blocks are stored in differencing images which remain reletively small and the shared content is stored only once at the host 6 Finally the read only image is used automatically for CD DVD images since CDs DVDs can never be written to 7This behavior also changed with VirtualBox 2 2 Previously the differencing images were discarded when the machine session ended now they are discarded every time the machine is powered on 88
328. ffic only on a specific VM s network adapter Refer to the network tracing article on the VirtualBox website for information on enabling this capture The trace files created by VirtualBox are in pcap format and can be easily analyzed with Wireshark 12 1 3 The built in VM debugger VirtualBox includes a built in VM debugger which advanced users may find useful This debug ger allows for examining and to some extent controlling the VM state Warning Use the VM debugger at your own risk There is no support for it and the following documentation is only made available for advanced users with a very high level of familiarity with the x86 AMD64 machine instruction set as well as detailed knowledge of the PC architecture A degree of familiarity with the internals of the guest OS in question may also be very helpful The VM debugger is available in all regular production versions of VirtualBox but it is disabled by default because the average user will have little use for it There are two ways to access the debugger Ihttp www virtualbox org wiki Core dump http www virtualbox org wiki Network tips 228 12 Troubleshooting e A debugger console window displayed alongside the VM e Via the telnet protocol at port 5000 The debugger can be enabled in three ways e Start the VM directly using VirtualBox startvm with an additional dbg debug or debug command line argument See the VirtualBox usage h
329. fic image format to be used Images which have the data encrypted are not portable between VirtualBox and other virtualization software VirtualBox uses the AES algorithm in XTS mode and supports 128 or 256 bit data encryption keys DEK The DEK is stored encrypted in the medium properties and is decrypted during VM startup by entering a password which was chosen when the image was encrypted Since the DEK is stored as part of the VM configuration file it is important that it is kept safe Losing the DEK means that the data stored in the disk images is lost irrecoverably Having complete and up to date backups of all data related to the VM is the responsibility of the user 213 9 Advanced topics 9 31 1 Limitations There are some limitations the user needs to be aware of when using this feature This feature is part of the Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack which needs to be installed Otherwise disk encryption is unavailable Since encryption works only on the stored user data it is currently not possible to check for metadata integrity of the disk image Attackers might destroy data by removing or changing blocks of data in the image or change metadata items such as the disk size Exporting appliances which contain encrypted disk images is not possible because the OVF specification doesn t support this All images are therefore decrypted during export The DEK is kept in memory while the VM is running to be able to decrypt data rea
330. fications to the FLTK configure script config header file and makefiles by themselves to support a specific platform do not constitute a modified or derivative work The authors do request that such modifications be contributed to the FLTK project send all contributions through the Software Trouble Report on the following page http www fltk org str php 2 Widgets that are subclassed from FLTK widgets do not constitute a derivative work 3 Static linking of applications and widgets to the FLTK library does not constitute a deriva tive work and does not require the author to provide source code for the application or widget use the shared FLTK libraries or link their applications or widgets against a user supplied version of FLTK If you link the application or widget to a modified version of FLTK then the changes to FLTK must be provided under the terms of the LGPL in sections 1 2 and 4 4 You do not have to provide a copy of the FLTK license with programs that are linked to the FLTK library nor do you have to identify the FLTK license in your program or documenta tion as required by section 6 of the LGPL However programs must still identify their use of FLTK The following example statement can be included in user documentation to satisfy this requirement program widget is based in part on the work of the FLTK project http www fltk org 16 2 26 Expat license Copyright c 1998 1999 2000 Thai Open Source S
331. fo OS LoggedInUsers value 1 timestamp 1229099826317660000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS NoLoggedInUsers value false timestamp 1229098455580553000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net Count value 1 timestamp 1229099826299785000 flags Name VirtualBox HostInfo GUI LanguageID value C timestamp 1229098151272771000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 IP value 192 168 2 102 timestamp 1229099826300088000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 Broadcast value 255 255 255 255 timestamp 1229099826300220000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 Netmask value 255 255 255 0 timestamp 1229099826300350000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 Status value Up timestamp 1229099826300524000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S LoggedInUsersList value username timestamp 1229099826317386000 flags To query the value of a single property use the get subcommand like this VBoxManage guestproperty get Windows Vista III VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Product VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 5 0 4 C 2005 2015 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Value Windows Vista Business Edition 78 4 Guest Additions To add or change guest properties from the guest use the tool VBoxControl This tool is included in the Guest Additions of VirtualBox 2 2 or later When started from a Linux guest this tool requires root privileges for security reasons su
332. follers po e a E ee e e 43 1 Manual mounting gt e occ reee eta dere RR RR 43 2 JAutomotcmounHHng 2 222229 ro cR m n Rx ng REOR OR RO ER Res ad HOR EDOD eel a dd SU Pec eee we e ov D 44 1 Supported formats oeo ees sereas o o RAS 4 5 Hardware accelerated graphics ooo t oao aaa kaa 4 5 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 4 5 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests 4 6 Seamless windows eee ee ZWAMER CUI DEus glue 48 Guest control uolo o ERROR EES ELSES xU XE EUR EUR URS 49 Memoryovercommitmeht s ccor so rogo rom RR Rok ok ee 4 9 1 Memory ballooning 02 5 0 0 8606 ro RR 49 2 Page FUSIOO 3 2 2 5 0 4828 ao dS a ook oko RR Rie 5 Virtual storage 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USBMSC 6 8 Contents 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD 6 6 ee ee ee eee 53 The Virtual Media Manager 225 6444488844522 044488885 54 Special image write modes s ca ccas aca eee a aa ee Res 5 5 Differencing images coccion ee e444 48885 So Cloning disk WEE ee oo dox m RC da 5 Mase VOrachine gt ne erbe a aes 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images leen oH CD DVD SUPPO gt e uec mo ncm toe bonor ce E DOS AA A OE mew ees S LO AS SL SBEVETE sueco Ron e X REOR Ke REOR A m eee Rod e uud uo b Virtual networking 6 1 Virtual networking hardware s cs cu aua llle 6 2 Introduction to networking modes
333. ftware and documentation Check this note note yearly for revisions 13 2 Secure Installation and Configuration 13 2 1 Installation Overview The VirtualBox base package should be downloaded only from a trusted source for instance the official website http www virtualbox org The integrity of the package should be verified with the provided SHA256 checksum which can be found on the official website General VirtualBox installation instructions for the supported hosts can be found in chapter 2 Installation details page 34 On Windows hosts the installer allows for disabling USB support support for bridged net working support for host only networking and the Python language bindings see chapter 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts page 34 All these features are enabled by default but disabling some of them could be appropriate if the corresponding functionality is not required by any vir tual machine The Python language bindings are only required if the VirtualBox API is to be used by external Python applications In particular USB support and support for the two networking modes require the installation of Windows kernel drivers on the host Therefore disabling those 245 13 Security guide selected features can not only be used to restrict the user to certain functionality but also to minimize the surface provided to a potential attacker The general case is to install the complete VirtualBox package The installation must be done w
334. g aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement claim excluding declaratory judgment actions against Initial Developer or a Contributor the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom You file such action is referred to as Participant alleging that a such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any and all rights granted by such Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 of this License shall upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either i agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such Participant or ii withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to the Contributor Version against such Participant If within 60 days of notice a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim is not withdrawn the rights granted by Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 automatically terminate at the expiration of the 60 day notice period specified above b any software hardware or device other
335. g preconditions 1 It is only available for Windows guests XP or later 2 The Guest Additions must be installed 3 Because 2D support is still experimental at this time it is disabled by default and must be manually enabled in the VM settings see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 Technically VirtualBox implements this by exposing video overlay DirectDraw capabilities in the Guest Additions video driver The driver sends all overlay commands to the host through a special communication tunnel implemented by VirtualBox On the host side OpenGL is then used to implement color space transformation and scaling 4 6 Seamless windows With the seamless windows feature of VirtualBox you can have the windows that are displayed within a virtual machine appear side by side next to the windows of your host This feature is supported for the following guest operating systems provided that the Guest Additions are installed e Windows guests support added with VirtualBox 1 5 e Supported Linux or Solaris guests running the X Window System added with VirtualBox 1 6 After seamless windows are enabled see below VirtualBox suppresses the display of the Desktop background of your guest allowing you to run the windows of your guest operating system seamlessly next to the windows of your host 76 4 Guest Additions iTunes File Edit View Controls Store Window Help A Ga Thu 19 14 vbox Q z QO CEA EP y 5 1520 M
336. ght c 2007 2012 Google Inc All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
337. granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circum stance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protect ing the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to
338. graphics and 2D video for guest applications can be accelerated see chapter 4 5 Hardware accelerated graphics page 74 Seamless windows With this feature the individual windows that are displayed on the desktop of the virtual machine can be mapped on the host s desktop as if the underlying application was actually running on the host See chapter 4 6 Seamless windows page 76 for details 60 4 Guest Additions Generic host guest communication channels The Guest Additions enable you to control and monitor guest execution in ways other than those mentioned above The so called guest properties provide a generic string based mechanism to exchange data bits between a guest and a host some of which have special meanings for controlling and monitoring the guest see chapter 4 7 Guest properties page 77 for details Additionally applications can be started in a guest from the host see chapter 4 8 Guest control page 79 Time synchronization With the Guest Additions installed VirtualBox can ensure that the guest s system time is better synchronized with that of the host For various reasons the time in the guest might run at a slightly different rate than the time on the host The host could be receiving updates via NTP and its own time might not run linearly A VM could also be paused which stops the flow of time in the guest for a shorter or longer period of time When the wall clock time between the guest and host only diff
339. guring virtual machines If you created your VM with an older version of VirtualBox the default storage layout may differ You might then only have an IDE controller to which both the CD DVD drive and the hard disks have been attached This might also apply if you selected an older operating system type when you created the VM Since older operating systems do not support SATA without additional drivers VirtualBox will make sure that no such devices are present initially Please see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 for additional information VirtualBox also provides a floppy controller which is special you cannot add devices other than floppy drives to it Virtual floppy drives like virtual CD DVD drives can be connected to either a host floppy drive if you have one or a disk image which in this case must be in RAW format You can modify these media attachments freely For example if you wish to copy some files from another virtual disk that you created you can connect that disk as a second hard disk as in the above screenshot You could also add a second virtual CD DVD drive or change where these items are attached The following options are available e To add another virtual hard disk or a CD DVD or floppy drive select the storage con troller to which it should be added IDE SATA SCSI SAS floppy controller and then click on the add disk button below the tree You can then ei
340. h Microsoft Windows has Guest Addi tions installed you can select here whether the guest should support accelerated 2D video graphics Please refer to chapter 4 5 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests page 76 for details Remote display Under the Remote display tab if the VirtualBox Remote Display Extension VRDE is installed you can enable the VRDP server that is built into VirtualBox This allows you to connect to the console of the virtual machine remotely with any standard RDP viewer such as mstsc exe that comes with Microsoft Windows On Linux and Solaris systems you can use the standard open source rdesktop program These features are described in detail in chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 106 6Multiple monitor support was added with VirtualBox 3 2 51 3 Configuring virtual machines Video Capture Under the Video Capture tab you can enable video capturing for this VM Note that this feature can also be enabled disabled while the VM is executed 3 6 Storage settings The Storage category in the VM settings allows you to connect virtual hard disk CD DVD and floppy images and drives to your virtual machine In a real PC so called storage controllers connect physical disk drives to the rest of the com puter Similarly VirtualBox presents virtual storage controllers to a virtual machine Under each controller the virtual devices hard disks CD DVD or floppy drives atta
341. h both foo and for pipe symbol can be used to specify multiple alternative patterns for example GG s t would match anything starting with either s or t get vm property This retrieves the value of a single property only If the property cannot be found e g because the guest is not running this will print No value set set vm property value flags lt flags gt This allows you to set a guest property by specifying the key and value If value is omitted the property is deleted With flags you can optionally specify additional behavior you can combine several by separating them with commas TRANSIENT the value will not be stored with the VM data when the VM exits TRANSRESET the value will be deleted as soon as the VM restarts and or exits RDONLYGUEST the value can only be changed by the host but the guest can only read it RDONLYHOST reversely the value can only be changed by the guest but the host can only read it READONLY a combination of the two the value cannot be changed at all wait vm pattern timeout timeout This waits for a particular value de scribed by pattern to change or to be deleted or created The pattern rules are the same as for the enumerate subcommand above delete vm property Deletes a formerly set guest property 8 31 VBoxManage guestcontrol The guestcontrol commands allow
342. h changes being picked up immediately The example below changes the limit for the group created in the example above to 100 Kbit s For Linux hosts the shared library libvdeplug so must be available in the search path for shared libraries 5http wiki virtualsquare org wiki index php VDE Basic Networking 104 6 Virtual networking VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name set Limit limit 100k To completely disable shaping for the first adapter of VM use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicbandwidthgroupl none It is also possible to disable shaping for all adapters assigned to a bandwidth group while VM is running by specifying the zero limit for the group For example for the bandwidth group named Limit use VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name set Limit limit 0 6 11 Improving network performance VirtualBox provides a variety of virtual network adapters that can be attached to the host s network in a number of ways Depending on which types of adapters and attachments are used the network performance will be different Performance wise the virtio network adapter is preferable over Intel PRO 1000 emulated adapters which are preferred over PCNet family of adapters Both virtio and Intel PRO 1000 adapters enjoy the benefit of segmentation and checksum offloading Segmentation offloading is essential for high performance as it allows for less context switches dramatically increasing the sizes of packets
343. he Barcelona K10 architecture they call it now rapid virtualization indexing RVI Intel added support for nested paging which they call extended page tables EPT with their Core i7 Nehalem processors If nested paging is enabled the VirtualBox hypervisor can also use large pages to reduce TLB usage and overhead This can yield a performance improvement of up to 5 To enable this feature for a VM you need to use the VBoxManage modifyvm largepages command see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 On Intel CPUs another hardware feature called Virtual Processor Identifiers VPIDs can greatly accelerate context switching by reducing the need for expensive flushing of the processor s Translation Lookaside Buffers TLBs To enable these features for a VM you need to use the VBoxManage modifyvm vtxvpid and largepages commands see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 VirtualBox 2 0 added support for AMD s nested paging support for Intel s EPT and VPIDs was added with version 2 1 225 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces VirtualBox comes with comprehensive support for third party developers The so called Main APT of VirtualBox exposes the entire feature set of the virtualization engine It is completely documented and available to anyone who wishes to control VirtualBox programmatically The Main API is made available to C clients through COM on Windows hosts or XPCOM on other
344. he Contents menu item in this menu WebSite Don show the VirtualBox Web Site menu item in this menu ResetWarnings Don t show the Reset All Warnings menu item in this menu NetworkAccessManager Don t show the Network Operations Manager menu item in this menu About Don t show the About menu item in this menu only on non Mac OS X hosts Contents Don t show the Contents menu item in this menu Contents Don t show the Contents menu item in this menu This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeHelpMenuActions 201 9 Advanced topics 9 20 5 Configure VM window status bar entries You can disable i e black list certain status bar items VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedStatusBarIndicators OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords HardDisks Don t show the hard disk icon in the VM window status bar By default the hard disk icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one or more hard disks OpticalDisks Don t show the CD icon in the VM window status bar By default the CD icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one or more CD drives FloppyDisks Don t show the floppy icon in the VM window status bar By default the floppy icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one more more floppy drives Network Don t show the network icon in
345. he Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a
346. he Mac OS X kernel to help you diagnose boot problems Note that there is a lot of output and not all errors are fatal they would also show on your physical Mac You can turn off these messages by issuing this command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs To revert to the previous behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs It is currently not possible to start a Mac OS X guest in safe mode by specifying x option in VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs extradata Solaris hosts There is no support for USB devices connected to Solaris 10 hosts USB support on Solaris hosts requires Solaris 11 version snv 124 or higher Webcams and other isochronous devices are known to have poor performance Host Webcam passthrough is restricted to 640x480 frames at 20 frames per second due to limitations in the Solaris V4L2 API This may be addressed in a future Solaris release No ACPI information battery status power source is reported to the guest No support for using wireless adapters with bridged networking Crossbow based bridged networking on Solaris 11 hosts does not work directly with aggregate links However you can manually create a VNIC using dladm over the aggregate link and use that with a VM This limitation does not exist in Solaris 11u1 build 17 and newer Guest Additions of version 4 1 4 1 2 and 4 1 4 for Windows Thus VirtualBox WDDM Vid
347. he following command lines VBoxClient clipboard VBoxClient display VBoxClient seamless when your X11 user session is started if you are using a common desktop environment Gnome KDE and others If a particular desktop service is not working correctly it is worth checking whether the process which should provide it is running The VBoxClient processes create files in the user s home directory with names of the form vboxclient pid when they are running in order to prevent a given service from being started twice It can happen due to misconfiguration that these files are created owned by root and not deleted when the services are stopped which will prevent them from being started in future sessions If the services cannot be started you may wish to check whether these files still exist 12 5 Solaris guests 12 5 1 Older Solaris 10 releases crash in 64 bit mode Solaris 10 releases up to and including Solaris 10 8 07 S10U4 incorrectly detect newer Intel processors produced since 2007 This problem leads to the 64 bit Solaris kernel crashing and usually causing a triple fault almost immediately during startup in both virtualized and physical environments The recommended solution is upgrading to at least Solaris 10 5 08 S10U5 Alternative solutions include forcing Solaris to always boot the 32 bit kernel or applying a patch for bug 6574102 while Solaris is using the 32 bit kernel 12 5 2 Solaris 8 5 01 and earli
348. he same compiler as used to build the kernel 240 12 Troubleshooting 12 8 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found If you have configured a virtual machine to use the host s CD DVD drive but this does not appear to work make sure that the current user has permission to access the corresponding Linux device file dev hdc or dev scd0 or dev cdrom or similar On most distributions the user must be added to a corresponding group usually called cdrom or cdrw 12 8 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions On older Linux distributions if your CD DVD device has a different name VirtualBox may be unable to find it On older Linux hosts VirtualBox performs the following steps to locate your CD DVD drives 1 VirtualBox examines if the environment variable VBOX_CDROM is defined see below If so VirtualBox omits all the following checks 2 VirtualBox tests if dev cdrom works 3 In addition VirtualBox checks if any CD DVD drives are currently mounted by checking etc mtab 4 In addition VirtualBox checks if any of the entries in etc fstab point to CD DVD devices In other words you can try to set VBOX CDROM to contain a list of your CD DVD devices separated by colons for example as follows export VBOX CDROM dev cdrom0 dev cdrom1 On modern Linux distributions VirtualBox uses the hardware abstraction layer hal to locate CD and DVD hardware 12 8 4 Linux host floppy not found The previous in
349. he value x that selects the disk is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel To enable flushing for SATA disks issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 LUNZ x Config IgnoreFlush 0 The value x that selects the disk can be a value between 0 and 29 Note that this doesn t affect the flushes performed according to the configuration described in chapter 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host file system page 231 Restoring the default of ignoring flush commands is possible by setting the value to 1 or by removing the key 12 2 3 Performance variation with frequency boosting Many newer multi core processors support some form of frequency boosting which means that if only one core is utilized it can run faster possibly 50 faster or even more than the rated CPU frequency This causes measured performance to vary somewhat as a function of the momentary overall system load The exact behavior depends strongly on the specific processor model As a consequence benchmarking on systems which utilize frequency boosting may produce unstable and non repeatable results especially if benchmark runs are short on the order of seconds To obtain stable results benchmarks must be run over longer periods of time and with a con
350. hed from one network to another one while host was sleeping Mac OS X hosts 266 15 Change log e NAT preserve DF if possible and TOS when proxying outbound UDP datagrams bugs 9440 12309 e NAT don t let multicast datagrams out bug 7338 e NAT fixed handling of large incoming UDP datagrams on Windows hosts bug 12136 e NAT fixed handling of the RFC 1533 DHCP PAD option e NAT Network fixed inbound half close on Windows hosts e NAT Network preserve IPv4 DF if possible TTL TOS and IPv6 Hop Limit when proxying outbound UDP datagrams e VRDP fixed a rare crash when using remote audio input USB fixed several regressions from 4 3 14 bug 13320 Audio made the HDA sound emulation work with certain Mac OS X guests e g Mountain Lion Windows hosts fixed startup problems on certain Windows hosts due to conflicts with anti virus software 4 3 14 regression bug 13187 Windows hosts fixed 4 3 14 regression whereby AltGr stopped working for some people bug 13216 X11 hosts made the extra key on Brazilian Thinkpads work bug 8745 X11 hosts fixed a problem of input focus cycles and immediately released key presses in full screen mode bug 13238 Linux hosts fixed flooding the kernel log with USB related messages when passing through certain USB devices to a VM bug 13085 Linux guests stop applications crashing when drm_wait_vblank is called bug 13265 Linux guests fix a crash in gnome session
351. his General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it 283 16 Third party materials and licenses For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Al
352. his is a potential security risk as a malicious application running on the guest could request this information using the proper interface 9 2 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox provides a custom PAM module Pluggable Authentication Module which can be used to perform automated guest logons on platforms which support this framework Virtually all modern Linux Unix distributions rely on PAM For automated logons on Ubuntu or Ubuntu derived distributions using LightDM as the dis play manager please see chapter 9 2 2 1 VirtualBox Greeter for Ubuntu LightDM page 177 The pam_vbox so module itself does not do an actual verification of the credentials passed to the guest OS instead it relies on other modules such as pam_unix so or pam_unix2 so down in the PAM stack to do the actual validation using the credentials retrieved by pam_vbox so Therefore pam_vbox so has to be on top of the authentication PAM service list Note The pam_vbox so only supports the auth primitive Other primitives such as account session or password are not supported The pam_vbox so module is shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed and or activated on the guest OS by default In order to install it it has to be copied from opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt lib VBoxGuestAdditions to the security modules directory usually lib security on 32 bit guest Linuxes or lib64 security on 64 bi
353. his problem affects Windows as both host and guest OS Sysinternals tools e g Process Explorer do not suffer from this problem 12 2 6 Poor performance caused by host power management On some hardware platforms and operating systems virtualization performance is negatively affected by host CPU power management The symptoms may be choppy audio in the guest or erratic guest clock behavior Some of the problems may be caused by firmware and or host operating system bugs There fore updating the firmware and applying operating systems fixes is recommended For optimal virtualization performance the C1E power state support in the system s BIOS should be disabled if such a setting is available not all systems support the CIE power state On Intel systems the Intel C State setting should be disabled Disabling other power management settings may also improve performance However a balance between performance and power consumption must always be considered 12 2 7 GUI 2D Video Acceleration option is grayed out To use 2D Video Acceleration within VirtualBox your host s video card should support certain OpenGL extensions On startup VirtualBox checks for those extensions and if the test fails this option is silently grayed out To find out why it has failed you can manually execute the following command VBoxTestOGL log log file name test 2D It will list the required OpenGL extensions one by one and will show you which one fail
354. host only networking hostonly or access rarely used sub modes generic These options correspond to the modes which are de scribed in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 96 nicpromisc lt 1 N gt deny allow vms allow all This allows you for each of the VM s virtual network cards to specify how the promiscious mode is handled This setting is only relevant for bridged networking deny default setting hides any traffic not intended for this VM allow vms hides all host traffic from this VM but allows the VM to see traffic from to other VMs allow all removes this restriction completely nictype lt 1 N gt Am79C970A Am79C973 82540EM 82543GC 82545EM virtio This al lows you for each of the VM s virtual network cards to specify which networking hardware VirtualBox presents to the guest see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 95 cableconnected lt 1 N gt on off This allows you to temporarily disconnect a virtual network interface as if a network cable had been pulled from a real network card This might be useful for resetting certain software components in the VM With the nictrace options you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a file for debugging purposes With nictrace 1 N on off you can enable network tracing for a particular virtual network card If enabled you must specify with nictracefile 1 N filename what file the trace should be logged
355. ibrary does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHER WISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PER FORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDIS TRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUD ING A
356. ic during bootup with an Unsupported CPU exception It is generally best to use the Mac OS X DVD that came with your Apple hardware 3 The Mac OS X installer expects the harddisk to be partitioned so when it does not offer a selection you have to launch the Disk Utility from the Tools menu and partition the hard disk Then close the Disk Utility and proceed with the installation 4 In addition as Mac OS X support in VirtualBox is currently still experimental please refer also to chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 3 1 2 64 bit guests VirtualBox supports 64 bit guest operating systems even on 32 bit host operating systems pro vided that the following conditions are met 1 You need a 64 bit processor with hardware virtualization support see chapter 10 3 Hard ware vs software virtualization page 220 2 You must enable hardware virtualization for the particular VM for which you want 64 bit support software virtualization is not supported for 64 bit VMs See chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 264 bit guest support was added with VirtualBox 2 0 support for 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts was added with VirtualBox 2 1 45 3 3 Configuring virtual machines If you want to use 64 bit guest support on a 32 bit host operating system you must also select a 64 bit operating system for the particular VM Since supporting 64 bits on 32 bit hosts incurs additional overhead VirtualBox only enables this
357. ice VBoxManage natnetwork stop netname natnetl stops the NAT network service together with DHCP server if any To delete the NAT network service use VBoxManage natnetwork remove netname natnetl This command does not remove the DHCP server if one is enabled on the internal network Port forwarding is supported using the port forward 4 switch for IPv4 and port forward 6 for IPv6 VBoxManage natnetwork modify netname natnetl port forward 4 ssh tcp 1022 192 168 15 5 22 This adds a port forwarding rule from the host s TCP 1022 port to the port 22 on the guest with IP address 192 168 15 5 Host port guest port and guest IP are mandatory To delete the rule use VBoxManage natnetwork modify netname natnetl port forward 4 delete ssh It s possible to bind NAT service to specified interface VBoxManage setextradata global NAT win nat test 0 SourceIp4 192 168 1 185 To see the list of registered NAT networks use VBoxManage list natnetworks 99 6 Virtual networking 6 5 Bridged networking With bridged networking VirtualBox uses a device driver on your host system that filters data from your physical network adapter This driver is therefore called a net filter driver This allows VirtualBox to intercept data from the physical network and inject data into it effectively creating a new network interface in software When a guest is using such a new software inter face it looks to the
358. if the VirtualBox Guest Additions are active Therefore any time synchronization should be disabled if the rate of the guest clock is changed as described above see chapter 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters page 193 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters The VirtualBox Guest Additions ensure that the guest s system time is synchronized with the host time There are several parameters which can be tuned The parameters can be set for a specific VM using the following command VBoxManage guestproperty set VM name VirtualBox GuestAdd VBoxService PARAMETER VALUE where PARAMETER is one of the following timesync interval Specifies the interval at which to synchronize the time with the host The default is 10000 ms 10 seconds 193 9 Advanced topics timesync min adjust The minimum absolute drift value measured in milliseconds to make adjustments for The default is 1000 ms on OS 2 and 100 ms elsewhere timesync latency factor The factor to multiply the time query latency with to calculate the dynamic minimum adjust time The default is 8 times that means in detail Measure the time it takes to determine the host time the guest has to contact the VM host service which may take some time multiply this value by 8 and do an adjustment only if the time difference between host and guest is bigger than this value Don t do any time adjustment otherwise timesync max
359. ile changes will be lost In order to prevent such data loss while still making use of the snapshot feature it is possible to add a second hard drive in write through mode using the VBoxManage interface and use it to store your data As write through hard drives are not included in snapshots they remain unaltered when a machine is reverted See chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 87 for details To avoid losing the current state when restoring a snapshot you can create a new snapshot before the restore By restoring an earlier snapshot and taking more snapshots from there it is even possible to create a kind of alternate reality and to switch between these different histories of the virtual machine This can result in a whole tree of virtual machine snapshots as shown in the screenshot above 3 You can also delete a snapshot which will not affect the state of the virtual machine but only release the files on disk that VirtualBox used to store the snapshot data thus freeing disk space To delete a snapshot right click on it in the snapshots tree and select Delete As of VirtualBox 3 2 snapshots can be deleted even while a machine is running Note Whereas taking and restoring snapshots are fairly quick operations deleting a snapshot can take a considerable amount of time since large amounts of data may need to be copied between several disk image files Temporary disk files may also need large amounts of d
360. ilters The maximum number allowed is 14 After a reboot try to re install VirtualBox The INF cache is corrupt In this case the install log swindir inf setupapi log on XP or windir inf setupapi dev log on Vista or later would typically men tion the failure to find a suitable driver package for either the sun_VBoxNetFlt or sun_VBoxNetFltmp components The solution then is to uninstall VirtualBox remove the INF cache windir inf INFCACHE 1 reboot and try to re install VirtualBox 12 7 6 Host only networking adapters cannot be created If host only adapter cannot be created either via the Manager or VBoxManage then the INF cache is probably corrupt In this case the install log swindir inf setupapi log on XP or Swindir inf setupapi dev log on Vista or later would typically mention the failure to find a suitable driver package for the sun_VBoxNetAdp component Again as with the bridged networking problem described above the solution is to uninstall VirtualBox remove the INF cache windir inf INFCACHE 1 reboot and try to re install VirtualBox 12 8 Linux hosts 12 8 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load If the VirtualBox kernel module vboxdrv refuses to load i e you get an Error inserting vboxdrv Invalid argument check as root the output of the dmesg command to find out why the load failed Most probably the kernel disagrees with the version of the gcc used to compile the module Make sure that you use t
361. improving the emulation of certain MSR registers on certain host CPUs e g bugs 12734 12736 12744 12748 12686 12770 VMM fixed single stepping for real mode guests VI x without unrestricted guest execu tion and some I O instructions bug 12636 VMM fixed a potential problem with COW pages if nested paging is not available GUI Mac OS X experimental native full screen support for Mountain Lion and Mavericks bug 12292 GUI Mac OS X removed the mini toolbar minimize button which doesn t work under Mac OS X full screen mode anyway GUI experimental HID LEDs synchronization for Windows and Mac OS X hosts fixed keyboard re synchronization if the feature is disabled as done by default bug 12758 GUI fixed a potential crash when opening the preferences menu bug 12862 OVF fixed a crash of the VirtualBox Manager when re starting guest export bug 12586 3D support several fixes HGCM fixed a problem with saved states which could cause several guest misbehavior after a VM was started from a saved state Storage fixed a bug preventing to compact differential snapshots under certain conditions VBoxSVC fixed a segmentation fault on Linux hosts if a very long path exists under dev bug 12760 API fixed guest misbehavior under certain conditions if a storage medium was attached or removed at VM runtime Windows installer make the silent parameter work again bug 12764 Mac OS X Networking prevent local t
362. in which VirtualBox can provide hard disk space to a VM see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 82 for details but the most common way is to use a large image file on your real hard disk whose contents VirtualBox presents to your VM as if it were a complete hard disk This file represents an entire hard disk then so you can even copy it to another host and use it with another VirtualBox installation The wizard shows you the following window 19 1 First steps Hard disk If you wish you can add a virtual hard disk to the new machine You can either create a new hard disk file or select one from the list or from another location using the folder icon If you need a more complex storage set up you can skip this step and make the changes to the machine settings once the machine is created The recommended size of the hard disk is 10 00 GB Do not add a virtual hard disk Create a virtual hard disk now Use an existing virtual hard disk file MCP J vdi Normal 2 00 GB Go Back Create Cancel Here you have the following options e To create a new empty virtual hard disk press the New button e You can pick an existing disk image file The drop down list presented in the window contains all disk images which are cur rently remembered by VirtualBox probably because they are currently attached to a virtual machine or have been in the past Alternatively you can click on the small folder button next to the drop
363. indows Vista guests VirtualBox now uses an Intel E1000 card by default If for some reason you still want to use the AMD card you need to download the PCNet driver from the AMD website available for 32 bit Windows only You can transfer it into the virtual machine using a shared folder see see chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 70 3See http support microsoft com kb 955076 234 12 Troubleshooting 12 3 6 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load Several background applications of Windows guests especially virus scanners are known to increases the CPU load notably even if the guest appears to be idle We recommend to deactivate virus scanners within virtualized guests if possible 12 3 7 Long delays when accessing shared folders The performance for accesses to shared folders from a Windows guest might be decreased due to delays during the resolution of the VirtualBox shared folders name service To fix these de lays add the following entries to the file windows system32 drivers etc lmhosts of the Windows guest 255 255 255 255 VBOXSVR PRE 255 255 255 255 VBOXSRV PRE After doing this change a reboot of the guest is required 12 3 8 USB tablet coordinates wrong in Windows 98 guests If a Windows 98 VM is configured to use the emulated USB tablet absolute pointing device the coordinate translation may be incorrect and the pointer is restricted to the upper left quarter of the guest s screen The USB HID Human
364. ine 9 9 1 1 Access to entire physical hard disk While this variant is the simplest to set up you must be aware that this will give a guest operating system direct and full access to an entire physical disk If your host operating system is also booted from this disk please take special care to not access the partition from the guest at all On the positive side the physical disk can be repartitioned in arbitrary ways without having to recreate the image file that gives access to the raw disk To create an image that represents an entire physical hard disk which will not contain any actual data as this will all be stored on the physical disk on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda This creates the image path to file vmdk must be absolute and all data will be read and written from dev sda On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g PhysicalDrive On a Mac OS X host instead of the above device specification use e g dev disk1 Note that on OS X you can only get access to an entire disk if no volume is mounted from it Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine On some host platforms e g Win dows Vista and later raw disk access may be restricted and not permitted by the host OS in some situations Just like
365. ined by the process VBoxSVC exe which is an out of process COM server Whenever a VirtualBox process is started it requests access to the COM server and Windows automatically starts the process Note that it should never be started by the end user When the last process disconnects from the COM server it will terminate itself after some seconds The VirtualBox configuration XML files is maintained and owned by the COM server and the files are locked whenever the server runs In some cases such as when a virtual machine is terminated unexpectedly the COM server will not notice that the client is disconnected and stay active for a longer period 10 minutes or so keeping the configuration files locked In other rare cases the COM server might experience an internal error and subsequently other processes fail to initialize it In these situations it is recommended to use the Windows task manager to kill the process VBoxSVC exe 12 7 2 CD DVD changes not recognized In case you have assigned a physical CD DVD drive to a guest and the guest does not notice when the medium changes make sure that the Windows media change notification MCN feature is not turned off This is represented by the following key in the Windows registry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Services Cdrom Autorun Certain applications may disable this key against Microsoft s advice If it is set to 0 change it to 1 and reboot your system VirtualBox relies o
366. information A filename must be specified as valid path either as an absolute path or as a relative path starting from the current directory 8 22 VBoxManage createhd This command creates a new virtual hard disk image The syntax is as follows VBoxManage createhd filename lt filename gt size lt megabytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD default VDI variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX where the parameters mean filename Allows to choose a file name Mandatory size Allows to define the image capacity in 1 MiB units Mandatory format Allows to choose a file format for the output file different from the file format of the input file variant Allows to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the createvdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the createhd command 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd With the modifyhd command you can change the characteristics of a disk image after it has been created VBoxManage modifyhd uuid filename type normal writethrough immutable shareable readonly multiattach autoreset on off compact resize megabytes resizebyte lt bytes gt 149 8 VBoxManage Note Despite the hd in the subcomman
367. ing modes page 96 With the nictrace options you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a file for debugging purposes With nictrace lt 1 N gt on off you can enable network tracing for a particular virtual net work card If enabled you must specify with nictracefile 1 N filename what file the trace should be logged to nicpromisc lt 1 N gt deny allow vms allow all This allows you for each of the VM s virtual network cards to specify how the promiscious mode is handled This setting is only relevant for bridged networking deny default setting hides any traffic not intended for this VM allow vms hides all host traffic from this VM but allows the VM to see traffic from to other VMs allow all removes this restriction completely nicproperty lt 1 N gt lt paramname gt paramvalue This option in combination with nic genericdrv allows you to pass parameters to rarely used network backends Those parameters are backend engine specific and are different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers For example please see chapter 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking page 103 The guestmemoryballoon operation changes the size of the guest memory balloon that is memory allocated by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned to the hypervisor for re use by other virtual machines This must be specified in megabytes For details see chapter 4 9 1 Memory ballooning
368. ing those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version num ber of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copy righted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY
369. installing the Solaris Guest Additions The Solaris Guest Additions can be safely removed by removing the package from the guest Open a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvboxguest 4 2 3 3 Updating the Solaris Guest Additions The Guest Additions should be updated by first uninstalling the existing Guest Additions and then installing the new ones Attempting to install new Guest Additions without removing the existing ones is not possible 4 2 4 Guest Additions for OS 2 VirtualBox also ships with a set of drivers that improve running OS 2 in a virtual machine Due to restrictions of OS 2 itself this variant of the Guest Additions has a limited feature set see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 for details The OS 2 Guest Additions are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as those for the other platforms As a result mount the ISO in OS 2 as described previously The OS 2 Guest Additions are located in the directory 32bit 0S2 As we do not provide an automatic installer at this time please refer to the readme txt file in that directory which describes how to install the OS 2 Guest Additions manually 4 3 Shared folders With the shared folders feature of VirtualBox you can access files of your host system from within the guest system This is similar how you would use network shares in Windows networks except that shared folders do not need require networking only the Guest Additions Shared Folders are supporte
370. ion for Windows guests o aaa 178 9 3 1 Automated Windows system preparation o 178 9 4 Advanced configuration for Linux and Solaris guests 179 9 4 1 Manual setup of selected guest services on Linux 179 9 4 2 Guest graphics and mouse driver setup in depth 179 OS CRU DOES o at A da 180 556 PCI passthrough os n bes eee RY eee a a 181 9 7 Webeam passthrough ous aa a o ok CEDE 3 e qe de ma 182 9 7 1 Usingahostwebeamintheguest 182 9 72 Windows ese coute Se RW we me a DAD e Ro aos e 183 Oye MacOS X hose 22229 a eR ow ROO PU 183 9 74 Linux and Solarishosts eee eee 184 9 8 Advanced display configuration o oo 184 9 8 1 Custom VESA resolutions e o eee 184 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 13 9 14 9 15 9 16 9 17 9 18 9 19 9 20 9 21 9 22 9 23 9 24 Contents 9 8 2 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphical frontend 4 55s oco sce eee s Advanced storage configuration en 9 9 1 Using a raw host hard diskfromaguest ls 9 9 2 Configuring the hard disk vendor product data VPD 9 9 3 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking Legacy commands for using serial ports Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine 0 00 peewee eee 9 11 1 Configuring the addres
371. ionMenuActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords All Don t show any menu item in this menu SettingsDialog Don t show the Settings menu item in this menu TakeSnapshot Don t show the Take Snapshot menu item in this menu TakeScreenshot Don t show the Take Screenshot menu item in this menu InformationDialog Don t show the Session Information menu item in this menu MouseIntegration Don t show the Disable Mouse Integration menu item in this menu TypeCAD Don t show the Insert Ctrl Alt Del menu item in this menu 199 9 Advanced topics TypeCABS Don t show the Insert Ctrl Alt Backspace menu item in this menu available on X11 hosts only Pause Don t show the Pause menu item in this menu Reset Don t show the Reset menu item in this menu SaveState Don t show the Save the machine state menu item in this menu Shutdown Don t show the ACPI Shutdown menu item in this menu Power0ff Don t show the Power Off the machine menu item in this menu This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions Use the following command to disable certain actions of the View menu VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeViewMenuActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords All Don t show any menu item in this menu Fullscreen Don t show
372. irtual machine only sees standard PS 2 mouse and keyboard devices since the operating system in the virtual machine does not know that it is not running on a real computer it expects to have exclusive control over your keyboard and mouse This is however not the case since unless you are running the VM in full screen mode your VM needs to share keyboard and mouse with other applications and possibly other VMs on your host As a result initially after installing a guest operating system and before you install the Guest Additions we will explain this in a minute only one of the two your VM or the rest of your computer can own the keyboard and the mouse You will see a second mouse pointer which will always be confined to the limits of the VM window Basically you activate the VM by clicking inside it To return ownership of keyboard and mouse to your host operating system VirtualBox reserves a special key on your keyboard for itself the host key By default this is the right Control key on your keyboard on a Mac host the default host key is the left Command key You can change this default in the VirtualBox Global Settings see chapter 1 15 Global Settings page 32 In any case the current setting for the host key is always displayed at the bottom right of your VM window should you have forgotten about it n oL C9 amp Left 3 2 In detail all this translates into the following 22 1 First steps
373. irtualBox s NAT engine will route TCP IP packets through the default interface assigned by the host s TCP IP stack The technical reason for this is that the NAT engine uses sockets for communication If for some reason you want to change this behavior you can tell the NAT engine to bind to a particular IP address instead Use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natbindipl 10 45 0 2 After this all outgoing traffic will be sent through the interface with the IP address 10 45 0 2 Please make sure that this interface is up and running prior to this assignment 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode The NAT engine by default offers the same DNS servers to the guest that are configured on the host In some scenarios it can be desirable to hide the DNS server IPs from the guest for example when this information can change on the host due to expiring DHCP leases In this case you can tell the NAT engine to act as DNS proxy using the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natdnsproxyl on 189 9 Advanced topics 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode For resolving network names the DHCP server of the NAT engine offers a list of registered DNS servers of the host If for some reason you need to hide this DNS server list and use the host s resolver settings thereby forcing the VirtualBox NAT engine to intercept DNS requests and forward them to host s resolver use the following
374. irtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi ADDLOCAL VBoxApplication VBoxUSB The user is able to choose between NDIS5 and NDIS6 host network filters drivers during the installation This is realized via a command line parameter NETWORKTYPE The NDIS6 driver is default for Windows Vista and later For older Windows versions the installer will automatically select the NDIS5 driver and this cannot be changed For Windows Vista and later the user can force to install the legacy NDIS5 host network filter driver using NETWORKTYPE NDIS5 For example to install the NDIS5 driver on Windows 7 do VirtualBox exe msiparams NETWORKTYPE NDIS5 or msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi NETWORKTYPE NDIS5 35 2 Installation details 2 1 3 Uninstallation As VirtualBox uses the standard Microsoft Windows installer VirtualBox can be safely uninstalled at any time by choosing the program entry in the Add Remove Programs applet in the Windows Control Panel 2 1 4 Unattended installation Unattended installations can be performed using the standard MSI support 2 2 Installing on Mac OS X hosts 2 2 1 Performing the installation For Mac OS X hosts VirtualBox ships in a disk image dmg file Perform the following steps 1 Double click on that file to have its contents mounted 2 A window will open telling you to double click on the VirtualBox mpkg installer file displayed in that window 3 Thi
375. irtualized guest There are certain flaws in the implementation of ring 1 in the x86 architecture that were never fixed Certain instructions that should trap in ring 1 don t This affects for example the LGDT SGDT LIDT SIDT or POPF PUSHF instruction pairs Whereas the load oper ation is privileged and can therefore be trapped the store instruction always succeed If the guest is allowed to execute these it will see the true state of the CPU not the virtualized state The CPUID instruction also has the same problem A hypervisor typically needs to reserve some portion of the guest s address space both linear address space and selectors for its own use This is not entirely transparent to the guest OS and may cause clashes The SYSENTER instruction used for system calls executed by an application running in a guest OS always transitions to ring 0 But that is where the hypervisor runs not the guest OS In this case the hypervisor must trap and emulate the instruction even when it is not desirable The CPU segment registers contain a hidden descriptor cache which is not software accessible The hypervisor cannot read save or restore this state but the guest OS may use it Some resources must and can be trapped by the hypervisor but the access is so frequent that this creates a significant performance overhead An example is the TPR Task Priority register in 32 bit mode Accesses to this register m
376. is color depth 8 x vertical pixels x horizontal pixels x number of screens number of bytes Like said above there might be extra memory required for any activated display acceleration setting Monitor count With this setting VirtualBox can provide more than one virtual monitor to a virtual machine If a guest operating system such as Windows supports multiple attached monitors VirtualBox can pretend that multiple virtual monitors are present Up to 8 such virtual monitors are supported The output of the multiple monitors will be displayed on the host in multiple VM windows which are running side by side However in full screen and seamless mode they will use the available physical monitors attached to the host As a result for full screen and seamless modes to work with multiple monitors you will need at least as many physical monitors as you have virtual monitors configured or VirtualBox will report an error You can configure the relationship between guest and host monitors using the view menu by pressing Host key Home when you are in full screen or seamless mode Please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 also Enable 3D acceleration If a virtual machine has Guest Additions installed you can select here whether the guest should support accelerated 3D graphics Please refer to chapter 4 5 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 74 for details Enable 2D video acceleration If a virtual machine wit
377. is normally not used in x86 operating systems As a result when guest ring 0 code actually running in ring 1 such as a guest device driver attempts to write to an I O register or execute a privileged instruction the VirtualBox hypervisor in real ring O can take over The hypervisor VMM can be active Every time a fault occurs VirtualBox looks at the offending instruction and can relegate it to a virtual device or the host OS or the guest OS or run it in the recompiler In particular the recompiler is used when guest code disables interrupts and VirtualBox cannot figure out when they will be switched back on in these situations VirtualBox actu ally analyzes the guest code using its own disassembler Also certain privileged instruc tions such as LIDT need to be handled specially Finally any real mode or protected mode code e g BIOS code a DOS guest or any operating system startup is run in the recom piler entirely Unfortunately this only works to a degree Among others the following situations require special handling 1 Running ring 0 code in ring 1 causes a lot of additional instruction faults as ring 1 is not allowed to execute any privileged instructions of which guest s ring 0 contains plenty With each of these faults the VMM must step in and emulate the code to achieve the desired behavior While this works emulating thousands of these faults is very expensive and severely hurts the performance of the v
378. is not limited by time 136 8 VBoxManage videocapmaxsize lt MB gt This option limits the maximum size of the captured video file in MB The capturing stops when the file size has reached the specified size If this value is zero the capturing will not be limited by file size videocapopts lt key value gt lt key value gt This format can be used to spec ify additional video capturing options These options only are for advanced users and must be specified in a comma separated key value format e g foo bar a b 8 8 5 Remote machine settings The following settings that affect remote machine behavior are available through VBoxManage modifyvm vrde on off This enables or disables the VirtualBox remote desktop extension VRDE server vrdeextpack default lt name gt Allows to specify the library to use for to access the VM remotely The default is to use the RDP code which is part of the Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack vrdeport default lt ports gt A port or a range of ports the VRDE server can bind to default or O means port 3389 the standard port for RDP You can specify a comma separated list of ports or ranges of ports Use a dash between two port numbers to spec ify a range The VRDE server will bind to one of available ports from the specified list Only one machine can use a given port at a time For example the option vrdeport 5000 5010 5012 will tell the server to bind to one
379. is selects the path to the autostart database See chapter 9 24 Starting virtual machines during system boot page 210 defaultfrontend This selects the global default VM frontend setting See chapter 8 12 VBox Manage startvm page 141 logginglevel This configures the VBoxSVC release logging details 8 28 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove The usbfilter commands are used for working with USB filters in virtual machines or global filters which affect the whole VirtualBox setup Global filters are applied before machine specific filters and may be used to prevent devices from being captured by any virtual machine Global filters are always applied in a particular order and only the first filter which fits a device is ap plied So for example if the first global filter says to hold make available a particular Kingston memory stick device and the second to ignore all Kingston devices that memory stick will be available to any machine with an appropriate filter but no other Kingston device will When creating a USB filter using usbfilter add you must supply three or four mandatory parameters The index specifies the position in the list at which the filter should be placed If there is already a filter at that position then it and the following ones will be shifted back one place Otherwise the new filter will be added onto the end of the list The target parameter selects the virtual machine that the filter should be attached to or us
380. is taken and not restored when a snapshot is restored The difference only shows if you attach such disks to several VMs Shareable disks may be attached to several VMs which may run concurrently This makes them suitable for use by cluster filesystems between VMs and similar applications which are explicitly prepared to access a disk concurrently Only fixed size images can be used in this way and dynamically allocated images are rejected This restriction is more lenient now than it was before VirtualBox 2 2 Previously each normal disk image could only be attached to one single machine Now it can be attached to more than one machine so long as only one of these machines is running 87 5 Virtual storage Warning This is an expert feature and misuse can lead to data loss regular filesys tems are not prepared to handle simultaneous changes by several parties 4 Next immutable images only remember write accesses temporarily while the virtual ma chine is running all changes are lost when the virtual machine is powered on the next time As a result as opposed to normal images the same immutable image can be used with several virtual machines without restrictions Creating an immutable image makes little sense since it would be initially empty and lose its contents with every machine restart unless you really want to have a disk that is always unformatted when the machine starts up As a result normally
381. ise these issues are planned to be fixed in later releases e The following Guest SMP multiprocessor limitations exist Poor performance with 32 bit guests on AMD CPUs This affects mainly Windows and Solaris guests but possibly also some Linux kernel revisions Partially solved in 3 0 6 for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests Requires 3 0 6 or higher Guest Additions to be installed Poor performance with 32 bit guests on certain Intel CPU models that do not include virtual APIC hardware optimization support This affects mainly Windows and Solaris guests but possibly also some Linux kernel revisions Partially solved in 3 0 12 for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests Requires 3 0 12 or higher Guest Additions to be installed e NX no execute data execution prevention only works for guests running on 64 bit hosts or guests running on 32 bit hosts with PAE enabled and requires that hardware vir tualization be enabled 250 14 Known limitations For basic Direct3D support in Windows guests to work the Guest Additions must be installed in Windows safe mode Press F8 when the Windows guest is booting and select Safe mode then install the Guest Additions Otherwise Windows file protection mech anism will interfere with the replacement DLLs installed by VirtualBox and keep restoring the original Windows system DLLs Note This does not apply to the experimental WDDM Direct3D video driver availabl
382. ise noted in the source code e g the files hash c list c and the trio files which are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices all the files are Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CON NECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him
383. isk dvd floppy lt uuid filename gt type normal writethrough immutable shareable readonly multiattach autoreset on off property lt name value gt compact resize megabytes resizebyte lt bytes gt disk dvd floppy lt uuid inputfile gt lt uuid outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD RAW lt other gt variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX existing disk dvd floppy set lt uuid filename gt lt property gt lt value gt disk dvd floppy get lt uuid filename gt lt property gt 122 encryptmedium checkmediumpwd convertfromraw convertfromraw getextradata setextradata setproperty usbfilter usbfilter 8 VBoxManage disk dvd floppy delete lt uuid filename gt lt property gt uuid filename newpassword file oldpassword file cipher cipher identifier gt newpasswordid password identifier gt uuid filename lt pwd file gt lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt global lt uuid vmname gt lt key gt enumerate global lt uuid vmname gt lt key gt lt value gt no value deletes key machinefolder default lt folder gt hwvirtexclusive on off vrde
384. isk space while the operation is in progress There are some situations which cannot be handled while a VM is running and you will get an appropriate message that you need to perform this snapshot deletion when the VM is shut down 1 10 2 Snapshot contents Think of a snapshot as a point in time that you have preserved More formally a snapshot consists of three things e It contains a complete copy of the VM settings including the hardware configuration so that when you restore a snapshot the VM settings are restored as well For example if Both the terminology and the functionality of restoring snapshots has changed with VirtualBox 3 1 Before that version it was only possible to go back to the very last snapshot taken not earlier ones and the operation was called Discard current state instead of Restore last snapshot The limitation has been lifted with version 3 1 It is now possible to restore any snapshot going backward and forward in time 28 1 First steps you changed the hard disk configuration or the VM s system settings that change is undone when you restore the snapshot The copy of the settings is stored in the machine configuration an XML text file and thus occupies very little space The complete state of all the virtual disks attached to the machine is preserved Going back to a snapshot means that all changes that had been made to the machine s disks file by file bit
385. it requires FLTK 1 3 for representing its own user interface There are numerous guest properties which can be used to further customize the login experi ence For automatically logging in users the same guest properties apply as for pam_vbox see chapter 9 2 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons page 175 In addition to the above mentioned guest properties vbox greeter allows further customization of its user interface These special guest properties all reside in VirtualBox GuestAdd Greeter 177 9 Advanced topics 1 HideRestart Set to 1 if vbox greeter should hide the button to restart the guest This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 2 HideShutdown Set to 1 if vbox greeter should hide the button to shutdown the guest This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 3 BannerPath Path to a PNG file for using it as a banner on the top The image size must be 460 x 90 pixels any bit depth This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 4 UseTheming Set to 1 for turning on the following theming options This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 5 Theme BackgroundColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the background This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 6 Theme LogonDialog HeaderColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB foreground color for the header text This property must be set read only for the guest
386. ith system privileges All VirtualBox binaries should be executed as a regular user and never as a privileged user The Oracle VM VirtualBox extension pack provides additional features and must be down loaded and installed separately see chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 As for the base package the SHA256 checksum of the extension pack should be verified As the installation requires system privileges VirtualBox will ask for the system password during the installation of the extension pack 13 2 2 Post Installation Configuration Normally there is no post installation configuration of VirtualBox components required How ever on Solaris and Linux hosts it is necessary to configure the proper permissions for users executing VMs and who should be able to access certain host resources For instance Linux users must be member of the vboxusers group to be able to pass USB devices to a guest If a serial host interface should be accessed from a VM the proper permissions must be granted to the user to be able to access that device The same applies to other resources like raw partitions DVD CD drives and sound devices 13 3 Security Features This section outlines the specific security mechanisms offered by VirtualBox 13 3 1 The Security Model One property of virtual machine monitors VMMs like VirtualBox is to encapsulate a guest by executing it in a protected environment a virtual machine running as a user pr
387. ium make the change permanent bugs 9858 12885 VGA made saving secondary screen sizes possible in X11 guests SDK fixed the VirtualBox tlb file 4 3 20 regression bug 13943 rdesktop vrdp make it work with USB devices again 4 3 14 regression bug 13901 USB fixed a possible BSOD on Windows hosts under rare conditions iPXE enable the HTTP download protocol on non Linux hosts bug 13628 Mac OS X hosts don t panic on hosts with activated SMAP Broadwell and later bug 13951 Linux hosts don t crash Linux 4 0 hosts bug 13835 261 15 Change log 15 6 Version 4 3 24 2015 03 02 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM emulation fix for the ENTER instruction under certain conditions fixes Solaris 10 guests VT x without unrestricted guest execution VMM fix for handling NMIs on Linux hosts with X2APIC enabled NAT NAT Network fix connection drops when the host s DHCP lease was renewed 4 3 22 regression Windows hosts only bug 13839 NAT don t crash on an empty domain list when switching the DNS host configuration 4 3 22 regression Mac OS X hosts only bug 13874 PXE re enable it on Windows hosts 4 3 22 regression Windows hosts only bug 13842 Shared Folders fixed a problem with Windows guests 4 3 22 regression bug 13786 Audio improved record quality when using the DirectSound audio backend VBoxManage when executing the controlvm command take c
388. kets RDP provides different authentication methods 1 Historically RDP4 authentication was used with which the RDP client does not perform any checks in order to verify the identity of the server it connects to Since user creden tials can be obtained using a man in the middle MITM attack RDP4 authentication is insecure and should generally not be used 111 7 Remote virtual machines 2 RDP5 1 authentication employs a server certificate for which the client possesses the public key This way it is guaranteed that the server possess the corresponding private key How ever as this hard coded private key became public some years ago RDP5 1 authentication is also insecure 3 RDP5 2 authentication uses the Enhanced RDP Security which means that an external security protocol is used to secure the connection RDP4 and RDP5 1 use Standard RDP Security The VRDP server supports Enhanced RDP Security with TLS protocol and as a part of TLS handshake sends the server certificate to the client The Security Method VRDE property sets the desired security method which is used for a connection Valid values are e Negotiate both Enhanced TLS and Standard RDP Security connections are al lowed The security method is negotiated with the client This is the default setting e RDP only Standard RDP Security is accepted e TLS only Enhanced RDP Security is accepted The client must support TLS For example the following command al
389. l VirtualBox program as the GUI to differentiate it from the VBoxManage interface GUID See UUID IDE Integrated Drive Electronics an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 l O APIC See APIC iSCSI Internet SCSI see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 93 MAC Media Access Control a part of an Ethernet network card A MAC address is a 6 byte number which identifies a network card It is typically written in hexadecimal notation where the bytes are separated by colons such as 00 17 3A 5E CB 08 MSI Message Signaled Interrupts as supported by modern chipsets such as the ICH9 see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 As opposed to traditional pin based interrupts with MSI a small amount of data can accompany the actual interrupt message This reduces the amount of hardware pins required allows for more interrupts and better performance 320 Glossary N NAT Network Address Translation A technique to share networking interfaces by which an interface modifies the source and or target IP addresses of network packets according to specific rules Commonly employed by routers and firewalls to shield an internal network from the Internet VirtualBox can use NAT to easily share a host s physical networking hardware with its virtual machines See chapter 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT page 97 O OVF Open Virtualization Format
390. lerate3d on off This enables if the Guest Additions are installed whether hard ware 3D acceleration should be available see chapter 4 5 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 74 accelerate2dvideo on off This enables if the Guest Additions are installed whether 2D video acceleration should be available see chapter 4 5 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests page 76 chipset piix3 ich9 By default VirtualBox emulates an Intel PIIX3 chipset Usually there is no reason to change the default setting unless it is required to relax some of its constraints see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a virtual machine starts up with a number of settings Per default a VirtualBox logo is displayed With bioslogofadein on off and bioslogofadeout on off you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out respectively With bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt you can set how long the logo should be visible in milliseconds With bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt you can if you are so inclined replace the image that is shown with your own logo The image must be an uncompressed 256 color BMP file without color space information Windows 3 0 format The image must not be bigger than 640 x 480 biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu This specifies whether the BIOS allows the user to select a temporary boot device menuonly
391. les d 60 vboxdrv rules a description file for udev if that is present which makes the USB devices accessible to all users in the vboxusers group e It writes the installation directory to etc vbox vbox cfg The installer must be executed as root with either install or uninstall as the first parame ter sudo VirtualBox run install Or if you do not have the sudo command available run the following as root instead VirtualBox run install After that you need to put every user which should be able to access USB devices from VirtualBox guests in the group vboxusers either through the GUI user management tools or by running the following command as root sudo usermod a G vboxusers username Note The usermod command of some older Linux distributions does not support the a option which adds the user to the given group without affecting membership of other groups In this case find out the current group memberships with the groups command and add all these groups in a comma separated list to the command line after the G option e g like this usermod G groupl group2 vboxusers username 2 3 3 3 Performing a manual installation If for any reason you cannot use the shell script installer described previously you can also perform a manual installation Invoke the installer like this VirtualBox run keep noexec This will unpack all the files needed for installation in the directory install under the
392. letion from the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is 302 16 Third party materials and licenses A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter acquired in cluding without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contribu tor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your me
393. license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated li braries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination 287 16 Third party materials and licenses fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the wides
394. likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your 294 16 Third party materials and licenses name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear than any such warranty support indemnity or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You offer 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Covered Code and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of Section 3 2 The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in an Executable version related documentation or coll
395. list guest sessions guest processes guest files or all information available Mandatory verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose process kill which terminates specific guest processes of a guest session based on ei ther the session s ID or the session s name VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt process kill session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt verbose lt PID gt lt PID n gt where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory session id Specifies the guest session to use by its ID session name Specifies the guest session to use by its name Multiple sessions can be closed when specifying or wildcards verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose lt PID gt lt PID n gt List of process identifiers PIDs to terminate p s kill which terminates specific guest processes of a guest session based on either the session s ID or the session s name VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt process kill session id lt ID gt session name name or pattern verbose lt PID gt PID n where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory session id Specifies the guest session to use by its ID session name Specifies the guest session to use by its name Multiple sessions can be closed when specifying or wildcards verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose lt PID gt lt
396. llation directory 4 2 3 Guest Additions for Solaris Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris take the form of a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Solaris distributions are officially supported e Solaris 11 including Solaris 11 Express e Solaris 10 u5 and higher Other distributions may work if they are based on comparable software releases 4 2 3 1 Installing the Solaris Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as the Ad ditions for Windows and Linux described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process Installation involves the following steps 69 4 Guest Additions 1 Mount the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file as your Solaris guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 2 1 1 Installation page 62 If in case the CD ROM drive on the guest doesn t get mounted observed on some versions of Solaris 10 execute as root svcadm restart volfs 2 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root pkgadd G d VBoxSolarisAdditions pkg 3 Choose 1 and confirm installation of the Guest Additions package After the installation is complete re login to X server on your guest to activate the X11 Guest Additions 4 2 3 2 Un
397. llow you to easily exchange data between a virtual machine and your host This feature requires that the VirtualBox Guest Additions be installed in a virtual machine and is described in detail in chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 70 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI Starting with release 3 1 VirtualBox includes experimental support for the Extensible Firmware Interface EFI which is a new industry standard intended to eventually replace the legacy BIOS as the primary interface for bootstrapping computers and certain system services later By default VirtualBox uses the BIOS firmware for virtual machines To use EFI for a given virtual machine you can enable EFI in the machine s Settings dialog see chapter 3 4 1 Moth erboard tab page 48 Alternatively use the VBoxManage command line interface like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name firmware efi To switch back to using the BIOS use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name firmware bios One notable user of EFI is Apple s Mac OS X but more recent Linuxes and Windows starting with Vista offer special versions that can be booted using EFI as well Another possible use of EFI in VirtualBox is development and testing of EFI applications with out booting any OS Note that the VirtualBox EFI support is experimental and will be enhanced as EFI matures and becomes more widespread While Mac OS X and Linux guests are known to work fine Windows guests are currently unable to boo
398. lowing conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of the Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 19 libjpeg License The authors make NO WARRANTY or representation either express or implied with respect to this software its quality accuracy m
399. lows a client to use either Standard or Enhanced RDP Security connection vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security Method negotiate If the Security Method property is set to either Negotiate or TLS the TLS protocol will be automatically used by the server if the client supports TLS However in order to use TLS the server must possess the Server Certificate the Server Private Key and the Certificate Authority CA Certificate The following example shows how to generate a server certificate a Create a CA self signed certificate openssl req new x509 days 365 extensions v3_ca keyout ca_key_private pem out ca_cert pem b Generate a server private key and a request for signing openssl genrsa out server_key_private pem openssl req new key server_key_private pem out server_req pem c Generate the server certificate openssl x509 req days 365 in server_req pem CA ca_cert pem CAkey ca_key_private pem set_serial 01 out server_cert pem The server must be configured to access the required files vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security CACertificate path ca_cert pem vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security ServerCertificate path server_cert pem vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security ServerPrivateKey path server_key_private pem As the client that connects to the server determines what type of encryption will be used with rdesktop the Linux RDP vi
400. ls in a Linux guest e For some other keyboard combinations such as Alt Tab to switch between open windows VirtualBox allows you to configure whether these combinations will affect the host or the guest if a virtual machine currently has the focus This is a global setting for all virtual machines and can be found under File gt Preferences gt Input gt Auto capture keyboard 1 8 4 Changing removable media While a virtual machine is running you can change removable media in the Devices menu of the VM s window Here you can select in detail what VirtualBox presents to your VM as a CD DVD or floppy The settings are the same as would be available for the VM in the Settings dialog of the VirtualBox main window but since that dialog is disabled while the VM is in the running or saved state this extra menu saves you from having to shut down and restart the VM every time you want to change media Hence in the Devices menu VirtualBox allows you to attach the host drive to the guest or select a floppy or DVD image using the Disk Image Manager all as described in chapter 1 11 Virtual machine configuration page 29 1 8 5 Resizing the machine s window You can resize the virtual machine s window when it is running In that case one of three things will happen 1 If you have scale mode enabled then the virtual machine s screen will be scaled to the size of the window
401. lt file gt videocapres width x height videocaprate rate videocapfps fps videocapmaxtime ms videocapmaxsize MB setcredentials username passwordfile file password domain allowlocallogon yes no teleport host name port port maxdowntime msec passwordfile file password lt password gt plugcpu lt id gt unplugcpu lt id gt cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt webcam lt attach path settings gt lt detach path gt lt list gt addencpassword lt id gt password file gt removeonsuspend lt yes no gt removeencpassword lt id gt removeallencpasswords lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt state_file gt lt uuid vmname gt take lt name gt description lt desc gt live uniquename Number Timestamp Space Force delete lt uuid snapname gt restore lt uuid snapname gt restorecurrent edit lt uuid snapname gt current name lt name gt description lt desc gt list details machinereadable showvminfo lt uuid snapname gt disk dvd floppy lt uuid filename gt delete lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt device lt number gt type dvddrive hdd fdd medium none emptydrive additions uuid filename host drive iscsi mtype normal writethrough immutable shareable readonly multiattach L 121 storagectl
402. lting GIF files are larger than usual but are readable by all standard GIF decoders We are required to state that The Graphics Interchange Format c is the Copyright property of CompuServe Incorporated GIF sm is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated 16 2 20 x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library license Copyright 2009 Pierre Ossman lt ossman cendio se gt for Cendio AB Copyright 2010 D R Commander Based on x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library version 1 02 Copyright C 1999 2006 MIYASAKA Masaru This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution 16 2 21 FreeBSD license The compilation of software known as FreeBSD is distributed under the following terms Copy
403. ly listens for a certain amount of time after the guest has sent UDP data on a particular port As a consequence NetBios name resolution based on broadcasts does not always work but WINS always works As a workaround you can use the numeric IP of the desired server in the server share notation Protocols such as GRE are unsupported Protocols other than TCP and UDP are not sup ported This means some VPN products e g PPTP from Microsoft cannot be used There are other VPN products which use simply TCP and UDP Forwarding host ports 1024 impossible On Unix based hosts e g Linux Solaris Mac OS X it is not possible to bind to ports below 1024 from applications that are not run by root As a result if you try to configure such a port forwarding the VM will refuse to start These limitations normally don t affect standard network use But the presence of NAT has also subtle effects that may interfere with protocols that are normally working One example is NFS where the server is often configured to refuse connections from non privileged ports i e ports not below 1024 98 6 Virtual networking 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental The Network Address Translation NAT service works in a similar way to a home router group ing the systems using it into a network and preventing systems outside of this network from directly accessing systems inside it but letting systems inside communicate with each other and
404. m which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conve niently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it ei ther verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its co
405. mand teleporterpasswordfile lt password gt if this optional argument is given then the teleporting request will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same password as the one specified in the file give with this command Use stdin to read the password from stdin cpuid lt leaf gt lt eax gt lt ebx gt lt ecx gt lt edx gt Advanced users can use this command be fore a teleporting operation to restrict the virtual CPU capabilities that VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system This must be run on both the source and the target machines involved in the teleporting and will then modify what the guest sees when it executes the CPUID machine instruction This might help with misbehaving applications that wrongly assume that certain CPU capabilities are present The meaning of the parameters is hard ware dependent please refer to the AMD or Intel processor manuals 8 8 7 Debugging settings The following settings are only relevant for low level VM debugging Regular users will never need these settings e tracing enabled on off Enable the tracebuffer This consumes some memory for the tracebuffer and adds extra overhead e tracing config lt config string gt Allows to configure tracing In particular this de fines which group of tracepoints are enabled 8 9 VBoxManage clonevm This command creates a full or linked copy of an existing virtual machine The clonevm subcommand takes at least the name of
406. me of interception rule gt HostNamePattern lt hostpattern gt The host pattern may include and x This example demonstrates how to instruct the host resolver mechanism to resolve all domain and probably some mirrors of www blocked site info site with IP 127 0 0 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings all_blocked_site HostIP 127 0 0 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings all blocked site HostNamePattern x blocked site fb org Note The host resolver mechanism should be enabled to use user defined mapping rules please see chapter 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode page 190 for more details 9 11 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine By default the NAT core uses aliasing and uses random ports when generating an alias for a connection This works well for the most protocols like SSH FTP and so on Though some protocols might need a more transparent behavior or may depend on the real port number the packet was sent from It is possible to change the NAT mode via the VBoxManage frontend with the following commands 190 9 Advanced topics VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nataliasmodel proxyonly and VBoxManage modifyvm Linux Guest nataliasmodel sameports The first example disables aliasing and switches NAT into transparent mode the second exam
407. modify them in the future We therefore strongly suggest that you do not edit these files manually VirtualBox provides complete access to its configuration data through its the VBoxManage command line tool see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 and its API see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 10 2 VirtualBox executables and components VirtualBox was designed to be modular and flexible When the VirtualBox graphical user inter face GUI is opened and a VM is started at least three processes are running 1 VBoxSVC the VirtualBox service process which always runs in the background This pro cess is started automatically by the first VirtualBox client process the GUI VBoxManage VBoxHeadless the web service or others and exits a short time after the last client exits The service is responsible for bookkeeping maintaining the state of all VMs and for provid ing communication between VirtualBox components This communication is implemented via COM XPCOM lAs an example before VirtualBox 3 1 it was only possible to enable or disable a single DVD drive in a virtual machine If it was enabled then it would always be visible as the secondary master of the IDE controller With VirtualBox 3 1 DVD drives can be attached to arbitrary slots of arbitrary controllers so they could be the secondary slave of an IDE controller or in a SATA slot If you have a machine settings file from an earlier version and upgrade VirtualB
408. mpared to software virtualization the overhead of VM exits is relatively high This causes problems for devices whose emulation re quires high number of traps One example is the VGA device in 16 color modes where not only every I O port access but also every access to the framebuffer memory must be trapped 10 7 Nested paging and VPIDs In addition to plain hardware virtualization your processor may also support additional so phisticated techniques A newer feature called nested paging implements some memory management in hard ware which can greatly accelerate hardware virtualization since these tasks no longer need to be performed by the virtualization software With nested paging the hardware provides another level of indirection when translating linear to physical addresses Page tables function as before but linear addresses are now translated to guest physical addresses first and not physical addresses directly A new set of paging registers now exists under the traditional paging mechanism and translates from guest physical addresses to host physical addresses which are used to access memory Nested paging eliminates the overhead caused by VM exits and page table accesses In essence with nested page tables the guest can handle paging without intervention from the hypervisor Nested paging thus significantly improves virtualization performance On AMD processors nested paging has been available starting with t
409. n The local 41 2 Installation details domain socket resides in a subdirectory of your system s directory for temporary files called vbox lt username gt ipc In case of communication problems or server startup problems you may try to remove this directory All VirtualBox applications VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxManage and VBoxHeadless require the VirtualBox directory to be in the library path LD_LIBRARY_PATH VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP 2 4 Installing on Solaris hosts For the specific versions of Solaris that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 If you have a previously installed instance of VirtualBox on your Solaris host please uninstall it first before installing a new instance Refer to chapter 2 4 4 Uninstallation page 43 for uninstall instructions 2 4 1 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available as a standard Solaris package Download the VirtualBox SunOS package which includes the 64 bit versions of VirtualBox The installation must be performed as root and from the global zone as the VirtualBox installer loads kernel drivers which cannot be done from non global zones To verify which zone you are currently in execute the zonename command Execute the following commands gunzip cd VirtualBox 5 0 4 Sun0S tar gz tar xvf Starting with VirtualBox 3 1 the VirtualBox kernel package is no longer a separate package and has be
410. n must be absolute and partitions 1 and 5 of dev sda would be made accessible to the guest VirtualBox uses the same partition numbering as your Linux host As a result the numbers given in the above example would refer to the first primary partition and the first logical drive in the extended partition respectively On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g NN NPhysicalDriveO On a Mac OS X host instead of the above device specification use e g dev disk1 Note that on OS X you can only use partitions which are not mounted eject the respective volume first Partition numbers are the same on Linux Windows and Mac OS X hosts The numbers for the list of partitions can be taken from the output of VBoxManage internalcommands listpartitions rawdisk dev sda The output lists the partition types and sizes to give the user enough information to identify the partitions necessary for the guest Images which give access to individual partitions are specific to a particular host disk setup You cannot transfer these images to another host also whenever the host partitioning changes the image must be recreated Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine If this is not feasible there is a special variant for raw partition access currently only available on Linux hosts that avoids having to give the current
411. n Linux and FreeBSD hosts only It is only available if the VDE software and the VDE plugin library from the VirtualSquare project are installed on the host system For more information on setting up VDE networks please see the documentation accompanying the software 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network I O Starting with version 4 2 VirtualBox allows for limiting the maximum bandwidth used for net work transmission Several network adapters of one VM may share limits through bandwidth groups It is possible to have more than one such limit Note VirtualBox shapes VM traffic only in the transmit direction delaying the packets being sent by virtual machines It does not limit the traffic being received by virtual machines Limits are configured through VBoxManage The example below creates a bandwidth group named Limit sets the limit to 20 Mbit s and assigns the group to the first and second adapters of the VM VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name add Limit type network limit 20m VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicbandwidthgroupl Limit VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicbandwidthgroup2 Limit All adapters in a group share the bandwidth limit meaning that in the example above the bandwidth of both adapters combined can never exceed 20 Mbit s However if one adapter doesn t require bandwidth the other can use the remaining bandwidth of its group The limits for each group can be changed while the VM is running wit
412. n Windows notifying it of media changes 12 7 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client If connecting to a Virtual Machine via the Microsoft RDP client called Remote Desktop Con nection there can be large delays between input moving the mouse over a menu is the most obvious situation and output This is because this RDP client collects input for a certain time before sending it to the RDP server The interval can be decreased by setting a Windows registry key to smaller values than the default of 100 The key does not exist initially and must be of type DWORD The unit for its values is milliseconds Values around 20 are suitable for low bandwidth connections between the RDP client and server Values around 4 can be used for a gigabit Ethernet connection Generally values below 10 achieve a performance that is very close to that of the local input devices and screen of the host on which the Virtual Machine is running Depending whether the setting should be changed for an individual user or for the system either HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval can be set appropriately 239 12 Troubleshooting 12 7 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system Deadlocks can occur on a Windows host when attempting to access an iSCSI target running in a guest virtual machine with an iSCSI initiator
413. n an appropriate error message To raise or lower the guest process execution limit either the guest property VirtualBox GuestAdd VBoxService control procs max kept or VBoxService command line by specifying control procs max kept needs to be modified A restart of the guest OS is required afterwards To serve unlimited guest processes a value of 0 needs to be set not recommended copyto which allows copying files from the host to the guest only with installed Guest Additions 4 0 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt copyto cp lt guest source gt lt host dest gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt dryrun follow recursive verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory source on host Absolute path of source file s on host to copy over to the guest e g C Windows System32 calc exe This also can be a wildcard expression e g C Windows System32 dll destination on guest Absolute destination path on the guest e g C Temp username name Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile file Password ofthe user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password password Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed dryrun T
414. n bits SSL_RANDFILE File containing seed for random number generator TIMEOUT Session timeout in seconds O disables timeouts 300 CHECK_INTERVAL Frequency of timeout checks in seconds 5 THREADS Maximum number of worker threads to run in parallel 100 KEEPALIVE Maximum number of requests before a socket will be 100 closed ROTATE Number of log files 0 disables log rotation 10 LOGSIZE Maximum size of a log file in bytes to trigger rotation 1MB LOGINTERVAL Maximum time interval in seconds to trigger log rotation 1 day Setting the parameter SSL_KEYFILE enables the SSL TLS support Using encryption is strongly encouraged as otherwise everything including passwords is transferred in clear text 205 9 Advanced topics 9 21 2 Solaris starting the web service via SMF On Solaris hosts the VirtualBox web service daemon is integrated into the SMF framework You can change the parameters but don t have to if the defaults below already match your needs svccfg s svc application virtualbox webservice default setprop config host localhost svccfg s svc application virtualbox webservice default setprop config port 18083 svccfg s svc application virtualbox webservice default setprop config user root The table in the previous section showing the parameter names and defaults also applies to Solaris The parameter names must be changed to lowercase and a prefix of config has to be added e g config user or config ssl_keyfile If you made
415. n log log cpp The destinations is one or more mnemonics optionally prefixed by no to disable them Some of them take values after a or separator Multiple mnemonics can be separated by space or given as separate arguments on the command line List of available destination file file nofile Specifies a log file It no filname is given one will be generated based on the current UTC time and VM process name and placed in the current directory of the VM process Note that this will currently not have any effect if the log file has already been opened dir directory nodir Specifies the output directory for log files Note that this will currently not have any effect if the log file has already been opened history count nohistory A non zero value enables log historization with the value specifying how many old log files to keep histsize bytes The max size of a log file before it is historized Default is infinite histtime seconds The max age in seconds of a log file before it is historized Default is infinite ringbuffer noringbuffer Only log to the log buffer until an explicit flush e g via an assertion occurs This is fast and saves diskspace stdout nostdout Write the log content to standard output stdout nostdout Write the log content to standard error debugger nodebugger Write the log content to the debugger if supported by the host OS com nocom Writes logging to the COM port
416. n to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute correspond ing source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offe
417. n when the drive was created While this format takes less space initially the fact that VirtualBox needs to expand the image file consumes additional computing re sources so until the disk file size has stabilized write operations may be slower than with fixed size disks However after a time the rate of growth will slow and the average penalty for write operations will be negligible 3Image resizing was added with VirtualBox 4 0 Initial support for VMDK was added with VirtualBox 1 4 since version 2 1 VirtualBox supports VMDK fully meaning that you can create snapshots and use all the other advanced features described above for VDI images with VMDK also 5Support was added with VirtualBox 3 1 85 5 Virtual storage 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager VirtualBox keeps track of all the hard disk CD DVD ROM and floppy disk images which are in use by virtual machines These are often referred to as known media and come from two sources e all media currently attached to virtual machines e registered media for compatibility with VirtualBox versions older than version 4 0 For details about how media registration has changed with version 4 0 please refer to chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 216 The known media can be viewed and changed in the Virtual Media Manager which you can access from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window eee Virtual Media Manager e 2 B Copy Modify Remo
418. nage storagectl page 147 for details For the above reasons also VirtualBox now uses SATA controllers by default for new virtual machines 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox allows for limiting the maximum bandwidth used for asyn chronous I O Additionally it supports sharing limits through bandwidth groups for several im ages It is possible to have more than one such limit Limits are configured through VBoxManage The example below creates a bandwidth group named Limit sets the limit to 20 MB s and assigns the group to the attached disks of the VM VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name add Limit type disk limit 20M VBoxManage storageattach VM name storagectl SATA port O device 0 type hdd medium diskl vdi bandwidthgroup Limit VBoxManage storageattach VM name storagectl SATA port 1 device 0 type hdd medium disk2 vdi bandwidthgroup Limit All disks in a group share the bandwidth limit meaning that in the example above the band width of both images combined can never exceed 20 MB s However if one disk doesn t require bandwidth the other can use the remaining bandwidth of its group The limits for each group can be changed while the VM is running with changes being picked up immediately The example below changes the limit for the group created in the example above to 10 MB s VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name set Limit limit 10M 92 5 Virtual storag
419. nat bridged intnet hostonly generic natnetwork nictype lt 1 N gt Am79C970A Am79C973 82540EM 82543GC 82545EM virtio cableconnected lt 1 N gt on off nictrace lt 1 N gt on off nictracefile 1 N lt filename gt nicproperty lt 1 N gt name value nicspeed lt 1 N gt lt kbps gt nicbootprio lt 1 N gt lt priority gt L 118 8 VBoxManage nicpromisc 1 N deny allow vms allow all nicbandwidthgroup lt 1 N gt none lt name gt bridgeadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt hostonlyadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt intnet lt 1 N gt lt network name gt nat network 1 N network name gt nicgenericdrv 1 N driver natnet 1 N lt network gt default natsettings lt 1 N gt lt mtu gt lt socksnd gt sockrcv tcpsnd lt tcprev gt natpf 1 N lt rulename gt tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt natpf 1 N delete lt rulename gt nattftpprefix lt 1 N gt lt prefix gt nattftpfile 1 N lt file gt nattftpserver lt 1 N gt lt ip gt natbindip 1 N ip natdnspassdomain lt 1 N gt on off natdnsproxy lt 1 N gt on off natdnshostresolver 1 N on off nataliasmode lt 1 N gt default log proxyonly sameports m
420. nation shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY WHETHER TORT INCLUD ING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INITIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDEN TAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITA TION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MAL FUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMI TATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RE SULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS 11 MISCELLANEOUS 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability
421. nd the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the fol lowing acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps direc tory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDEN TAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROF ITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOF
422. nd OVA files on your host operating system 31 1 First steps This presents the virtual machines described in the OVF file and allows you to change the vir tual machine settings by double clicking on the description items Once you click on Import VirtualBox will copy the disk images and create local virtual machines with the settings described in the dialog These will then show up in the Manager s list of virtual machines Note that since disk images tend to be big and VMDK images that come with virtual appliances are typically shipped in a special compressed format that is unsuitable for being used by virtual machines directly the images will need to be unpacked and copied first which can take a few minutes For how to import an image at the command line please see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage import page 139 Conversely to export virtual machines that you already have in VirtualBox select File gt Export appliance A different dialog window shows up that allows you to combine several virtual machines into an OVF appliance Then select the target location where the target files should be stored and the conversion process begins This can again take a while For how to export an image at the command line please see chapter 8 11 VBoxManage export page 140 Note OVF cannot describe snapshots that were taken for a virtual machine As a result when you export a virtual machine that has snapshots only the current
423. nd higher as well as X org server version 1 5 and higher Ubuntu 10 10 and Fedora 14 have been tested and confirmed as working 20penGL support for Windows guests was added with VirtualBox 2 1 support for Linux and Solaris followed with VirtualBox 2 2 With VirtualBox 3 0 Direct3D 8 9 support was added for Windows guests OpenGL 2 0 is now supported as well With VirtualBox 4 1 Windows Aero theme support is added for Windows Vista and Windows 7 guests experimental 74 4 Guest Additions e OpenGL on Solaris guests requires X org server version 1 5 and higher 2 The Guest Additions must be installed Note For the basic Direct3D acceleration to work in a Windows Guest VirtualBox needs to replace Windows system files in the virtual machine As a result the Guest Additions installation program offers Direct3D acceleration as an option that must be explicitly enabled Also you must install the Guest Additions in Safe Mode This does not apply to the experimental WDDM Direct3D video driver available for Vista and Windows 7 guests see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 for details 3 Because 3D support is still experimental at this time it is disabled by default and must be manually enabled in the VM settings see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 Note Untrusted guest systems should not be allowed to use VirtualBox s 3D accelera tion features just as untrusted host software should not be allowed to
424. nd you can proceed to install from there If you have downloaded installation media from the Internet in the form of an ISO image file most probably in the case of a Linux distribution you would normally burn this file to an empty CD or DVD and proceed as just described With VirtualBox however you can skip this step and mount the ISO file directly VirtualBox will then present this file as a CD or DVD ROM drive to the virtual machine much like it does with virtual hard disk images For this case the wizard s drop down list contains a list of installation media that were previously used with VirtualBox If your medium is not in the list especially if you are using VirtualBox for the first time select the small folder icon next to the drop down list to bring up a standard file dialog with which you can pick the image file on your host disks In both cases after making the choices in the wizard you will be able to install your operating system 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse As of version 3 2 VirtualBox provides a virtual USB tablet device to new virtual machines through which mouse events are communicated to the guest operating system As a result if you are running a modern guest operating system that can handle such devices mouse support may work out of the box without the mouse being captured as described below see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 for more information Otherwise if the v
425. ndencies on the Qt and SDL libraries This is inconvenient if you would rather not have the X Window system on your server at all 107 7 Remote virtual machines VirtualBox therefore comes with yet another front end called VBoxHeadless which produces no visible output on the host at all but still can deliver VRDP data This front end has no dependencies on the X Window system on Linux and Solaris hosts To start a virtual machine with VBoxHeadless you have three options e You can use VBoxManage startvm VM name type headless The extra type option causes VirtualBox to use VBoxHeadless as the front end to the internal virtualization engine instead of the Qt front end e One alternative is to use VBoxHeadless directly as follows VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt This way of starting the VM helps troubleshooting problems reported by VBoxManage startvm because you can see sometimes more detailed error messages especially for early failures before the VM execution is started In normal situations VBoxManage startvm is preferred since it runs the VM directly as a background process which has to be done explicitly when directly starting VBoxHeadless e The other alternative is to start VBoxHeadless from the VirtualBox Manager GUI by hold ing the Shift key when starting a virtual machine or selecting Headless Start from the Machine menu Since VirtualBox version 5 0 when you use VBoxHeadless to start a VM the VRDP se
426. ndow is shown After the user confirmed the VM is terminated Power0ff The VM is immediately powered off without showing any message window The VM logfile will show information about what happend Ignore The VM is left in stuck mode Execution is stopped but no message window is shown The VM has to be powered off manually This is a per VM setting 9 20 10 Configuring automatic mouse capturing By default the mouse is captured if the user clicks on the guest window and the guest expects relative mouse coordiantes at this time This happens if the pointing device is configured as PS 2 mouse and the guest did not yet start the VirtualBox Guest Additions for instance the guest is booting or no Guest Additions installed at all or if the pointing device is configured as USB tablet but the guest has no USB driver loaded yet Once the Guest Additions become active or the USB guest driver is started the mouse capture is automatically released The default behavior is sometimes not desired Therefore it can be configured VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI MouseCapturePolicy MODE where MODE is one of the following keywords Default The default behavior as described above HostComboOnly The mouse is only captured if the Host Key is toggled Disabled The mouse is never captured also not by toggling the Host Key This is a per VM setting 9 20 11 Configuring automatic mouse capturing By default the mouse is captured if the user clicks
427. necessary to provide the DMI information of the host to the guest to prevent Windows from asking for a new product key On Linux hosts the DMI BIOS information can be obtained with dmidecode t0 and the DMI system information can be obtained with dmidecode t1 9 13 Configuring the custom ACPI table VirtualBox can be configured to present an custom ACPI table to the guest Use the following command to configure this VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices acpi 0 Config CustomTable path to table bin Configuring a custom ACPI table can prevent Windows Vista and Windows 7 from ask ing for a new product key On Linux hosts one of the host tables can be read from sys firmware acpi tables 192 9 Advanced topics 9 14 Fine tuning timers and time synchronization 9 14 1 Configuring the guest time stamp counter TSC to reflect guest execution By default VirtualBox keeps all sources of time visible to the guest synchronized to a single time source the monotonic host time This reflects the assumptions of many guest operating systems which expect all time sources to reflect wall clock time In special circumstances it may be useful however to make the TSC time stamp counter in the guest reflect the time actually spent executing the guest This special TSC handling mode can be enabled on a per VM basis and for best results must be used only in combination with hardware virtualization To enable this mode
428. needs to be set This can be specified via command line with balloon max lt Size in MB gt on a per VM basis extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata lt VM Name gt VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonSizeMax lt Size in MB gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonSizeMax Size in MB Note If no maximum ballooning size is specified by at least one of the parameters above no ballooning will be performed at all Setting the ballooning increment in MB can be either done via command line with balloon inc Size in MB or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonIncrementMB Size in MB Default ballooning increment is 256 MB if not specified Same goes with the ballooning decrement Via command line with balloon dec Size in MB or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonDecrementMB Size in MB Default ballooning decrement is 128 MB if not specified To define the lower limit in MB a balloon can be the command line with balloon lower limit Size in MB can be used or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonLowerLimitMB Size in MB is available Default lower limit is 128 if not specified 207
429. nes HOME VirtualBox VMs Default disk image location HOME VirtualBox HardDisks In each machine s folder Machine settings file xml vbox extension Media registry Global VirtualBox xml file Each machine settings file Media registration Explicit open close required Automatic on attach 10 1 5 VirtualBox XML files VirtualBox uses XML for both the machine settings files and the global configuration file VirtualBox xml All VirtualBox XML files are versioned When a new settings file is created e g because a new virtual machine is created VirtualBox automatically uses the settings format of the current VirtualBox version These files may not be readable if you downgrade to an earlier version of VirtualBox However when VirtualBox encounters a settings file from an earlier version e g after upgrading VirtualBox it attempts to preserve the settings format as much as possible It will only silently upgrade the settings format if the current settings cannot be expressed in the old format for example because you enabled a feature that was not present in an earlier version of VirtualBox In such cases VirtualBox backs up the old settings file in the virtual machine s configuration directory If you need to go back to the earlier version of VirtualBox then you will need to manually copy these backup files back We intentionally do not document the specifications of the VirtualBox XML files as we must reserve the right to
430. nes created by VirtualBox versions before 4 0 If you have upgraded to VirtualBox 4 0 from an earlier version of VirtualBox you probably have settings files and disks in the earlier file system layout Before version 4 0 VirtualBox separated the machine settings files from virtual disk images The machine settings files had an xml file extension and resided in a folder called Machines under the global VirtualBox configuration directory see the next section So for example on Linux this was the hidden HOME VirtualBox Machines directory The default hard disks folder was called HardDisks and resided in the VirtualBox folder as well Both locations could be changed by the user in the global preferences The concept of a default hard disk folder has been abandoned with VirtualBox 4 0 since disk images now reside in each machine s folder by default The old layout had several severe disadvantages 1 It was very difficult to move a virtual machine from one host to another because the files involved did not reside in the same folder In addition the virtual media of all machines were registered with a global registry in the central VirtualBox settings file HOME VirtualBox VirtualBox xml To move a machine to another host it was therefore not enough to move the XML settings file and the disk images which were in different locations but the hard disk entries from the global media registry XML had to be meticulousl
431. next to the filter name 3 10 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts On Windows hosts a kernel mode device driver provides USB proxy support It implements both a USB monitor which allows VirtualBox to capture devices when they are plugged in and a USB device driver to claim USB devices for a particular virtual machine As opposed to VirtualBox versions before 1 4 0 system reboots are no longer necessary after installing the driver Also you no longer need to replug devices for VirtualBox to claim them On newer Linux hosts VirtualBox accesses USB devices through special files in the file system When VirtualBox is installed these are made available to all users in the vboxusers system group In order to be able to access USB from guest systems make sure that you are a member of this group On older Linux hosts USB devices are accessed using the usbfs file system Therefore the user executing VirtualBox needs read and write permission to the USB file system Most distri butions provide a group e g usbusers which the VirtualBox user needs to be added to Also VirtualBox can only proxy to virtual machines USB devices which are not claimed by a Linux 57 3 Configuring virtual machines host USB driver The Driver entry in proc bus usb devices will show you which devices are currently claimed Please refer to chapter 12 8 7 USB not working page 242 also for details about usbfs 3 11 Shared folders Shared folders a
432. ng an appropriate image format during OVF import API block the removal of the current snapshot if it has child snapshots only relevant for VMs without snapshottable hard disks their presence always prevented removal which resulted in VM config corruption API mark VM configs with snapshots but without current snapshot as inaccessible as this combination is nonsense API fixed information for some automatically generated events only with XPCOM Win dows host was not affected which caused errors when getting some of the attributes over the webservice bug 12379 SDK extended the functionality coverage for the C bindings Guest Control various bugfixes and improved VBoxManage help bugs 8072 11044 12336 12338 12346 12371 Windows hosts another attempt to fix the massive DPC latency bug 6242 Windows host installer make registering file extensions optional contributed by Tal Aloni bug 8009 Mac OS X hosts properly sign the kernel extensions for Mavericks hosts bug 12256 Mac OS X hosts fixed a bug where the VirtualBox dock icon was not properly removed from the dock after a VM terminated preventing Mavericks hosts from shutting down bug 12241 Mac OS X hosts fixed minor installer issue bug 12275 Linux hosts guests Linux 3 13 compile fixes bug 12358 Linux guests build the vboxvideo kernel module correctly on OL RHEL 6 1 guests bug 11996 Linux guests make 3D work on Slackware 14 1 bug
433. ng on a shared folder and selecting Map network drive from the menu that pops up you can assign a drive letter to that shared folder Alternatively on the Windows command line use the following net use x vboxsvr sharename While vboxsvr is a fixed name note that vboxsrv would also work replace x with the drive letter that you want to use for the share and sharename with the share name specified with VBoxManage e Ina Linux guest use the following command mount t vboxsf o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint To mount a shared folder during boot add the following entry to etc fstab sharename mountpoint vboxsf defaults 0 0 e Ina Solaris guest use the following command 71 4 Guest Additions mount F vboxfs o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint Replace sharename use lowercase with the share name specified with VBoxManage or the GUI and mountpoint with the path where you want the share to be mounted on the guest e g mnt share The usual mount rules apply that is create this directory first if it does not exist yet Here is an example of mounting the shared folder for the user jack on Solaris id uid 5000 jack gid 1 other mkdir export home jack mount pfexec mount F vboxfs o uid 5000 gid 1 jackshare export home jack mount cd mount ls sharedfilel mp3 sharedfile2 txt Beyond the standard options supplied by the mount command the following are available iocharset CHARSE
434. ng shared folders Contents 12 3 8 USB tablet coordinates wrong in Windows 98 guests 12 3 9 Windows guests are removed from an Active Directory domain after restoring a snapshot ene 12 3 10 Restoring d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll nananana aaae 12 3 11 Windows 3 x limited to 64 MBRAM o o o o 12 4 ldanuxand XL guests ooo ii a 12 4 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load 12 4 4 AMD Barcelona CPUS oc ooe core peara we ee rp RS 12 4 8 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions llle 12 4 4 Shared clipboard auto resizing and seamless desktop in X11 guests 12 5 Solaris guess ca 9999 asa AS 12 5 1 Older Solaris 10 releases crash in 64 bit mode 12 5 2 Solaris 8 5 01 and earlier may crash on startup 126 TMIESB SIF SUESUS uox wee x y erc Kor EUR e AN eR eee 12 6 1 FreeBSD 10 0 may hang withxHC 4 0 8 266044004444 I2 Windows hoes o ee a a A ee Ee ee eed 12 7 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues o les 12 72 CD DVD changes not recognized ss o o eci pop mmn 12 7 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client 12 7 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system 12 7 5 Bridged networking adapters missing 12 7 6 Host only networking adapters cannot be created 12 25 Limir MOSS ss macies RU eo ese 9x Xo wah ae OE UP SPERO RU 12 8 1 Linux kernel m
435. ng the heartbeat pings without properly termination the service the VM process will log this event in the VBox log file In the future it might be possible to configure dedicated actions but for there is only a warning in the log file There are two parameters to configure The heartbeat interval defines the time between two heartbeat pings The default value is 2 seconds that is the heartbeat service of the VirtualBox Guest Additions will send a heartbeat ping every two seconds The value in nanoseconds can be configured like this VBoxManage controlvm VM name VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config HeartbeatInterval 2000000000 The heartbeat timeout defines the time the host waits starting from the last heartbeat ping before it defines the guest as unresponsive The default value is 2 times the heartbeat interval 4 seconds and can be configured as following in nanoseconds VBoxManage controlvm VM name VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config HeartbeatTimeout 4000000000 If the heartbeat timeout expires there will be a log message like VMMDev HeartBeatCheck Timer Guest seems to be unresponsive Last heartbeat received 5 seconds ago If another heartbeat ping arrives after this warning there will be a log message like VMMDev GuestHeartBeat Guest is alive 9 31 Encryption of disk images Starting with VirtualBox 5 0 it is possible to encrypt the data stored in hard disk images trans parently for the guest It does not depend on a speci
436. nge and having to perform a highly expensive and often service disrupting reallocation At this time Page Fusion can only be controlled with VBoxManage and only while a VM is shut down To enable Page Fusion for a VM use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name pagefusion on You can observe Page Fusion operation using some metrics RAM VMM Shared shows the total amount of fused pages whereas the per VM metric Guest RAM Usage Shared will return the amount of fused memory for a given VM Please refer to chapter 8 32 VBoxManage metrics page 162 for information on how to query metrics Note Enabling Page Fusion might indirectly increase the chances for malicious guests to successfully attack other VMs running on the same host see chapter 13 3 4 Poten tially insecure operations page 248 81 5 Virtual storage As the virtual machine will most probably expect to see a hard disk built into its virtual computer VirtualBox must be able to present real storage to the guest as a virtual hard disk There are presently three methods in which to achieve this 1 Most commonly VirtualBox will use large image files on a real hard disk and present them to a guest as a virtual hard disk This is described in chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 85 2 Alternatively if you have iSCSI storage servers you can attach such a server to VirtualBox as well this is described in chapter 5 10 iSCSI serve
437. nimized state bug 12199 GUI popup banner s do not show this message again check box replaced with corre sponding button GUI network adapter cables can now be connected disconnected directly through the run ning virtual machine Devices Network menu a Network status bar indicator GUI the new VM wizard now proposes 64 bit guests on 64 bit hosts by default better distinction between 32 bit OS types 64 bit OS types bug 12533 GUI better error message if appliance import fails bug 12657 GUI allow to set host combination to None using the Global settings Input page bug 12730 GUI don t switch the guest to a black screen during online snapshot merge 4 3 regression VBoxManage when exporting an appliance support the suppression of MAC addresses which means they will be always recreated on import avoiding duplicate MAC addresses for VMs which are imported several times 271 15 Change log AHCI fixed a VM hang during suspend under certain circumstances AHCI fixed a VM hang during online snapshot merge under certain circumstances AHCI fixed a bug which resulted in Windows XP guest hangs if a SATA CDROM is attached bug 12417 AHCI fixed a Guru Meditation under certain conditions AHCI ejecting a CD DVD medium failed under certain conditions AHCI disk hotplugging fixes NAT transparent handling of host sleep resume and network configuration changes if the dnsproxy is enabled or if the hostresol
438. nly networking Theoretically you can enable it for a bridged network as well but that will likely cause conflicts with other DHCP servers in your physical network Use the following command line options e If you use internal networking for a virtual network adapter of a virtual machine use VBoxManage dhcpserver add netname lt network_name gt where lt network_name gt is the same network name you used with VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt intnet lt X gt network name 163 8 VBoxManage e If you use host only networking for a virtual network adapter of a virtual machine use VBoxManage dhcpserver add ifname lt hostonly_if_name gt instead where lt hostonly_if_name gt is the same host only interface name you used with VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt hostonlyadapter lt X gt lt hostonly_if_name gt Alternatively you can also use the netname option as with internal networks if you know the host only network s name you can see the names with VBoxManage list hostonlyifs see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 127 above The following additional parameters are required when first adding a DHCP server e With ip specify the IP address of the DHCP server itself e With netmask specify the netmask of the network e With lowerip and upperip you can specify the lowest and highest IP address re spectively that the DHCP server will hand out to clients Finally you must specify enable
439. ns into your Windows guest Other guest operating systems or if automatic start of software on CD is disabled need manual start of the installer Note For the basic Direct3D acceleration to work in a Windows Guest you have to install the Guest Additions in Safe Mode This does not apply to the experimental WDDM Direct3D video driver available for Vista and Windows 7 guests see chapter 14 Known limitations page 250 for details The experimental WDDM driver was added with VirtualBox 4 1 If you prefer to mount the additions manually you can perform the following steps 1 Start the virtual machine in which you have installed Windows 2 Select Mount CD DVD ROM from the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar and then CD DVD ROM image This brings up the Virtual Media Manager described in chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 86 3 In the Virtual Media Manager press the Add button and browse your host file system for the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file e On a Windows host you can find this file in the VirtualBox installation directory usually under C Program files Oracle VirtualBox e On Mac OS X hosts you can find this file in the application bundle of VirtualBox Right click on the VirtualBox icon in Finder and choose Show Package Contents There it is located in the Contents MacOS folder e On a Linux host you can find this file in the additions folder under wh
440. nse since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Pro gram subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court 285 16 Third party materials and licenses order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent licens
441. nt These services are e Memory ballooning control which automatically takes care of a VM s configured memory balloon see chapter 4 9 1 Memory ballooning page 79 for an introduction to memory ballooning This especially is useful for server environments where VMs may dynamically require more or less memory during runtime The service periodically checks a VM s current memory balloon and its free guest RAM and automatically adjusts the current memory balloon by inflating or deflating it accordingly This handling only applies to running VMs having recent Guest Additions installed 206 9 Advanced topics e Host isolation detection which provides a way to detect whether the host cannot reach the specific VirtualBox server instance anymore and take appropriate actions such as shutting down saving the current state or even powering down certain VMs All configuration values can be either specified via command line or global extradata whereas command line values always have a higher priority when set Some of the configuration values also be be specified on a per VM basis So the overall lookup order is command line per VM basis extradata if available global extradata 9 22 1 Memory ballooning control The memory ballooning control inflates and deflates the memory balloon of VMs based on the VMs free memory and the desired maximum balloon size To set up the memory ballooning control the maximum ballooning size a VM can reach
442. nt attempt by the host bug 14219 3D basic support for saving restoring display lists Drag and drop fixed guest to host transfers on OS X hosts Drag and drop fixed memory leak on Windows guests Shared Folders fixed a problem with accessing CIFS shares bug 14252 Shared Folders improved path conversion between hosts and guests with different path separators bug 14153 API skip resetting of immutable media when the VM in saved state is started bug 13957 API fixed method for setting medium IDs which used zero invalid UUIDs instead random valid UUIDs if no UUIDs were passed bug 14350 API for Windows host fix detection of API client crashes which have a session open OVF properly export all VBox features including the setting for paravirtualization bug 14390 Mac OS X hosts El Capitan USB fixes 256 15 Change log Windows hosts fixed crash when opening Windows dialogs from the VM process on Win dows 10 bug 14351 Windows hosts fixed host only adapter creation issues on Windows 10 bug 14040 Windows hosts fixed audio on Windows 10 bug 14432 Linux hosts more fixes for activated SMAP on Linux 3 19 and newer Broadwell and later bug 13961 Linux hosts check then name space before attaching to a host network interface bug 13795 Linux Additions Linux 4 2 fixes bug 14227 Linux Additions improved the performance of stat to speed up certain file operations on shared folders Windows A
443. ntents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 288 16 Third party materials and licenses 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an a
444. ntercepting debug exceptions VT x only bug 12410 VMM fixed a Guru Meditation VERR SVM UNEXPECTED EXIT while intercepting debug register accesses AMD V only bug 12481 VMM fixed a VERR SSM STRUCTURE MAGIC error when trying to load a saved state made with VBox 4 3 4 when VI x AMD V is disabled Unfortunately VBox 4 3 4 produced broken saved states for this configuration so you have to discard these states bug 12414 VMM added a few more MSRs to the whitelist required by certain guests bug 12245 GUI fixed deleting of inaccessible VMs 4 3 regression bug 12205 GUI fixed warnings in VM settings number of guest processors bug 12480 Main don t automatically enable 64 bit guests on 64 bit hosts if VI x AMD V is not avail able bug 12424 Main always expose the DMI memory information to Windows 2012 guests bug 12017 Main fixed occasional crashes on guest display resolution change bug 7063 Main fixed reporting back temporary name when calling IGuestSession DirectoryCreateTempQ bug 12498 API fix for a hang when launching a GUI VM through the API which crashes due to GUI unavailability Storage fix for BLKCACHE IOERR runtime errors under rare circumstances bug 11030 273 15 Change log Network allow to start more than 5 PCNet instances bug 12426 E1000 if the cable was disconnected before the guest initialized the device the link status was not properly set to down after the initialization
445. o credentials arrive within this timeout authentication of pam_vbox will be set to failed and the next PAM module in chain will be asked If this property is not specified set to 0 or an invalid value an infinite timeout will be used This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST To customize pam_vbox further there are the following guest properties la CredsMsgWaiting Custom message showed while pam_vbox is waiting for credentials from the host This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 176 9 Advanced topics 2 CredsMsgWaitTimeout Custom message showed when waiting for credentials by pam_vbox timed out e g did not arrive within time This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST Note If a pam_vbox guest property does not have set the right flags RDONLYGUEST this property will be ignored then and depending on the property a default value will be set This can result in pam_vbox not waiting for credentials Consult the appropriate syslog file for more information and use the debug option 9 2 2 1 VirtualBox Greeter for Ubuntu LightDM Starting with version 4 2 12 VirtualBox comes with an own greeter module named vbox greeter which can be used with LightDM 1 0 1 or later LightDM is the default display manager since Ubuntu 10 11 and therefore also can be used for automated guest logons vbox greeter does not need the pam vbox module described a
446. o install DKMS before installing the Linux Guest Additions If DKMS is not available or not installed the guest kernel modules will need to be recreated manually whenever the guest kernel is updated using the command rcvboxadd setup as root 2 Insert the VBoxGuestAdditions iso CD file into your Linux guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 2 1 1 Installation page 62 3 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root sh VBoxLinuxAdditions run For your convenience we provide the following step by step instructions for freshly installed copies of recent versions of the most popular Linux distributions After these preparational steps you can execute the VirtualBox Guest Additions installer as described above Ubuntu 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run apt get update as root followed by apt get upgrade 2 Install DKMS using apt get install dkms 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates and then proceed as described above Fedora 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run yum update as root 2 Install DKMS and the GNU C compiler using yum install dkms followed by yum install gcc 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates and then proceed as described above 66 4 Guest Additions openSUSE 1 In order to fully upd
447. o settings password is provided command line option 247 13 Security guide settingspwfile this secret is stored unencrypted in the machine configuration and is therefore poten tially readable on the host See chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 93 and chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 e When using the VirtualBox web service to control a VirtualBox host remotely connections to the web service are authenticated in various ways This is described in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 13 3 4 Potentially insecure operations The following features of VirtualBox can present security problems e Enabling 3D graphics via the Guest Additions exposes the host to additional security risks see chapter 4 5 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 74 When teleporting a machine the data stream through which the machine s memory con tents are transferred from one host to another is not encrypted A third party with access to the network through which the data is transferred could therefore intercept that data An SSH tunnel could be used to secure the connection between the two hosts But when considering teleporting a VM over an untrusted network the first question to answer is how both VMs can securely access the same virtual disk image s with a reasonable perfor mance When Page Fusion see chapter 4 9 2
448. ocess on the host operating system The guest cannot communicate directly with the hardware or other computers but only through the VMM The VMM provides emulated physical resources and devices to the guest which are accessed by the guest operating system to perform the required tasks The VM settings control the resources provided to the guest for example the amount of guest memory or the number of guest processors see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 and the enabled features for that guest for example remote control certain screen settings and others 13 3 2 Secure Configuration of Virtual Machines Several aspects of a virtual machine configuration are subject to security considerations 13 3 2 1 Networking The default networking mode for VMs is NAT which means that the VM acts like a computer behind a router see chapter 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT page 97 The guest is part of a private subnet belonging to this VM and the guest IP is not visible from the outside This networking mode works without any additional setup and is sufficient for many purposes If bridged networking is used the VM acts like a computer inside the same network as the host see chapter 6 5 Bridged networking page 100 In this case the guest has the same network access as the host and a firewall might be necessary to protect other computers on the subnet from a potential malicious guest as well as to protect the guest from a direct access from o
449. odule refuses to load len 12 8 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found ec ea cc morene ess 12 8 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions 12 8 4 Linux host floppy not found s ss se s serbe semadi eea 12 8 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing toCD DVD 12 8 60 VBoxSVG IPCISSU S moe AAA AO 12 8 7 USB not working 929 9k 9 yy ee ee tink 12 89 a 2224 sexo oo ab Re dr Ro ete 0E e ee 12 8 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted 129 Solaris hosts cio 9 oe Gm eod SU ERS a aS 12 9 1 Cannot start VM not enough contiguous memory 12 9 2 VM aborts with out of memory errors on Solaris 10 hosts 13 Security guide LXI General Security Principles uses rs a ee ee Ro Re s 13 2 Secure Installation and Configuration lt oeo cea cerr o 13 1 Installation Qveriew oos ss Roo a a ee oko xo 13 2 2 Post Installation Configuration llle 13 3 Security Features s a pa Sb ee erue a 1531 The Security Model els e ee we ee RR 13 3 2 Secure Configuration of Virtual Machines 13 3 8 Configuring and Using Authentication 13 3 4 Potentially insecure operations o oo 15 2 5 EHEPVDUOB AI 14 Known limitations 14 1 Experimental Features o oo luo mo 3 m e oe o ees 14 2 Known Issues Z 2 2 RE ARRAS Re eR 15 Change log 15 1 Version 5 0 4 2015 09 08 iaces Eoo we we a ce Ae ER 248
450. of following ports 5000 5010 5011 or 5012 vrdeaddress lt IP address gt The IP address of the host network interface the VRDE server will bind to If specified the server will accept connections only on the specified host network interface The setting can be used to specify whether the VRDP server should accept either IPv4 or IPv6 or both connections only IPv4 vrdeaddress 0 0 0 0 only IPv6 vrdeaddress both IPv6 and IPv4 default vrdeaddress vrdeauthtype null external guest This allows you to choose whether and how authorization will be performed see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 110 for de tails vrdeauthlibrary default lt name gt This allos to set the library used for RDP authen tication see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 110 for details vrdemulticon on off This enables multiple connections to the same VRDE server if the server supports this feature see chapter 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server page 112 vrdereusecon on off This specifies the VRDE server behavior when multiple con nections are disabled When this option is enabled the server will allow a new client to connect and will drop the existing connection When this option is disabled this is the de fault setting a new connection will not be accepted if there is already a client connected to the server vrdevideochannel on off This enables video redirection if it is supporte
451. of more register assignment each having one of the following forms 1 register set register name sub field value 2 register set register name value 3 cpu register name sub field value 4 cpu register name value The value format should be in the same style as what getregisters displays with the exception that both octal and decimal can be used instead of hexadecimal cpu id Selects the CPU register set when specifying just a CPU register 3rd and 4th form The default is 0 debugvm show VBoxManage debugvm uuid vmname show human readable sh export sh eval cmd set settings item Shows logging settings for the VM human readable Selects human readable output sh export Selects output format as bourne shell style export commands sh eval Selects output format as bourne shell style eval command input cmd set Selects output format as DOS style SET commands settings item What to display One or more of the following e logdbg settings debug log settings e logrel settings release log settings e log settings alias for both debug and release log settings 169 8 VBoxManage debugvm statistics VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt statistics reset descriptions pattern pattern Displays or resets VMM statistics Retrieves register values for guest CPUs and emulated devices pattern pattern DOS NT style wildcards patterns for selecting statistics Mul
452. oftware Center Ltd and Clark Cooper Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Expat maintainers Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 27 Fontconfig license Copyright C 2001 2003 Keith Packard Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear
453. oller and allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices to your virtual machines without having to install device specific drivers on the host USB support is not limited to certain device cate gories For details see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 Hardware compatibility VirtualBox virtualizes a vast array of virtual devices among them many devices that are typically provided by other virtualization platforms That includes IDE SCSI and SATA hard disk controllers several virtual network cards and sound cards virtual serial and parallel ports and an Input Output Advanced Pro grammable Interrupt Controller I O APIC which is found in many modern PC sys tems This eases cloning of PC images from real machines and importing of third party virtual machines into VirtualBox Full ACPI support The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI is fully supported by VirtualBox This eases cloning of PC images from real machines or third party virtual machines into VirtualBox With its unique ACPI power status support VirtualBox can even report to ACPI aware guest operating systems the power status of the host For mobile systems running on battery the guest can thus enable energy saving and notify the user of the remaining power e g in full screen modes Multiscreen resolutions VirtualBox virtual machines support screen resolutions many times that of a physical screen allowing them to be spread over a large number of screens
454. om org ftp devel docs elf 64 gen pdf The overall layout of the VM core format is as follows ELF 64 Header Program Header type PT NOTE Offset to COREDESCRIPTOR Program Header type PT LOAD one for each contiguous physical memory range Memory offset of range 230 12 Troubleshooting gt File offset Note Header type NT_VBOXCORE COREDESCRIPTOR gt Magic gt VM core file version gt VBox version gt Number of vCPUs etc Note Header type NT_VBOXCPU one for each vCPU vCPU 1 Note Header DBGFCORECPU vCPU 1 dump Additional Notes Data currently unused Memory dump The memory descriptors contain physical addresses relative to the guest and not virtual ad dresses Regions of memory such as MMIO regions are not included in the core file The relevant data structures and definitions can be found in the VirtualBox sources un der the following header files include VBox dbgfcorefmt h include iprt x86 h and src VBox Runtime include internal ldrELFCommon h The VM core file can be inspected using elfdump and GNU readelf or other similar utilities 12 2 General 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host file system Occasionally some host file systems provide very poor writing performance and as a consequence cause the guest to time out IDE SATA commands This is normal behavior and should normally cause no real problems as the guest should repea
455. on Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part con
456. on For drag n drop to work the Guest Additions need to be installed on the guest Note Drag n drop is disabled by default This setting can be changed at any time using the Drag n Drop menu item in the Devices menu of the virtual machine 47 3 Configuring virtual machines See chapter 4 4 Drag n Drop page 73 for more information Removable Media If this is checked VirtualBox will save the state of what media has been mounted between several runs of a virtual machine Mini ToolBar In full screen or seamless mode VirtualBox can display a small toolbar that con tains some of the items that are normally available from the virtual machine s menu bar This toolbar reduces itself to a small gray line unless you move the mouse over it With the toolbar you can return from full screen or seamless mode control machine execution or enable certain devices If you don t want to see the toolbar disable this setting The second setting allows to show the toolbar at the top of the screen instead of showing it at the bottom 3 3 3 Description tab Here you can enter any description for your virtual machine if you want This has no effect on the functionality of the machine but you may find this space useful to note down things like the configuration of a virtual machine and the software that has been installed into it To insert a line break into the description text field press Shift Enter 3
457. on the guest window and the guest expects relative mouse coordiantes at this time This happens if the pointing device is configured as PS 2 mouse and the guest did not yet start the VirtualBox Guest Additions for instance the guest is booting or no Guest Additions installed at all or if the pointing device is configured as USB tablet but the guest has no USB driver loaded yet Once the Guest Additions become active or the USB guest driver is started the mouse capture is automatically released The default behavior is sometimes not desired Therefore it can be configured VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI MouseCapturePolicy MODE where MODE is one of the following keywords Default The default behavior as described above HostComboOnly The mouse is only captured if the Host Key is toggled Disabled The mouse is never captured also not by toggling the Host Key This is a per VM setting 204 9 Advanced topics 9 20 12 Requesting legacy full screen mode As of version 4 3 16 VirtualBox uses special window manager facilities to switch a multi screen machine to full screen on a multi monitor host system However not all window managers provide these facilities correctly so VirtualBox can be told to use the old method of switching to full screen mode instead using the command VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Fullscreen LegacyMode true You can go back to the new method using the command VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Fullscr
458. on the host at all but can act as a RDP server if the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE is installed and enabled for the VM As opposed to the other graphical interfaces the headless front end requires no graphics support This is useful for example if you want to host your virtual machines on a headless Linux server that has no X Window system installed For details see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server page 107 If the above front ends still do not satisfy your particular needs it is possible to create yet another front end to the complex virtualization engine that is the core of VirtualBox as the VirtualBox core neatly exposes all of its features in a clean API please refer to chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 33 2 Installation details As installation of VirtualBox varies depending on your host operating system we provide instal lation instructions in four separate chapters for Windows Mac OS X Linux and Solaris respec tively 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts 2 1 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Windows that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 In addition Windows Installer 1 1 or higher must be present on your system This should be the case if you have all recent Windows updates installed 2 1 2 Performing the installation The VirtualBox installation can be started e either by d
459. onf system is used to perform this task To prevent any user interaction during installation default values can be defined A file vboxconf can contain the following debconf settings virtualbox virtualbox module compilation allowed boolean true virtualbox virtualbox delete old modules boolean true 40 2 Installation details The first line allows compilation of the vboxdrv kernel module if no module was found for the current kernel The second line allows the package to delete any old vboxdrv kernel modules compiled by previous installations These default settings can be applied with debconf set selections vboxconf prior to the installation of the VirtualBox Debian package In addition there are some common configuration options that can be set prior to the installa tion described in chapter 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options page 41 2 3 3 6 Automatic installation of rpm packages The rpm format does not provide a configuration system comparable to the debconf system See chapter 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options page 41 for how to set some common installation options provided by VirtualBox 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options To configure the installation process of our deb and rpm packages you can create a response file named etc default virtualbox The automatic generation of the udev rule can be pre vented by the following setting INSTALL_NO_UDEV 1 The creation of the group vboxusers can be prevent
460. ons thereof as virtual disks to virtual machines With VirtualBox this type of access is called raw hard disk access it allows a guest oper ating system to access its virtual hard disk without going through the host OS file system The actual performance difference for image files vs raw disk varies greatly depending on the over head of the host file system whether dynamically growing images are used and on host OS caching strategies The caching indirectly also affects other aspects such as failure behavior i e whether the virtual disk contains all data written before a host OS crash Consult your host OS documentation for details on this Warning Raw hard disk access is for expert users only Incorrect use or use of an outdated configuration can lead to total loss of data on the physical disk Most impor tantly do not attempt to boot the partition with the currently running host operating system in a guest This will lead to severe data corruption Raw hard disk access both for entire disks and individual partitions is implemented as part of the VMDK image format support As a result you will need to create a special VMDK image file which defines where the data will be stored After creating such a special VMDK image you can use it like a regular virtual disk image For example you can use the VirtualBox Manager chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 86 or VBoxManage to assign the image to a virtual mach
461. opy of the shared page copy on write All this is fully transparent to the virtual machine You may be familiar with this kind of memory overcommitment from other hypervisor prod ucts which call this feature page sharing or same page merging However Page Fusion differs significantly from those other solutions whose approaches have several drawbacks 80 4 Guest Additions 1 Traditional hypervisors scan all guest memory and compute checksums hashes for every single memory page Then they look for pages with identical hashes and compare the entire content of those pages if two pages produce the same hash it is very likely that the pages are identical in content This of course can take rather long especially if the system is not idling As a result the additional memory only becomes available after a significant amount of time this can be hours or even days Even worse this kind of page sharing algorithm generally consumes significant CPU resources and increases the virtualization overhead by 10 20 Page Fusion in VirtualBox uses logic in the VirtualBox Guest Additions to quickly identify memory cells that are most likely identical across VMs It can therefore achieve most of the possible savings of page sharing almost immediately and with almost no overhead 2 Page Fusion is also much less likely to be confused by identical memory that it will eliminate just to learn seconds later that the memory will now cha
462. or the DHCP server will be created in the disabled state doing nothing After this VirtualBox will automatically start the DHCP server for given internal or host only network as soon as the first virtual machine which uses that network is started Reversely use VBoxManage dhcpserver remove with the given netname lt network_name gt or ifname lt hostonly_if_name gt to remove the DHCP server again for the given internal or host only network To modify the settings of a DHCP server created earlier with VBoxManage dhcpserver add you can use VBoxManage dhcpserver modify for a given network or host only interface name 8 35 VBoxManage debugvm Introspection and guest debugging Synopsis VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm sh eval VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt statistics reset descriptions pattern pattern Description lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt dumpvmcore filename name info lt item gt args injectnmi log release logdest release
463. ordfile lt file gt password lt password gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory source Absolute path of one or more source s to move to destination If more than one source is specified destination must be an existing directory on the guest The specified user must have appropriate rights to access source and destination files and directories dest Absolute path of the destination to move the source s to This can be a directory or a file depending if one or more sources have been specified The specified user must have appropriate rights to access the destination file and directory username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password password Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose createtemporary which allows copying files from the host to the guest only with in stalled Guest Additions 4 2 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt createtemp orary mktemp lt template gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt directory secure tmpdir lt directory gt domain lt domain g
464. ore will lead to decreased perfor mance and may trigger crashes Settings the per VM hwvirtextexcl setting has been replaced by a global hwvirtexclusive property Main new event queue implementation which does not use the host s native event queue for processing VirtualBox events anymore Main eliminate the use of SysV semaphores on all host OSes other than Windows namely Linux Solaris and Mac OS X with the consequence that no system reconfiguration is needed to run more than approximately 100 VMs Main use the XDG standard configuration folder instead of VirtualBox on systems where it is appropriate bug 5099 Main extension pack framework can now support loading HGCM modules contributed by Jeff Westphal VBoxManage list more information about hard disk DVD floppy media and support the Long option to show really all available details VBoxManage added support for optional command line parameters for the automatic Guest Additions update VBoxManage added support for listing active guest sessions guest processes and or guest files via guestcontrol list lt all sessions processes files gt 278 15 Change log VBoxManage added support for closing active guest sessions via guestcontrol session close session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt all VBoxManage added support for terminating active guest processes via guestcontrol process kill close terminate session id lt ID gt session name
465. ormation 318 Contents Glossary 319 10 1 First steps Welcome to Oracle VM VirtualBox VirtualBox is a cross platform virtualization application What does that mean For one thing it installs on your existing Intel or AMD based computers whether they are running Windows Mac Linux or Solaris operating systems Secondly it extends the capabilities of your existing computer so that it can run multiple operating systems inside multiple virtual machines at the same time So for example you can run Windows and Linux on your Mac run Windows Server 2008 on your Linux server run Linux on your Windows PC and so on all alongside your existing applications You can install and run as many virtual machines as you like the only practical limits are disk space and memory VirtualBox is deceptively simple yet also very powerful It can run everywhere from small embedded systems or desktop class machines all the way up to datacenter deployments and even Cloud environments The following screenshot shows you how VirtualBox installed on a Mac computer is running Windows 8 in a virtual machine window ese Win8 Running oo gt New Settings Discard Show S Linux A CM EDS cmm LE Y Others Scan Snipping Tool FAN Help and Support LA SkyDrive lt gt Uninstall Sound Recorder Magnifier g Run MacOSX Powered Off Skype ER Website s core Narrator Task Manager E Beos so Mi Powered Off eCS 2 1 Powered Off ME
466. ormation about your system and information about VirtualBox s current settings The following subcommands are available with VBoxManage list vms lists all virtual machines currently registered with VirtualBox By default this displays a compact list with each VM s name and UUID if you also specify Long or 1 this will be a detailed list as with the showvminfo command see below runningvms lists all currently running virtual machines by their unique identifiers UUIDs in the same format as with vms ostypes lists all guest operating systems presently known to VirtualBox along with the identifiers used to refer to them with the modifyvm command hostdvds hostfloppies respectively list DVD floppy bridged networking and host only networking interfaces on the host along with the name used to access them from within VirtualBox bridgedifs hostonlyifs and dhcpservers respectively list bridged network interfaces host only network interfaces and DHCP servers currently available on the host Please see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 95 for details on these hostinfo displays information about the host system such as CPUs memory size and Operating system version 127 8 VBoxManage e hostcpuids dumps the CPUID parameters for the host CPUs This can be used for a more fine grained analyis of the host s virtualization capabilities e hddbackends lists all known virtual disk back ends of VirtualBox For each such format
467. other entities V VM Virtual Machine a virtual computer that VirtualBox allows you to run on top of your actual hardware See chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 12 for details VMM Virtual Machine Manager the component of VirtualBox that controls VM execution See chapter 10 2 VirtualBox executables and components page 218 for a list of VirtualBox com ponents VRDE VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension This interface is built into VirtualBox to allow VirtualBox extension packages to supply remote access to virtual machines A VirtualBox extension package by Oracle provides VRDP support see chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 106 for details VRDP See RDP VT x The hardware virtualization features built into modern Intel processors See chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 X XHCI eXtended Host Controller Interface the interface that implements the USB 3 0 standard XML The eXtensible Markup Language a metastandard for all kinds of textual information XML only specifies how data in the document is organized generally and does not prescribe how to semantically organize content XPCOM Mozilla Cross Platform Component Object Model a programming infrastructure devel oped by the Mozilla browser project which is similar to Microsoft COM and allows appli cations to provide a modular programming interface VirtualBox makes use of XPCOM on Linux both internally and externally to provide a compr
468. oting 12 3 2 Windows 0x101 bluescreens with SMP enabled IPI timeout If a VM is configured to have more than one processor symmetrical multiprocessing SMP some configurations of Windows guests crash with an 0x101 error message indicating a timeout for inter processor interrupts IPIs These interrupts synchronize memory management between processors According to Microsoft this is due to a race condition in Windows A hotfix is available If this does not help please reduce the number of virtual processors to 1 12 3 3 Windows 2000 installation failures When installing Windows 2000 guests you might run into one of the following issues e Installation reboots usually during component registration e Installation fills the whole hard disk with empty log files e Installation complains about a failure installing msgina dll These problems are all caused by a bug in the hard disk driver of Windows 2000 After issuing a hard disk request there is a race condition in the Windows driver code which leads to corruption if the operation completes too fast i e the hardware interrupt from the IDE controller arrives too soon With physical hardware there is a guaranteed delay in most systems so the problem is usually hidden there however it should be possible to reproduce it on physical hardware as well In a virtual environment it is possible for the operation to be done immediately especially on very fast systems with multiple CPUs and
469. ou can type VirtualBox in a terminal When you start VirtualBox for the first time a window like the following should come up eoe Oracle VM VirtualBox Manager o New Settings Discard Start Welcome to VirtualBox The left part of this window is a list of all virtual machines on your computer The list is empty now because you haven t created any virtual machines yet e In order to create a new virtual machine press the New button in the main tool bar located at y the top of the window gt T P You can press the 3 key to get instant help or visit www virtualbox org for the latest j information and news 7 17 1 First steps This window is called the VirtualBox Manager On the left you can see a pane that will later list all your virtual machines Since you have not created any the list is empty A row of buttons above it allows you to create new VMs and work on existing VMs once you have some The pane on the right displays the properties of the virtual machine currently selected if any Again since you don t have any machines yet the pane displays a welcome message To give you an idea what VirtualBox might look like later after you have created many ma chines here s another example Er eBusiness El General El Preview Windows 8 Enterprise RTM Name Windows 8 Enterprise RTM T8 9 Running Operating System Windows 8 64 bit Groups eBusiness e Oracle Linux 6 U3 Md 9 Running
470. ou start it This is the equivalent of pulling out the power cable on a physical machine and should be avoided if possible 8 15 VBoxManage adoptstate If you have a saved state file sav that is separate from the VM configuration you can use this command to adopt the file This will change the VM to saved state and when you start it VirtualBox will attempt to restore it from the saved state file you indicated This command should only be used in special setups 8 16 VBoxManage snapshot This command is used to control snapshots from the command line A snapshot consists of a complete copy of the virtual machine settings copied at the time when the snapshot was taken and optionally a virtual machine saved state file if the snapshot was taken while the machine was running After a snapshot has been taken VirtualBox creates differencing hard disk for each normal hard disk associated with the machine so that when a snapshot is restored the contents of the virtual machine s virtual hard disks can be quickly reset by simply dropping the pre existing differencing files The take operation takes a snapshot of the current state of the virtual machine You must supply a name for the snapshot and can optionally supply a description The new snapshot is inserted into the snapshots tree as a child of the current snapshot and then becomes the new current snapshot The description parameter allows to describe the snapshot If live is specifi
471. ou will only have one mouse pointer and pressing the Host key is no longer required to free the mouse from being captured by the guest OS To make this work a special mouse driver is installed in the guest that communicates with the real mouse driver on your host and moves the guest mouse pointer accordingly Shared folders These provide an easy way to exchange files between the host and the guest Much like ordinary Windows network shares you can tell VirtualBox to treat a certain host directory as a shared folder and VirtualBox will make it available to the guest operating system as a network share irrespective of whether guest actually has a network For details please refer to chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 70 Better video support While the virtual graphics card which VirtualBox emulates for any guest operating system provides all the basic features the custom video drivers that are installed with the Guest Additions provide you with extra high and non standard video modes as well as accelerated video performance In addition with Windows Linux and Solaris guests you can resize the virtual machine s window if the Guest Additions are installed The video resolution in the guest will be au tomatically adjusted as if you had manually entered an arbitrary resolution in the guest s display settings Please see chapter 1 8 5 Resizing the machine s window page 24 also Finally if the Guest Additions are installed 3D
472. ouble clicking on its executable file contains both 32 and 64 bit architectures e or by entering VirtualBox exe extract on the command line This will extract both installers into a temporary directory in which you ll then find the usual MSI files Then you can do a msiexec i VirtualBox version MultiArch x86 amd64 msi to perform the installation In either case this will display the installation welcome dialog and allow you to choose where to install VirtualBox to and which components to install In addition to the VirtualBox applica tion the following components are available USB support This package contains special drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox re quires to fully support USB devices inside your virtual machines Networking This package contains extra networking drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox needs to support Bridged Networking to make your VM s virtual network cards accessible from other machines on your physical network Python Support This package contains Python scripting support for the VirtualBox API see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 For this to work an already working Windows Python installation on the system is required Depending on your Windows configuration you may see warnings about unsigned drivers or similar Please select Continue on these warnings as otherwise VirtualBox might not function correctly after installation 1
473. ough this library for cross platform portability VMM Virtual Machine Monitor the heart of the hypervisor EM Execution Manager controls execution of guest code REM Recompiled Execution Monitor provides software emulation of CPU instructions TRPM Trap Manager intercepts and processes guest traps and exceptions HWACCM Hardware Acceleration Manager provides support for VI x and AMD V 219 10 Technical background PDM Pluggable Device Manager an abstract interface between the VMM and emulated devices which separates device implementations from VMM internals and makes it easy to add new emulated devices Through PDM third party developers can add new virtual devices to VirtualBox without having to change VirtualBox itself PGM Page Manager a component controlling guest paging PATM Patch Manager patches guest code to improve and speed up software virtualiza tion TM Time Manager handles timers and all aspects of time inside guests CFGM Configuration Manager provides a tree structure which holds configuration set tings for the VM and all emulated devices SSM Saved State Manager saves and loads VM state e VUSB Virtual USB a USB layer which separates emulated USB controllers from the con trollers on the host and from USB devices this also enables remote USB DBGF Debug Facility a built in VM debugger VirtualBox emulates a number of devices to provide the hardware environment that var
474. ound at 192 168 0 2 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface For network booting in NAT mode by default VirtualBox uses a built in TFTP server at the IP address 10 0 2 4 This default behavior should work fine for typical remote booting scenarios However it is possible to change the boot server IP and the location of the boot image with the following commands VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nattftpserverl 10 0 2 2 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nattftpfilel srv tftp boot MyPXEBoot pxe 9 11 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT The VirtualBox NAT stack performance is often determined by its interaction with the host s TCP IP stack and the size of several buffers SO_RCVBUF and SO_SNDBUF For certain setups users might want to adjust the buffer size for a better performance This can by achieved using the following commands values are in kilobytes and can range from 8 to 1024 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natsettingsl 16000 128 128 0 0 This example illustrates tuning the NAT settings The first parameter is the MTU then the size of the socket s send buffer and the size of the socket s receive buffer the initial size of the TCP send window and lastly the initial size of the TCP receive window Note that specifying zero means fallback to the default value Each of these buffers has a default size of 64KB and default MTU is 1500 9 11 4 Binding NAT sockets to a specific interface By default V
475. our guest system in order to activate the updates Determine the exact version of your kernel using uname a and install the correct version of the linux headers package e g using apt get install linux headers 2 6 26 2 686 4 2 2 2 Graphics and mouse integration In Linux and Solaris guests VirtualBox graphics and mouse integration goes through the X Win dow System VirtualBox can use the X Org variant of the system or XFree86 version 4 3 which is identical to the first X Org release During the installation process the X Org display server will be set up to use the graphics and mouse drivers which come with the Guest Additions After installing the Guest Additions into a fresh installation of a supported Linux distribution or Solaris system many unsupported systems will work correctly too the guest s graphics mode will change to fit the size of the VirtualBox window on the host when it is resized You can also ask the guest system to switch to a particular resolution by sending a video mode hint using the VBoxManage tool 68 4 Guest Additions Multiple guest monitors are supported in guests using the X Org server version 1 3 which is part of release 7 3 of the X Window System version 11 or a later version The layout of the guest screens can be adjusted as needed using the tools which come with the guest operating system If you want to understand more about the details of how the X Org drivers are set up in particular if
476. out why the compilation failed You may have to install the appropriate Linux kernel headers see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 37 After correcting any problems do sudo rcvboxdrv setup This will start a second attempt to build the module If a suitable kernel module was found in the package or the module was successfully built the installation script will attempt to load that module If this fails please see chapter 12 8 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load page 240 for further information Once VirtualBox has been successfully installed and configured you can start it by selecting VirtualBox in your start menu or from the command line see chapter 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux page 41 2 3 3 2 Using the alternative installer VirtualBox run The alternative installer performs the following steps It unpacks the application files to the target directory opt VirtualBox which cannot be changed It builds the VirtualBox kernel modules vboxdrv vboxnetflt and vboxnetadp and in stalls them It creates etc init d vboxdrv an init script to start the VirtualBox kernel module It creates a new system group called vboxusers 38 2 Installation details e It creates symbolic links in usr bin to the a shell script opt VirtualBox VBox which does some sanity checks and dispatches to the actual executables VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxVRDP VBoxHeadless and VBoxManage e It creates etc udev ru
477. ox can tell a guest OS to start from the virtual floppy the virtual CD DVD drive the virtual hard drive each of these as defined by the other VM settings the network or none of these 3Experimental support for drag and drop was added with VirtualBox 4 2 48 3 Configuring virtual machines If you select Network the VM will attempt to boot from a network via the PXE mecha nism This needs to be configured in detail on the command line please see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 Chipset Here you can select which chipset will be presented to the virtual machine Before VirtualBox 4 0 PIIX3 was the only available option here For modern guest operating sys tems such as Mac OS X that old chipset is no longer well supported As a result VirtualBox 4 0 introduced an emulation of the more modern ICH9 chipset which supports PCI ex press three PCI buses PCI to PCI bridges and Message Signaled Interrupts MSI This allows modern operating systems to address more PCI devices and no longer requires IRQ sharing Using the ICH9 chipset it is also possible to configure up to 36 network cards up to 8 network adapters with PIIX3 Note that the ICH9 support is experimental and not recommended for guest operating systems which do not require it Pointing Device The default virtual pointing devices for older guests is the traditional PS 2 mouse If set to USB tablet VirtualBox reports to the virtual machine that a USB tablet d
478. ox to 3 1 and then move the DVD drive from its default position this cannot be expressed in the old settings format the XML machine file would get written in the new format and a backup file of the old format would be kept 218 2 10 Technical background Note When we refer to clients here we mean the local clients of a particu lar VBoxSVC server process not clients in a network VirtualBox employs its own client server design to allow its processes to cooperate but all these processes run un der the same user account on the host operating system and this is totally transparent to the user The GUI process VirtualBox a client application based on the cross platform Qt li brary When started without the startvm option this application acts as the VirtualBox manager displaying the VMs and their settings It then communicates settings and state changes to VBoxSVC and also reflects changes effected through other means e g VBoxManage If the VirtualBox client application is started with the startvm argument it loads the VMM library which includes the actual hypervisor and then runs a virtual machine and provides the input and output for the guest Any VirtualBox front end client will communicate with the service process and can both control and reflect the current state For example either the VM selector or the VM window or VBoxManage can be used to pause the running VM and other components will alway
479. oxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisType 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisVersion Chassis Version VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisSerial Chassis Serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisAssetTag Chassis Tag DMI processor information type 4 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiProcManufacturer GenuineIntel VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiProcVersion Pentium R III DMI OEM strings type 11 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiOEMVBoxVer vboxVer 1 2 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiOEMVBoxRev vboxRev 12345 If a DMI string is not set the default value of VirtualBox is used To set an empty string use lt EMPTY gt Note that in the above list all quoted parameters DmiBIOSVendor DmiBIOSVersion but not DmiBIOSReleaseMajor are expected to be strings If such a string is a valid number the parameter is treated as number and the VM will most probably refuse to start with an VERR_CFGM_NOT_STRING error In that case use string lt value gt for instance VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSerial string 1234 Changing this information can be
480. pLive 1 At least one of the above two commands will have to be provided if you have enabled the VirtualBox CoreDumper 196 9 Advanced topics Setting CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump sets up the VM to override the host s core dumping mechanism and in the event of any crash only the VirtualBox CoreDumper would produce the core file Setting CoreDumpLive sets up the VM to produce cores whenever the VM process receives a SIGUSR2 signal After producing the core file the VM will not be terminated and will continue to run You can thus take cores of the VM process using kill s SIGUSR2 lt VM process id gt Core files produced by the VirtualBox CoreDumper are of the form core vb lt ProcessName gt lt ProcessID gt for example core vb VBoxHeadless 11321 9 19 VirtualBox and Solaris kernel zones Solaris kernel zones on x86 based systems make use of hardware assisted virtualization features like VirtualBox does However for kernel zones and VirtualBox to share this hardware resource they need to co operate By default due to performance reasons VirtualBox acquires the hardware assisted virtualiza tion resource VT x AMD V globally on the host machine and uses it until the last VirtualBox VM that requires it is powered off This prevents other software from using VI x AMD V during the time VirtualBox has taken control of it VirtualBox can be instructed to relinquish use of hardware assisted virtualization features when not executing gu
481. page 128 port The number of the storage controller s port which is to be modified Mandatory unless the storage controller has only a single port Before VirtualBox 4 0 it was necessary to call VBoxManage openmedium before a medium could be attached to a virtual machine that call registered the medium with the global VirtualBox media registry With VirtualBox 4 0 this is no longer necessary media are added to media registries automatically The closemedium call has been retained however to allow for explicitly removing a medium from a registry 145 8 VBoxManage device The number of the port s device which is to be modified Mandatory unless the storage controller has only a single device per port type Define the type of the drive to which the medium is being attached detached modified This argument can only be omitted if the type of medium can be determined from either the medium given with the medium argument or from a previous medium attachment medium Specifies what is to be attached The following values are supported none Any existing device should be removed from the given slot emptydrive For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only this makes the device slot be haves like a removeable drive into which no media has been inserted additions For a virtual DVD drive only this attaches the VirtualBox Guest Additions image to the given device slot If a UUID is specified i
482. page 79 usbattach and usbdettach make host USB devices visible to the virtual machine on the fly without the need for creating filters first The USB devices can be specified by UUID unique identifier or by address on the host system You can use VBoxManage list usbhost to locate this information 142 8 VBoxManage clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this setting you can select if and how the guest or host operating system s clipboard should be shared with the host or guest see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine draganddrop disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this set ting you can select the current drag n drop mode being used between the host and the virtual machine see chapter 4 4 Drag n Drop page 73 This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine vrde on off lets you enable or disable the VRDE server if it is installed vrdeport default lt ports gt changes the port or a range of ports that the VRDE server can bind to default or 0 means port 3389 the standard port for RDP For details see the description for the vrdeport option in chapter 8 8 3 Miscellaneous settings page 135 setvideomodehint requests that the guest system change to a particular video mode This requires that the Guest Additions be installed and will not work for all guest systems
483. parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for t
484. pecial name help will list all the available info items and hints about optional arguments args Optional argument string for the info item handler Most info items does not take any extra arguments Arguments not recognized are generally ignored debugvm injectnmi VBoxManage debugvm uuid vmname injectnmi Causes a non maskable interrupt NMI to be injected into the guest This might be useful for certain debugging scenarios What happens exactly is dependent on the guest operating system but an NMI can crash the whole guest operating system Do not use unless you know what you re doing debugvm log VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt log release debug group settings Changes the group settings for either debug debug or release release logger of the VM process The group settings are typically strings on the form em e f 1l hm 0 and em f Basic wildcards are supported for group matching The all group is an alias for all the groups Please do keep in mind that the group settings are applied as modifications to the current ones This corresponds to the log command in the debugger 165 8 VBoxManage debugvm logdest VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt logdest release debug destinations Changes the destination settings for either debug debug or release release logger of the VM process For details on the destination format the best source is src VBox Runtime commo
485. pliances where multi ple virtual machines are shipped together and designed to cooperate For example one virtual machine may contain a web server and a second one a database and since they are intended to talk to each other the appliance can instruct VirtualBox to set up a host only network for the two A second bridged network would then connect the web server to the outside world to serve data to but the outside world cannot connect to the database To change a virtual machine s virtual network interface to host only mode e either go to the Network page in the virtual machine s settings notebook in the graphical user interface and select Host only networking or e on the command line type VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic lt x gt hostonly see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 for details Before you can attach a VM to a host only network you have to create at least one host only interface either from the GUI File gt Preferences gt Network gt Host only network gt Add host only network or via command line with VBoxManage hostonlyif create see chapter 8 33 VBoxManage hostonlyif page 163 for details For host only networking like with internal networking you may find the DHCP server useful that is built into VirtualBox This can be enabled to then manage the IP addresses in the host only network since otherwise you would need to configure all IP addres
486. pplication program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of
487. pported by the guest operating system 15 slots attached to the SCSI controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system eight slots attached to the SAS controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system 84 5 Virtual storage 5 eight slots attached to the virtual USB controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system Given this large choice of storage controllers you may ask yourself which one to choose In general you should avoid IDE unless it is the only controller supported by your guest Whether you use SATA SCSI or SAS does not make any real difference The variety of controllers is only supplied for VirtualBox for compatibility with existing hardware and other hypervisors 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD Disk image files reside on the host system and are seen by the guest systems as hard disks of a certain geometry When a guest operating system reads from or writes to a hard disk VirtualBox redirects the request to the image file Like a physical disk a virtual disk has a size capacity which must be specified when the image file is created As opposed to a physical disk however VirtualBox allows you to expand an image file after creation even if it has data already see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd page 149 for details VirtualBox supports four variants of disk image files e Normally VirtualBox uses its own container format for guest har
488. puter network In iSCSI terminology the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target while the client connecting to the server and accessing its resources is called iSCSI initiator 93 5 Virtual storage VirtualBox can transparently present iSCSI remote storage to a virtual machine as a virtual hard disk The guest operating system will not see any difference between a virtual disk image VDI file and an iSCSI target To achieve this VirtualBox has an integrated iSCSI initiator VirtualBox s iSCSI support has been developed according to the iSCSI standard and should work with all standard conforming iSCSI targets To use an iSCSI target with VirtualBox you must use the command line see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 94 6 Virtual networking As briefly mentioned in chapter 3 8 Network settings page 54 VirtualBox provides up to eight virtual PCI Ethernet cards for each virtual machine For each such card you can individually select 1 the hardware that will be virtualized as well as 2 the virtualization mode that the virtual card will be operating in with respect to your physical networking hardware on the host Four of the network cards can be configured in the Network section of the settings dialog in the graphical user interface of VirtualBox You can configure all eight network cards on the command line via VBoxManage modifyvm see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 1
489. r in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this Lice
490. r a Mac without having to reboot to use it Since you can configure what kinds of virtual hardware should be presented to each such operating system you can install an old operating system such as DOS or OS 2 even if your real computer s hardware is no longer supported by that operating system e Easier software installations Software vendors can use virtual machines to ship entire software configurations For example installing a complete mail server solution on a real machine can be a tedious task With VirtualBox such a complex setup then often called an appliance can be packed into a virtual machine Installing and running a mail server becomes as easy as importing such an appliance into VirtualBox e Testing and disaster recovery Once installed a virtual machine and its virtual hard disks can be considered a container that can be arbitrarily frozen woken up copied backed up and transported between hosts On top of that with the use of another VirtualBox feature called snapshots one can save a particular state of a virtual machine and revert back to that state if necessary This way one can freely experiment with a computing environment If something goes wrong e g after installing misbehaving software or infecting the guest with a virus one can easily switch back to a previous snapshot and avoid the need of frequent backups and restores Any number of snapshots can be created allowing you to travel
491. r image The differencing image is then typically referred to as a child which holds the differences to its parent When a differencing image is active it receives all write operations from the virtual machine instead of its parent The differencing image only contains the sectors of the virtual hard disk that have changed since the differencing image was created When the machine reads a sector from such a virtual hard disk it looks into the differencing image first If the sector is present it is returned from there if not VirtualBox looks into the parent In other words the parent becomes read only it is never written to again but it is read from if a sector has not changed Differencing images can be chained If another differencing image is created for a virtual disk that already has a differencing image then it becomes a grandchild of the original parent The first differencing image then becomes read only as well and write operations only go to the second level differencing image When reading from the virtual disk VirtualBox needs to look into the second differencing image first then into the first if the sector was not found and then into the original image There can be an unlimited number of differencing images and each image can have more than one child As a result the differencing images can form a complex tree with parents siblings and children depending on how complex your machine configuration
492. r it with VirtualBox use VBoxManage createvm with the register option like this VBoxManage createvm name SUSE 10 2 register VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 5 0 4 C 2005 2015 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Virtual machine SUSE 10 2 is created UUID c89fc351 8ec6 4f02 a048 57f4d25288e5 Settings file home username config VirtualBox Machines SUSE 10 2 SUSE 10 2 xml 1For details see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage createvm page 130 116 8 VBoxManage As can be seen from the above output a new virtual machine has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file To show the configuration of a particular VM use VBoxManage showvminfo see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage showvminfo page 128 for details and an example To change settings while a VM is powered off use VBoxManage modifyvm e g as follows VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 512 For details see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 To change the storage configuration e g to add a storage controller and then a virtual disk use VBoxManage storagectl and VBoxManage storageattach see chapter 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl page 147 and chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 for details To control VM operation use one of the following To start a VM that is currently powered off use VBoxManage startvm see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 141 for details To pause or save
493. r privileged CPU state are passed on to the hypervisor instead Paravirtualization can achieve good functionality and performance on standard x86 CPUs but it can only work if the guest OS can actually be modified which is obviously not always the case VirtualBox chooses a different approach When starting a virtual machine through its ring 0 support kernel driver VirtualBox has set up the host system so that it can run most of the guest code natively but it has inserted itself at the bottom of the picture It can then assume control when needed if a privileged instruction is executed the guest traps in particular because an I O register was accessed and a device needs to be virtualized or external interrupts occur VirtualBox may then handle this and either route a request to a virtual device or possibly delegate handling such things to the guest or host OS In guest context VirtualBox can therefore be in one of three states 222 10 Technical background Guest ring 3 code is run unmodified at full speed as much as possible The number of faults will generally be low unless the guest allows port I O from ring 3 something we cannot do as we don t want the guest to be able to access real ports This is also referred to as raw mode as the guest ring 3 code runs unmodified For guest code in ring 0 VirtualBox employs a nasty trick it actually reconfigures the guest so that its ring 0 code is run in ring 1 instead which
494. raffic VM to from host from leaking to wire bug 12750 270 15 Change log Windows Additions fixed the environment for guest processes 4 3 8 regression bug 12782 Windows Additions WDDM fixed divide by zero exception with multiple guest screens under certain conditions Windows Additions WDDM fixed crashes with 2D video acceleration enabled 4 3 8 re gression bug 12745 Linux Additions install correctly on Ubuntu guest systems with a usr lib64 directory bug 12513 X11 Additions fix for the VBoxClient process not exiting correctly bug 12348 and consuming too much processor time 15 14 Version 4 3 8 2014 02 25 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM more work on improving the emulation of certain MSR registers e g bugs 12224 12544 VMM fixed a VERR_INVALID_RPL Guru Meditation when booting certain guests bug 11350 VMM experimental support for SSE 4 1 SSE 4 2 passthrough see the user manual how to enable it bug 8651 VMM fix for recent Linux kernels with software virtualization GUI experimental HID LEDs synchronization for Windows hosts see chapter 9 28 Support for keyboard indicators synchronization page 212 GUI warn the user if the Oracle Extension Pack is not installed and the user tries to activate the remote display feature bug 9104 GUI make sure that a minimized guest using mini toolbar in full screen seamless mode keeps the mi
495. rash on older Linux distributions if the DBus service isn t running bug 14543 Windows hosts fixed the VERR_LDR_MISMATCH_NATIVE error message bug 14420 Windows hosts fix for Windows 10 build 10525 and later bug 14502 Windows hosts fixed network adapter enumeration on Windows 10 bug 14437 Windows hosts prevent intermittent host network disconnects during VM start shutdown with bridged networking bug 14500 Windows Additions fixed the call to the memory allocation function bug 14415 Linux Additions be more forgiving if the compilation of the vboxvideo module fails bug 14547 X11 Additions fixed a number of small issues with dynamic resizing and full screen and seamless modes 15 2 Version 5 0 2 2015 08 13 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM added support for guest crash report MSRs with Hyper V paravirtualization VMM fixed an issue causing artifically high load averages on Linux hosts VMM fixed a kernel panic with thread context hooks caused by incompatible changes made to Linux 4 2 kernels VMM fixed a saved state issue with VI x AMD V disabled 5 0 regression bug 14304 VMM fixed VERR_SUPDRV_TSC_DELTA_MEASUREMENT_FAILED Guru Meditations on cer tain AMD CPUs 5 0 regression bug 14370 VMM fixed a crash while creating a guest core dumps via the VM debug facility 5 0 regression 255 15 Change log VMM This release has AVX2 passthrough disable
496. rce nor the target machine can have any snapshots Then perform the following steps 1 On the target host configure the virtual machine to wait for a teleport request to arrive when it is started instead of actually attempting to start the machine This is done with the following VBoxManage command VBoxManage modifyvm lt targetvmname gt teleporter on teleporterport lt port gt where lt targetvmname gt is the name of the virtual machine on the target host and lt port gt is a TCP IP port number to be used on both the source and the target hosts For example use 6000 For details see chapter 8 8 6 Teleporting settings page 138 2 Start the VM on the target host You will see that instead of actually running it will show a progress dialog indicating that it is waiting for a teleport request to arrive 3 Start the machine on the source host as usual When it is running and you want it to be teleported issue the following command on the source host VBoxManage controlvm lt sourcevmname gt teleport host lt targethost gt port lt port gt where lt sourcevmname gt is the name of the virtual machine on the source host the machine that is currently running lt targethost gt is the host or IP name of the target host on which the machine is waiting for the teleport request and port must be the same number as specified in the command on the target host For details see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 141
497. re 1 0 1 2 1 c d 2 2 c d 8 2 b 10 and 11 Section 3 8 was added The modified sections are 2 1 b 2 2 b 3 2 simplified 3 5 deleted the last sentence and 3 6 simplified 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifica tions 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Modifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Contributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the soft ware development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or de
498. read from both sides In addition to establishing the general mechanism of reading and writing values a set of predefined guest properties is automatically maintained by the VirtualBox Guest Additions to allow for retrieving interesting guest data such as the guest s exact operating system and service pack level the installed version of the Guest Additions users that are currently logged into the guest OS network statistics and more These predefined properties are all prefixed with VirtualBox and organized into a hierarchical tree of keys Some of this runtime information is shown when you select Session Information Dialog from a virtual machine s Machine menu A more flexible way to use this channel is via the VBoxManage guestproperty command set see chapter 8 30 VBoxManage guestproperty page 153 for details For example to have all the available guest properties for a given running VM listed with their respective values use this 77 4 Guest Additions VBoxManage guestproperty enumerate Windows Vista III VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 5 0 4 C 2005 2015 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Product value Windows Vista Business Edition timestamp 1229098278843087000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Release value 6 0 6001 timestamp 1229098278950553000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S ServicePack value 1 timestamp 1229098279122627000 flags
499. remote virtual machine examples follow below For this to work you must specify the IP address of your host system not of the virtual machine as the server address to connect to as well as the port number that the VRDP server is using 106 7 Remote virtual machines Here follow examples for the most common RDP viewers On Windows you can use the Microsoft Terminal Services Connector mstsc exe that ships with Windows You can start it by bringing up the Run dialog press the Windows key and R and typing mstsc You can also find it under Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Remote Desktop Connection If you use the Run dialog you can type in options directly mstsc 1 2 3 4 3389 Replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary Note IPv6 address must be enclosed in square brackets to specify a port For example mstsc fe80 1 2 3 4 3389 Note When connecting to localhost in order to test the connection the addresses localhost and 127 0 0 1 might not work using mstsc exe Instead the address 127 0 0 2 3389 has to be used On other systems you can use the standard open source rdesktop program This ships with most Linux distributions but VirtualBox also comes with a modified variant of rdesk top for remote USB support see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 110 below With rdesktop use a command line su
500. riate use can make the medium unusable or lead to broken VM configurations if any other VM is referring to the same media already The most frequently used variant is setuuid which assigns a new random UUID to an image This is useful to resolve the duplicate UUID errors if one duplicated an image using file copy utilities passthrough For a virtual DVD drive only you can enable DVD writing support currently experimental see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 93 tempeject For a virtual DVD drive only you can configure the behavior for guest triggered medium eject If this is set to on the eject has only temporary effects If the VM is powered off and restarted the originally configured medium will be still in the drive nonrotational This switch allows to enable the non rotational flag for virtual hard disks Some guests i e Windows 7 treat such disks like SSDs and don t perform disk fragmen tation on such media bandwidthgroup Sets the bandwidth group to use for the given device see chapter 5 8 Lim iting bandwidth for disk images page 92 146 8 VBoxManage forceunmount For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only this forcibly unmounts the DVD CD Floppy or mounts a new DVD CD Floppy even if the previous one is locked down by the guest for reading Again see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 93 for details When iscsi is used with the medium parameter for iSCSI support see chapter 5 10 iSCSI
501. right c 1992 2009 The FreeBSD Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 311 16 Third party materials and licenses 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS CLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DI RECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT IN CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 22 NetBSD license Copyright c 1992 1993 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved This software was d
502. rmance workstations and servers Primarily for compatibility with other virtualization software VirtualBox optionally sup ports LSI Logic and BusLogic SCSI controllers to each of which up to 15 virtual hard disks can be attached To enable a SCSI controller on the Storage page of a virtual machine s settings dialog click on the Add Controller button under the Storage Tree box and then select Add 83 5 Virtual storage SCSI Controller After this the additional controller will appear as a separate PCI device in the virtual machine Warning As with the other controller types a SCSI controller will only be seen by operating systems with device support for it Windows 2003 and later ships with drivers for the LSI Logic controller while Windows NT 4 0 and Windows 2000 ships with drivers for the BusLogic controller Windows XP ships with drivers for neither Serial Attached SCSI SAS is another bus standard which uses the SCSI command set As opposed to SCSI however with physical devices serial cables are used instead of parallel ones which simplifies physical device connections In some ways therefore SAS is to SCSI what SATA is to IDE it allows for more reliable and faster connections To support high end guests which require SAS controllers VirtualBox emulates a LSI Logic SAS controller which can be enabled much the same way as a SCSI controller At this time up to eight devices can be connected to
503. rmats from one end to the other e g from the host to the guest or from the guest to the host One then can perform drag n drop operations between the host and a VM as it would be a native drag n drop operation on the host OS At the moment drag n drop is implemented for Windows and X Windows based systems both on host and guest side As X Windows sports different drag n drop protocols only the most used one XDND is supported for now Applications using other protocols such as Motif or OffiX will not be recognized by VirtualBox In context of using drag n drop the origin of the data is called source that is where the actual data comes from and is specified On the other hand there is the target which specifies where the data from the source should go to Transferring data from the source to the target can be done in various ways e g copying moving or linking When transferring data from the host to the guest OS the host in this case is the source whereas the guest OS is the target However when doing it the other way around that is transferring data from the guest OS to the host the guest OS this time became the source and the host is the target For security reasons drag n drop can be configured at runtime on a per VM basis either using the Drag n Drop menu item in the Devices menu of the virtual machine or VBoxManage The following four modes are available IDE Debug Window Help Optical Drives Network
504. rmod G vboxuser username Note that adding an active user to that group will require that user to log out and back in again This should be done manually after successful installation of the package 42 2 Installation details 2 4 3 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you Alternatively you can directly invoke the required programs from opt VirtualBox Using the links provided is easier as you do not have to type the full path You can configure some elements of the VirtualBox Qt GUI such as fonts and colours by executing VBoxQtconfig from the terminal 2 4 4 Uninstallation Uninstallation of VirtualBox on Solaris requires root permissions To perform the uninstallation start a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvbox After confirmation this will remove VirtualBox from your system If you are uninstalling VirtualBox version 3 0 or lower you need to remove the VirtualBox kernel interface package execute pkgrm SUNWvboxkern 2 4 5 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox we have provided a response file named autoresponse that the installer will use for responses to inputs rather than ask them from you Extract the tar gz package as described in the normal inst
505. roken CD DVD passthrough when using the IDE controller bug 12310 NAT new ping proxy for Windows hosts bug 11871 NAT Properly report outbound connect 2 failures to guest with TCP RST or ICMP bug 10525 NAT Network no need for frequent wakeups in VBoxNetDHCP and VBoxNetNAT bug 11681 Host only adapter prevent Windows from creating an Unidentified network bug 9688 Bridged Networking don t leak host to guest traffic to the wireless network when bridging to a wireless interface bug 13714 Main fixed a possible race when changing the medium leading to a deadlock under rare conditions bug 13722 VBoxManage fixed return code if starting a VM failed bug 13773 Settings on Windows host do not use environment variable HOME at all the settings location is derived from the user profile directory bug 7689 API fixed 2 deadlock opportunities related to medium handling bugs 13789 13801 thank you Alexander Urakov API fixed bug in XPCOM which created too few worker threads sporadically resulting in a deadlock bug 13802 thank you Alexander Urakov SDK fixed a garbage collection leak in the Python VirtualBox webservice API binding bug 13817 Linux hosts fixes for activated SMAP Broadwell and later bug 13820 X11 guests prevent unwanted hiding of guest screens on multi monitor guests bug 13287 X11 guests added support for X Org Server 1 17 X11 Additions fixed a memory leak in VBox
506. rominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights
507. roperly restore normal scale mode guest screen size after exiting full screen seamless mode GUI mini toolbar should provoke less artifacts conflicts with 3D guest rendering GUI Mac OS X Native full screen multi screen transition was able to blackout host screens for nearly minute GUI X11 Modern window managers should now use native full screen multi screen map ping API GUI added extradata item for configuring the mouse capture behavior see chapter 9 20 11 Configuring automatic mouse capturing page 204 bug 3506 Storage fixed a VBoxSVC crash when querying an iSCSI target with authentication config ured 4 3 14 regression Storage fixed a rare data corruption during reads if another allocating write is running concurrently and accesses the same range Storage fixed a rare crash for certain VHD images from other products Storage fixed a rare release assertion when using the AHCI controller Floppy fixed read errors and guest memory corruption when running under control of QEMM 3D added experimental support for rendering on offline GPUs for Mac OS X host 3D fixed white window appearing on entering FullScreen mode on Mac OS X host 3D fixed video recording support for 3D data regression bug 13073 3D fixes for MS Office 2013 support 3D several fixes Bridged Networking improved IPv6 support when bridging to a wireless interface NAT prevent internal DNS service from stuck in host resolver mode when host was switc
508. rpreting WindowsXp ovf OK Virtual system 0 0 Suggested OS type WindowsXP change with vsys 0 ostype lt type gt use list ostypes to list all 1 Suggested VM name Windows XP Professional 1 change with vsys 0 vmname lt name gt 3 Number of CPUs 1 change with vsys O cpus lt n gt 4 Guest memory 956 MB change with vsys 0 memory lt MB gt 5 Sound card appliance expects ensoniq1371 can change on import 139 8 VBoxManage disable with vsys 0 unit 5 ignore 6 USB controller disable with vsys 0 unit 6 ignore 7 Network adapter orig bridged config 2 extra type bridged 8 Floppy disable with vsys 0 unit 8 ignore 9 SCSI controller type BusLogic change with vsys 0 unit 9 scsitype BusLogic LsiLogic disable with vsys 0 unit 9 ignore 10 IDE controller type PIIX4 disable with vsys 0 unit 10 ignore 11 Hard disk image source image WindowsXp vmdk target path home user disks WindowsXp vmdk controller 9 channel 0 change controller with vsys 0 unit 11 controller lt id gt disable with vsys 0 unit 11 ignore As you can see the individual configuration items are numbered and depending on their type support different command line options The import subcommand can be directed to ignore many such items with a vsys X unit Y ignore option where X is the number of the virtual system zero unless there are
509. rs page 93 3 Finally as an advanced feature you can allow a virtual machine to access one of your host disks directly this advanced feature is described in chapter 9 9 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest page 185 Each such virtual storage device image file iSCSI target or physical hard disk will need to be connected to the virtual hard disk controller that VirtualBox presents to a virtual machine This is explained in the next section 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC In a real PC hard disks and CD DVD drives are connected to a device called hard disk controller which drives hard disk operation and data transfers VirtualBox can emulate the five most com mon types of hard disk controllers typically found in today s PCs IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS and USB based mass storage devices e IDE ATA controllers are a backwards compatible yet very advanced extension of the disk controller in the IBM PC AT 1984 Initially this interface worked only with hard disks but was later extended to also support CD ROM drives and other types of removable media In physical PCs this standard uses flat ribbon parallel cables with 40 or 80 wires Each such cable can connect two devices to a controller which have traditionally been called master and slave Typical PCs had two connectors for such cables as a result support for up to four IDE devices was most common In VirtualBox each virtual
510. rs manually you can extract the files from the Windows Guest Additions setup by typing VBoxWindowsAdditions exe extract To explicitly extract the Windows Guest Additions for another platform than the current run ning one e g 64 bit files on a 32 bit system you have to execute the appropriate platform installer VBoxWindowsAdditions x86 exe or VBoxWindowsAdditions amd64 exe with the extract parameter 4 2 2 Guest Additions for Linux Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux are a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Linux distributions are officially supported e Oracle Linux as of version 5 including UEK kernels e Fedora as of Fedora Core 4 e Redhat Enterprise Linux as of version 3 e SUSE and openSUSE Linux as of version 9 e Ubuntu as of version 5 10 Many other distributions are known to work with the Guest Additions The version of the Linux kernel supplied by default in SUSE and openSUSE 10 2 Ubuntu 6 10 all versions and Ubuntu 6 06 server edition contains a bug which can cause it to crash during startup when it is run in a virtual machine The Guest Additions work in those distributions Note that some Linux distributions already come with all or part of the VirtualBox Guest Additions You may choose to keep the distribution s version of the Guest Additions but these are often not up to date and limited
511. rship rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor If you distribute executable versions containing Covered Code as part of a product you must reproduce the notice in Exhibit B in the documentation and or other materials provided with the product 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product
512. rtual machine window at the top right of the win dow just like you would close any other window on your system VirtualBox asks you whether ou want to save or power off the VM As a shortcut you can also press the Host key together y P y P y tog with Q f ra S7 You want to y kes Save the machine state Y Send the shutdown signal Y Power off the machine Cancel GRINS The difference between these three options is crucial They mean Save the machine state With this option VirtualBox freezes the virtual machine by completely saving its state to your local disk When you start the VM again later you will find that the VM continues exactly where it was left off All your programs will still be open and your computer resumes operation Saving the state of a virtual machine is thus in some ways similar to suspending a laptop computer e g by closing its lid Send the shutdown signal This will send an ACPI shutdown signal to the virtual machine which has the same effect as if you had pressed the power button on a real computer So long as the VM is running a fairly modern operating system this should trigger a proper shutdown mechanism from within the VM Power off the machine With this option VirtualBox also stops running the virtual ma chine but without saving its state Warning This is equivalent to pulling the power plug on a real computer without shutting it down properly If yo
513. rusted 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config MAC 08 00 27 01 02 0f VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config IP 10 0 9 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config Netmask 255 255 255 0 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUNZO Driver IntNet VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config Network MyIntNet VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config TrunkType 2 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config IsService 1 187 9 Advanced topics Finally the iSCSI disk must be attached with the intnet option to tell the iSCSI initiator to use internal networking VBoxManage storageattach medium iscsi server 10 0 9 30 target iqn 2008 12 com sun sampletarget intnet Compared to a regular iSCSI setup IP address of the target must be specified as a numeric IP address as there is no DNS resolver for internal networking The virtual machine with the iSCSI target should be started before the VM using it is powered on If a virtual machine using an iSCSI disk is started without having the iSCSI target powered up it can take up to 200 seconds to detect this situation The VM will fail to power up 9 10 Legacy commands for using serial ports Starting with version 1 4 VirtualBox provided support for virtual seri
514. rver to restart the entire graphical user interface in case it got stuck As the X server intercepts this combination pressing it will usually restart your host graphical user interface and kill all running programs including VirtualBox in the process Third on Linux hosts supporting virtual terminals the key combination Ctrl Alt Fx where Fx is one of the function keys from F1 to F12 normally allows to switch between virtual terminals As with Ctrl Alt Delete these combinations are intercepted by the host operating system and therefore always switch terminals on the host If instead you want to send these key combinations to the guest operating system in the virtual machine you will need to use one of the following methods 23 1 First steps Use the items in the Machine menu of the virtual machine window There you will find Insert Ctrl Alt Delete and Ctrl Alt Backspace the latter will only have an effect with Linux or Solaris guests however Press special key combinations with the Host key normally the right Control key which VirtualBox will then translate for the virtual machine x Host key Del to send Ctrl Alt Del to reboot the guest x Host key Backspace to send Ctrl Alt Backspace to restart the graphical user interface of a Linux or Solaris guest x Host key F1 or other function keys to simulate Ctrl Alt F1 or other func tion keys i e to switch between virtual termina
515. rver will be enabled according to the VM configuration You can override the VM s setting using vrde command line parameter To enable the VRDP server start the VM like this VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt vrde on and to disable it VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt vrde off To have the VRDP server enabled depending on the VM configuration as the other front ends would you can still use VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt vrde config but this is the same as VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt If you start the VM with VBoxManage startvm then the configuration settings of the VM are always used 7 1 3 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server The following instructions may give you an idea how to create a virtual machine on a headless server over a network connection We will create a virtual machine establish an RDP connection and install a guest operating system all without having to touch the headless server All you need is the following 1 VirtualBox on a server machine with a supported host operating system The VirtualBox extension pack for the VRDP server must be installed see the previous section For the following example we will assume a Linux server 1Before VirtualBox 1 6 the headless server was called VBoxVRDP For the sake of backwards compatibility the VirtualBox installation still installs an executable with that name as well 108 7 R
516. s under certain conditions For Mac OS X and Solaris hosts net filter drivers were already added in VirtualBox 2 0 as initial support for Host Interface Networking on these platforms With VirtualBox 2 1 net filter drivers were also added for the Windows and Linux hosts replacing the mechanisms previously present in VirtualBox for those platforms especially on Linux the earlier method required creating TAP interfaces and bridges which was complex and varied from one distribution to the next None of this is necessary anymore Bridged network was formerly called Host Interface Networking and has been renamed with version 2 2 without any change in functionality 100 6 Virtual networking Some adapters strip VLAN tags in hardware This does not allow to use VLAN trunking be tween VM and the external network with pre 2 6 27 Linux kernels nor with host operating systems other than Linux e On Solaris hosts there is no support for using wireless interfaces Filtering guest traffic using IPFilter is also not completely supported due to technical restrictions of the Solaris networking subsystem These issues would be addressed in a future release of Solaris 11 Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 on Solaris 11 hosts build 159 and above it is possible to use Solaris Crossbow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs directly with VirtualBox without any additional configuration other than each VNIC must be exclusive for every guest network int
517. s ability which may not be desirable As a consequence the shared clipboard is disabled for new machines 13 3 2 4 Shared folders If any host folder is shared with the guest then a remote user connected to the guest over the network can access these files too as the folder sharing mechanism cannot be selectively disabled for remote users 13 3 2 5 3D graphics acceleration Enabling 3D graphics via the Guest Additions exposes the host to additional security risks see chapter 4 5 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 74 13 3 2 6 CD DVD passthrough Enabling CD DVD passthrough allows the guest to perform advanced operations on the CD DVD drive see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 93 This could induce a security risk as a guest could overwrite data on a CD DVD medium 13 3 2 7 USB passthrough Passing USB devices to the guest provides the guest full access to these devices see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 56 For instance in addition to reading and writing the content of the partitions of an external USB disk the guest will be also able to read and write the partition table and hardware data of that disk 13 3 3 Configuring and Using Authentication The following components of VirtualBox can use passwords for authentication e When using remote iSCSI storage and the storage server requires authentication an initia tor secret can optionally be supplied with the VBoxManage storageattach command As long as n
518. s configured to use NAT Here you can map host ports to guest ports to allow network traffic to be routed to a specific port in the guest Alternatively command line tool VBoxManage could be used for details please refer to chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 You will need to know which ports on the guest the service uses and to decide which ports to use on the host often but not always you will want to use the same ports on the guest and on the host You can use any ports on the host which are not already in use by a service For example to set up incoming NAT connections to an ssh server in the guest use the following command 97 6 Virtual networking VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 2222 22 With the above example all TCP traffic arriving on port 2222 on any host interface will be forwarded to port 22 in the guest The protocol name tcp is a mandatory attribute defining which protocol should be used for forwarding udp could also be used The name guestssh is purely descriptive and will be auto generated if omitted The number after natpf denotes the network card like in other parts of VBoxManage To remove this forwarding rule again use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl delete guestssh If for some reason the guest uses a static assigned IP address not leased from the built in DHCP server it is required to specify the guest IP when registering the forwarding rule
519. s down the VM by pressing the virtual power button The VM will not have the chance of saving any data or veto the shutdown process e save which saves the current machine state and powers off the VM afterwards If saving the machine state fails the VM will be paused e shutdown which shuts down the VM in a gentle way by sending an ACPI shutdown event to the VM s operating system The OS then has the chance of doing a clean shutdown 9 22 3 More information For more advanced options and parameters like verbose logging check the built in command line help accessible with help 208 9 Advanced topics 9 22 4 Linux starting the watchdog service via init On Linux the watchdog service can be automatically started during host boot by adding appro priate parameters to the file etc default virtualbox There is one mandatory parameter VBOXWATCHDOG_USER which must be set to the user which will later start the VMs For backward compatibility you can also specify VBOXBALLOONCTRL_USERThe parameters in the table below all start with VBOXWATCHDOG_ VBOXWATCHDOG_BALLOON_INTERVAL VBOXWATCHDOG_LOGSIZE etc and for previously existing parameters the VBOXBALLOONCTRL_INTERVAL etc parameters can still be used Parameter Description De fault USER The user as which the watchdog service runs ROTATE Number of log files 0 disables log rotation 10 LOGSIZE Maximum size of a log file in bytes to trigger rot
520. s of a NAT network interface 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface 9 11 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers fof NAT lt e zs o RR 29003 9 11 4 Binding NAT sockets to a specific interface 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode o o oo 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode 9 11 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine Configuring the BIOS DMI information o acendas des Configuring the custom ACPI table o oo o Fine tuning timers and time synchronization o o 9 14 1 Configuring the guest time stamp counter TSC to reflect guest itn CC C 9 14 2 Accelerate or slow down the guest clock 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters 9 14 4 Disabling the Guest Additions time synchronization Installing the alternate bridged networking driver on Solaris 11 hosts VirtualBox VNIC templates for VLANs on Solaris 11 hosts Configuring multiple host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts Configuring the VirtualBox CoreDumper on Solaris hosts VirtualBox and Solaris kernel zones o Locking down the VirtualBox manager GUI o oooo oo 9 20 1 Customizing the VM manager llle 9 20 2 VM selector customization s s ssor aaa e ew ee 9 20 3
521. s reflect the changed state The VirtualBox GUI application is only one of several available front ends clients The com plete list shipped with VirtualBox is 1 2 VirtualBox the Qt front end implementing the manager and running VMs VBoxManage a less user friendly but more powerful alternative described in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 VBoxSDL a simple graphical front end based on the SDL library see chapter 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 172 VBoxHeadless a VM front end which does not directly provide any video output and keyboard mouse input but allows redirection via VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server page 107 vboxwebsrv the VirtualBox web service process which allows for controlling a VirtualBox host remotely This is described in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 for details The VirtualBox Python shell a Python alternative to VBoxManage This is also described in the SDK reference Internally VirtualBox consists of many more or less separate components You may encounter these when analyzing VirtualBox internal error messages or log files These include IPRT a portable runtime library which abstracts file access threading string manipulation etc Whenever VirtualBox accesses host operating features it does so thr
522. s used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contribu tor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 Source Code License 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and
523. s will start the installer which will allow you to select where to install VirtualBox to After installation you can find a VirtualBox icon in the Applications folder in the Finder 2 2 2 Uninstallation To uninstall VirtualBox open the disk image dmg file again and double click on the uninstall icon contained therein 2 2 3 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox you can use the command line version of the installer application Mount the disk image dmg file as described in the normal installation or use the following command line hdiutil attach path to VirtualBox xyz dmg Then open a terminal session and execute sudo installer pkg Volumes VirtualBox VirtualBox pkg target Volumes Macintosh HD 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts 2 3 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Linux that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 You will need to install the following packages on your Linux system before starting the instal lation some systems will do this for you automatically when you install VirtualBox e Qt 4 8 0 or higher e SDL 1 2 7 or higher this graphics library is typically called libsdl or similar 36 2 Installation details Note To be precise these packages are only required if you want to run the VirtualBox graphical user interfaces In particular VirtualBox the graphical VirtualBox
524. s with the VirtualBox Guest Additions which will be replaced if you follow these steps In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run urpmi auto update as root Reboot your system in order to activate the updates Install DKMS using urpmi dkms and make sure to choose the correct kernel devel package when asked by the installer use uname a to compare 67 4 Guest Additions Oracle Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux and CentOS 1 For versions prior to 6 add divider 10 to the kernel boot options in etc grub conf to reduce the idle CPU load In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run yum update as root Install the GNU C compiler and the kernel development packages using yum install gcc followed by yum install kernel devel For Oracle UEK kernels use yum install kernel uek devel to install the UEK kernel headers Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates and then proceed as described above In case Oracle Linux does not find the required packages you either have to install them from a different source e g DVD or use Oracle s public Yum server located at http public yum oracle com Debian 1 3 4 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run apt get update as root followed by apt get upgrade Install the make tool and the GNU C compiler using apt get install make gcc Reboot y
525. scribed in detail in chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 106 On top of this special capacity VirtualBox offers you more unique features Extensible RDP authentication VirtualBox already supports Winlogon on Windows and PAM on Linux for RDP authentication In addition it includes an easy to use SDK which allows you to create arbitrary interfaces for other methods of authentication see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 110 for details USB over RDP Via RDP virtual channel support VirtualBox also allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices locally to a virtual machine which is running remotely on a VirtualBox RDP server see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 110 for details 1 4 Supported host operating systems Currently VirtualBox runs on the following host operating systems e Windows hosts Windows Vista SP1 and later 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2008 64 bit Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 8 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 8 1 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2012 64 bit Windows Server 2012 R2 64 bit e Mac OS X hosts 64 bit 10 8 Mountain Lion 10 9 Mavericks 10 10 Yosemite Support for 64 bit Windows was added with VirtualBox 1 5 Preliminary Mac OS X support beta stage was added with VirtualBox 1 4 full support with 1 6 Mac OS X 10 4 Tiger support was removed with VirtualBox 3 1 Mac OS X 10 7
526. se a crash on VM termination 3D fixed a possible memory leak in the host service Serial new TCP IP backend see chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 Storage added USB mass storage device class see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 Storage added vbox img standalone tool for direct manipulation of virtual hard disk im ages without VBoxManage Storage fixed crash as a result of I O errors in certain conditions bug 13105 NAT fixed several potential crashes NAT don t forcibly reset drop all connections when the link goes down Netsniffer properly handle changing of the trace file name at VM runtime Audio fixed audio output and input when changing the default audio device more than once on OS X Audio fixed audio input on OS X under certain circumstances ICH9 fixed the interrupt disable logic for MSI interrupts should fix old Linux guests with AHCI USB improve playback with USB sound devices attached to the emulated OHCI controller Audio provide Linux guests a different AC97 audio codec type so Linux ALSA does not mis detect the link speed default for new VMs BIOS fix for booting from SCSI CD DVD media BIOS fix for reads partially beyond end of disk bug 14021 VRDP fixed listening for IPv6 on some systems bug 14038 rdesktop vrdp upgraded to version 1 8 3 Linux hosts fixed a bug which made the netfilter driver ignore certain events bug 12264 Mac OS X ho
527. see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd page 149 for details 20 1 First steps File location and size Please type the name of the new virtual hard disk file into the box below or click on the folder icon to select a different folder to create the file in Resaena ia Select the size of the virtual hard disk in megabytes This size is the limit on the amount of file data that a virtual machine will be able to store on the hard disk 10 00 GB 4 00 MB 2 00 TB Go Back Create Cancel After having selected or created your image file again press Next to go to the next page 5 After clicking on Finish your new virtual machine will be created You will then see it in the list on the left side of the Manager window with the name you entered initially Note After becoming familiar with the use of wizards consider using the Expert Mode available in some wizards Where available this is selectable using a button and speeds up user processes using wizards 1 8 Running your virtual machine To start a virtual machine you have several options e Double click on its entry in the list within the Manager window or e select its entry in the list in the Manager window it and press the Start button at the top or e for virtual machines created with VirtualBox 4 0 or later navigate to the VirtualBox VMs folder in your system user s home directory find the sub
528. servers page 93 additional parameters must or can be used server The host name or IP address of the iSCSI target required target Target name string This is determined by the iSCSI target and used to identify the storage resource required tport TCP IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target optional lun Logical Unit Number of the target resource optional Often this value is zero username password Username and password initiator secret for target authentication if required optional Note Username and password are stored without encryption i e in clear text in the XML machine configuration file if no settings password is provided When a settings password was specified the first time the password is stored encrypted intnet If specified connect to the iSCSI target via Internal Networking This needs further configuration which is described in chapter 9 9 3 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Network ing page 187 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl This command attaches modifies removes a storage controller After this virtual media can be attached to the controller with the storageattach command see the next section The syntax is as follows VBoxManage storagectl lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt add lt ide sata scsi floppy gt controller LsiLogic LSILogicSAS BusLogic IntelAhci PIIX3 PIIX4 ICH6 182078 usb gt sataportcount lt 1 30 gt hostioca
529. ses statically e In the VirtualBox graphical user interface you can configure all these items in the global settings via File gt Preferences gt Network which lists all host only networks which are presently in use Click on the network name and then on the Edit button to the right and you can modify the adapter and DHCP settings e Alternatively you can use VBoxManage dhcpserver on the command line please see chap ter 8 34 VBoxManage dhcpserver page 163 for details 102 6 Virtual networking Note On Linux and Mac OS X hosts the number of host only interfaces is limited to 128 There is no such limit for Solaris and Windows hosts 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking This networking mode allows to interconnect virtual machines running on different hosts Technically this is done by encapsulating Ethernet frames sent or received by the guest network card into UDP IP datagrams and sending them over any network available to the host UDP Tunnel mode has three parameters Source UDP port The port on which the host listens Datagrams arriving on this port from any source address will be forwarded to the receiving part of the guest network card Destination address IP address of the target host of the transmitted data Destination UDP port Port number to which the transmitted data is sent When interconnecting two virtual machines on two different hosts their IP addresses must be swapped On single ho
530. shot from the Machine pull down menu of the VM window e If your VM is currently in either the saved or the powered off state as displayed next to the VM in the VirtualBox main window click on the Snapshots tab on the top right of the main window and then either on the small camera icon for Take snapshot or right click on the Current State item in the list and select Take snapshot from the menu In any case a window will pop up and ask you for a snapshot name This name is purely for reference purposes to help you remember the state of the snapshot For example a useful name would be Fresh installation from scratch no Guest Additions or Service Pack 3 just installed You can also add a longer text in the Description field if you want Your new snapshot will then appear in the snapshots list Underneath your new snapshot you will see an item called Current state signifying that the current state of your VM is a variation based on the snapshot you took earlier If you later take another snapshot you will see that they will be displayed in sequence and each subsequent snapshot is derived from an earlier one Oracle VM VirtualBox Manager Q gt db 9 Details New Settings Start Discard Android Powered Off e Windows 7 x64 G XP Professional 08 11 2009 12 26 3 Saved GJ SP2 10 11 2009 12 26 Ch os gy Internet Explorer 6 10 11 2010 15 10
531. sion NAT fixed potential crash in DNS proxy NAT Network don t drop port forwarding rules after some time NAT fixed ARP cache corruption and network loss in Windows guest caused by iSCSI service activity USB improved check if a storage device is currently mounted to the host when the device is about to be attached to the VM Mac OS X hosts only 11038 3D support several fixes including better support for Ubuntu 14 04 VRDP fixed a potential crash on client disconnect bug 12858 VBoxSVC fixed a race when a new client is started a few seconds after the last client terminated Windows hosts only bugs 11309 12509 VBoxSVC fixed VirtualBox xml registry corruption after VM renaming 269 15 Change log VBoxSVC fixed a potential crash caused by incorrect USB device filter Mac OS X hosts only 11038 Windows hosts partly support 32 bit COM on 64 bit systems Windows host installer implemented merge module msm support Linux hosts fixed dependency of boot script on older Debian systems bug 12262 Linux guests fix symbolic link to shared folder helper bug 12879 Linux Additions don t crash VBoxService during guest execute for users without a pass word bug 12994 Linux Additions fixed a bug in guest execution where the guest process terminated with VERR_INTERRUPTED to the host 15 13 Version 4 3 10 2014 03 26 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM more work on
532. sk image encryption with AES algorithm see chapter 7 1 6 RDP encryption page 111 VirtualBox extension packages have a vbox extpack file name extension To install an extension simply double click on the package file and a Network Operations Manager window will appear guiding you through the required steps To view the extension packs that are currently installed please start the VirtualBox Man ager see the next section From the File menu please select Preferences In the window that shows up go to the Extensions category which shows you the extensions which are currently installed and allows you to remove a package or add a new one Alternatively you can use VBoxManage on the command line see chapter 8 36 VBoxMan age extpack page 170 for details 1 6 Starting VirtualBox After installation you can start VirtualBox as follows e On a Windows host in the standard Programs menu click on the item in the VirtualBox group On Vista or Windows 7 you can also type VirtualBox in the search box of the Start menu e On a Mac OS X host in the Finder double click on the VirtualBox item in the Applica tions folder You may want to drag this item onto your Dock e On a Linux or Solaris host depending on your desktop environment a VirtualBox item may have been placed in either the System or System Tools group of your Applications menu Alternatively y
533. snd gt lt sockrcv gt lt tcpsnd gt lt tcprcv gt This option controls several NAT settings please see chapter 9 11 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT page 189 for details e nataliasmode lt 1 N gt default logl proxyonly sameports This option de fines behaviour of NAT engine core log enables logging proxyonly switches of aliasing mode makes NAT transparent sameports enforces NAT engine to send packets via the same port as they originated on default disable all mentioned modes above please see chap ter 9 11 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine page 190 for details 8 8 3 Miscellaneous settings The following other hardware settings such as serial port audio clipboard drag n drop monitor and USB settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm e uart lt 1 N gt off I O base lt IRQ gt With this option you can configure virtual serial ports for the VM see chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 for an introduction e uartmode lt 1 N gt lt arg gt This setting controls how VirtualBox connects a given virtual serial port previously configured with the uartX setting see above to the host on which the virtual machine is running As described in detail in chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 for each such port you can specify lt arg gt as one of the following options disconnected Even though the serial port is shown to the guest it has no other end like a real COM port witho
534. so for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone under stands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or trans lated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modificati
535. special mode which makes it possible to reconfigure storage attachments while the VM is paused The user has to make sure that the disk data stays consistent to the guest because unlike with hotplugging the guest is not informed about detached or newly attached media The expert storage management mode can be enabled per VM executing VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 SilentReconfigureWhilePaused 1 Storage attachments can be reconfigured while the VM is paused afterwards using VBoxManage storageattach 211 9 Advanced topics 9 26 Handling of host power management events Some host power management events are handled by VirtualBox The actual behavior depends on the platform Host Suspends This event is generated when the host is about to suspend that is the host saves the state to some non volatile storage and powers off This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac OS X hosts When this event is generated VirtualBox will pause all running VMs Host Resumes This event is generated when the host woke up from the suspended state This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac OS X hosts When this event is generated VirtualBox will resume all VMs which are where paused before Battery Low The battery level reached a critical level usually less than 5 percent charged This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac OS X hosts When this event is generated VirtualBox
536. ss the remote desktop server page 107 for more information The list of types is subject to change and it s not guaranteed that all types are accepted by any product variant The global or per VM default value for the VM frontend type will be taken if the type is not explicitly specified If none of these are set the GUI variant will be started The following values are allowed gui Starts a VM showing a GUI window This is the default headless Starts a VM without a window for remote display only sdl Starts a VM with a minimal GUI and limited features separate Starts a VM with detachable UI technically it is a headless VM with user interface in a separate process This is an experimental feature as it lacks certain functionality at the moment e g 3D acceleration will not work Note If you experience problems with starting virtual machines with particular fron tends and there is no conclusive error information consider starting virtual machines directly by running the respective front end as this can give additional error informa tion 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm The controlvm subcommand allows you to change the state of a virtual machine that is currently running The following can be specified VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt pause temporarily puts a virtual machine on hold without changing its state for good The VM window will be painted in gray to indicate that the VM is currently paused This is
537. st release debug settings logflags release debug settings osdetect osinfo osdmesg lines n lt N gt getregisters cpu lt id gt reg all setregisters cpu lt id gt lt reg gt lt value gt show human readable sh export sh eval cmd set logdbg settings logrel settings opt what statistics reset pattern lt pattern gt descriptions list host lt vmname gt metric list comma separated setup period seconds default 1 samples count default 1 list host lt vmname gt metric list query host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt enable 125 metrics metrics natnetwork natnetwork natnetwork natnetwork natnetwork hostonlyif dhcpserver dhcpserver VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm debugvm lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid lt uuid 8 VBoxManage list host lt vmname gt metric list disable list host vmname metric list collect period seconds default 1 samples count default 1 list detach host lt vmname gt metric list add netname name network net
538. st of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message existing Perform the clone operation to an already existing destination medium Only the portion of the source medium which fits into the destination medium is copied This means if the destination medium is smaller than the source only a part of it is copied and if the destination medium is larger than the source the remaining part of the destination medium is unchanged Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the clonevdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the clonehd command 8 25 VBoxManage convertfromraw This command converts a raw disk image to a VirtualBox Disk Image VDI file The syntax is as follows VBoxManage convertfromraw lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt VBoxManage convertfromraw stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt where the parameters mean bytes The size of the image file in bytes provided through stdin format Select the disk image format to create Default is VDI variant Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsi
539. st source and destination UDP ports must be swapped In the following example host 1 uses the IP address 10 0 0 1 and host 2 uses IP address 10 0 0 2 Configuration via command line VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nic lt x gt generic VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicgenericdrv lt x gt UDPTunnel VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicproperty lt x gt dest 10 0 0 2 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicproperty lt x gt sport 10001 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicproperty lt x gt dport 10002 and VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nic lt y gt generic VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicgenericdrv lt y gt UDPTunnel VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicproperty lt y gt dest 10 0 0 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicproperty lt y gt sport 10002 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicproperty lt y gt dport 10001 Of course you can always interconnect two virtual machines on the same host by setting the destination address parameter to 127 0 0 1 on both It will act similarly to Internal network in this case however the host can see the network traffic which it could not in the normal Internal network case Note On Unix based hosts e g Linux Solaris Mac OS X it is not possible to bind to ports below 1024 from applications that are not run by root As a result if you try to configure such a source UDP port the VM will refuse to start 6 9 VDE
540. st Additions see chapter 4 2 1 4 Manual file extraction page 65 and copy the file VBoxCredProv dll to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry create the following keys HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Authentication Credential Providers 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B InprocServer32 with all default values the key named Default in each key set to VBoxCredProv After that a new string named HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B InprocServer32 ThreadingModel with a value of Apartment has to be created To set credentials use the following command on a running VM VBoxManage controlvm Windows XP setcredentials John Doe secretpassword DOMTEST While the VM is running the credentials can be queried by the VirtualBox logon modules GINA or credential provider using the VirtualBox Guest Additions device driver When Win dows is in logged out mode the logon modules will constantly poll for credentials and if they 174 9 Advanced topics are present a logon will be attempted After retrieving the credentials the logon modules will erase them so that the above command will have to be repeated for subsequent logons For security reasons credentials are not stored in any persistent manner an
541. stall different kernels depending on whether an I O APIC is available As with ACPI the I O APIC therefore must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however Enable EFI This enables Extensible Firmware Interface EFI which replaces the legacy BIOS and may be useful for certain advanced use cases Please refer to chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 58 for details 4The virtual USB tablet was added with VirtualBox 3 2 Depending on the guest operating system selected this is now enabled by default for new virtual machines 49 3 Configuring virtual machines Hardware clock in UTC time If checked VirtualBox will report the system time in UTC format to the guest instead of local host time This affects how the virtual real time clock RTC operates and may be useful for Unix like guest operating systems which typically expect the hardware clock to be set to UTC In addition you can turn off the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI which VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system by default ACPI is the current industry stan dard to allow operating systems to recognize hardware configure motherboards and other de vices and manage power As all modern PCs contain this feature and Windows and Linux have been supporting it for years it is also enabled by default in VirtualBox It can only be turned off on the command line s
542. stallGuestAdditions D mount the ISO containing the Guest Additions To disable the full screen mode as well as the seamless mode use the following command VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Input MachineShortcuts FullscreenMode None SeamlessMode None 9 20 8 Action when terminating the VM You can disallow i e black list certain actions when terminating a VM To disallow specific actions type VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedCloseActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords SaveState Don t allow the user to save the VM state when terminating the VM Shutdown Don t allow the user to shutdown the VM by sending the ACPI power off event to the guest Power0ff Don t allow the user to power off the VM PowerOffRestoringSnapshot Don t allow the user to return to the last snapshot when power ing off the VM This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed If all options are specified the VM cannot be shut down at all 203 9 Advanced topics 9 20 9 Action for handling a Guru Meditation A VM runs into a Guru Meditation if there is a problem which cannot be fixed by other means than terminating the process The default is to show a message window which instructs the user to open a bug report This behavior can be configured VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI GuruMeditationHandler MODE where MODE is one of the following keywords Default A message wi
543. stant system load apart from the VM being tested 12 2 4 Frequency scaling effect on CPU usage On some hardware platforms and operating systems CPU frequency scaling may cause CPU usage reporting to be highly misleading This happens in situations when the host CPU load is significant but not heavy such as 15 30 of the maximum Most operating systems determine CPU usage in terms of time spent measuring for example how many nanoseconds the systems or a process was active within one second However in order to save energy modern systems can significantly scale down CPU speed when the system is not fully loaded Naturally when the CPU is running at for example one half of its maximum speed the same number of instructions will take roughly twice as long to execute compared to running at full speed Depending on the specific hardware and host OS this effect can very significantly skew the CPU usage reported by the OS the reported CPU usage can be several times higher than what it would have been had the CPU been running at full speed The effect can be observed both on the host OS and in a guest OS 232 12 Troubleshooting 12 2 5 Inaccurate Windows CPU usage reporting CPU usage reporting tools which come with Windows Task Manager Resource Monitor do not take the time spent processing hardware interrupts into account If the interrupt load is heavy thousands of interrupts per second CPU usage may be significantly underreported T
544. stent flags will result in an error message uuid Allow to specifiy the UUID of the output file 151 8 VBoxManage The second form forces VBoxManage to read the content for the disk image from standard input useful for using that command in a pipe Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the convertdd command is also supported and mapped internally to the convertfromraw command 8 26 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata These commands let you attach and retrieve string data to a virtual machine or to a VirtualBox configuration by specifying global instead of a virtual machine name You must specify a key as a text string to associate the data with which you can later use to retrieve it For example VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006 01 01 VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006 02 02 would associate the string 2006 01 01 with the key installdate for the virtual machine Fe dora5 and 2006 02 02 on the machine SUSE10 You could retrieve the information as follows VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate which would return VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 5 0 4 C 2005 2015 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Value 2006 01 01 To remove a key the setextradata command must be run without specifying data only the key for example VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 8 27 VBoxManage setproperty
545. structions for CD and DVD drives apply accordingly to floppy disks except that on older distributions VirtualBox tests for dev fdx devices by default and this can be overridden with the VBOX FLOPPY environment variable 12 8 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing to CD DVD If the experimental CD DVD writer support is enabled with an incorrect VirtualBox host or guest configuration it is possible that any attempt to access the CD DVD writer fails and simply results in guest kernel error messages for Linux guests or application error messages for Windows guests VirtualBox performs the usual consistency checks when a VM is powered up in partic ular it aborts with an error message if the device for the CD DVD writer is not writable by the user starting the VM but it cannot detect all misconfigurations The necessary host and guest OS configuration is not specific for VirtualBox but a few frequent problems are listed here which occurred in connection with VirtualBox Special care must be taken to use the correct device The configured host CD DVD device file name in most cases dev cdrom must point to the device that allows writing to the CD DVD unit For CD DVD writer units connected to a SCSI controller or to a IDE controller that inter faces to the Linux SCSI subsystem common for some SATA controllers this must refer to the SCSI device node e g dev scd0 Even for IDE CD DVD writer units this must refer to the appropriat
546. sts El Capitan fixes Mac OS X hosts fixed a bug which might trigger a host kernel panic if a VM is started and another hypervisor is active Solaris hosts Solaris 12 installer fix Guest Additions added a heartbeat service see chapter 9 30 Configuring the heartbeat service page 213 Linux hosts guests support for Linux distributions using systemd without sysv emulation e g ArchLinux Windows Additions WDDM improved video memory utilization and allow more bigger guest screens with large resolutions including HiDPI 259 15 Change log Linux Additions added s parameter to mount vboxsf to be sloppy with invalid parameters X11 Additions fixed wrong DPI value bug 14151 Mac OS X guests limit the CPU family for legacy guests Solaris Additions added quiesce support to co operate with Solaris fast reboot feature 15 4 Version 4 3 28 2015 05 13 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed a Guru Meditation when rebooting certain guests for example Solaris doing fast reboot by fixing the implementation for INIT IPI VMM added some information for diagnosing rare VERR VMX INVALID VMXON PTR Guru Meditations VI x only GUI HID LEDs sync prevent synchronization if VM window has no focus Windows and Mac OS X hosts only GUI fixed drag and drop moving the cursor between guest screens on certain hosts 3D fixed a crash on restoring the VM state on X11 hosts bug 12737
547. sword Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose e updateadditions which allows for updating an already installed Guest Additions version on the guest only already installed Guest Additions 4 0 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt updateadditions source lt guest additions ISO file to use gt verbose wait start lt argument1 gt lt argumentN gt where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory source lt guest additions ISO file to use gt Full path to an alternative VirtualBox Guest Additions ISO file to use for the Guest Additions update verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose wait start Starts the regular updating process and waits until the actual Guest Ad ditions update inside the guest was started This can be necessary due to needed interaction with the guest OS during the installation phase When omitting this flag VBoxManage will wait for the whole Guest Additions update to complete lt argumentis gt lt argumentNs gt Optional command line arguments to use for the Guest Additions installer Useful for retrofitting features which weren t installed before on the guest Arguments containing spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks e watch which prints current guest control activity 161 8 VBoxManage
548. sword of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed recursive Remove directories and their contents recursively verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose removefile which allows deletion of guest files only with installed Guest Additions 4 3 2 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt removefile rm lt guest file gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory file to remove on guest Absolute path of a file files to remove on guest e g D Foo Bar text txt The specified user must have appropriate rights to delete the specified guest files username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed 158 8 VBoxManage password password Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose ren ame mv which allows renaming of guest files and or directories only with installed Guest Additions 4 3 2 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt ren ame mv lt source gt lt dest gt username lt name gt passw
549. t mode lt mode gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory template A file name without a path and with at least three consecutive X characters or ending in X username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password password Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed directory Create a temporary directory instead of a file secure Secure creation The file mode is fixed to 0755 And the operation will fail if it cannot performed securely tmpdir lt directory gt Directory where the file directory is created If not specified the platform specific temp directory is used 159 8 VBoxManage mode lt mode gt Sets the permission mode of the specified directory Only octal modes e g 0755 are supported right now verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose list which lists various guest control information such as open guest sessions guest processes and guest files VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt list lt all sessions processes files gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory all sessions processes files Whether to
550. t For this you can create so called filters by specifying certain properties of the USB device USB devices with a matching filter will be automatically passed to the guest once they are attached to the host USB devices without a matching filter can be passed manually to the guest for example by using the Devices USB devices menu Clicking on the button to the right of the USB Device Filters window creates a new filter You can give the filter a name for referencing it later and specify the filter criteria The more 56 3 Configuring virtual machines criteria you specify the more precisely devices will be selected For instance if you specify only a vendor ID of 046d all devices produced by Logitech will be available to the guest If you fill in all fields on the other hand the filter will only apply to a particular device model from a particular vendor and not even to other devices of the same type with a different revision and serial number In detail the following criteria are available 1 Vendor and product ID With USB each vendor of USB products carries an identification number that is unique world wide the vendor ID Similarly each line of products is assigned a product ID number Both numbers are commonly written in hexadecimal that is they are composed of the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F and a colon separates the vendor from the product ID For example 046d c016 stands for Logitech as a
551. t ones Please refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct PAM module directory For example to use pam_vbox so with a Ubuntu Linux guest OS and GDM the GNOME Desktop Manager to logon users automatically with the credentials passed by the host the guest OS has to be configured like the following 175 1 9 Advanced topics The pam_vbox so module has to be copied to the security modules directory in this case it is lib security Edit the PAM configuration file for GDM found at etc pam d gdm adding the line auth requisite pam_vbox so at the top Additionaly in most Linux distributions there is a file called etc pam d common auth This file is included in many other services like the GDM file mentioned above There you also have to add the line auth requisite pam_vbox so If authentication against the shadow database using pam_unix so or pam_unix2 so is desired the argument try_first_pass for pam_unix so or use_first_pass for pam_unix2 so is needed in order to pass the credentials from the VirtualBox module to the shadow database authentication module For Ubuntu this needs to be added to etc pam d common auth to the end of the line referencing pam_unix so This argu ment tells the PAM module to use credentials already present in the stack i e the ones provided by the VirtualBox PAM module Warning An incorrectly configured PAM stack can effectively prevent you from logging into your guest system
552. t Additions a notification with further instructions is displayed in the guest To disable this update check for the Guest Additions of a given virtual machine set the value of its VirtualBox GuestAdd CheckHostVersion guest property to 0 see chapter 4 7 Guest properties page 77 for details 4 2 Installing and Maintaining Guest Additions Guest Additions are available for virtual machines running Windows Linux Solaris or OS 2 The following sections describe the specifics of each variant in detail 4 2 1 Guest Additions for Windows The VirtualBox Windows Guest Additions are designed to be installed in a virtual machine run ning a Windows operating system The following versions of Windows guests are supported e Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 any service pack e Microsoft Windows 2000 any service pack 61 4 Guest Additions Microsoft Windows XP any service pack Microsoft Windows Server 2003 any service pack Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows Vista all editions Microsoft Windows 7 all editions Microsoft Windows 8 all editions Microsoft Windows Server 2012 4 2 1 1 Installation In the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar VirtualBox has a handy menu item named Insert Guest Additions CD image which mounts the Guest Additions ISO file inside your virtual machine A Windows guest should then automatically start the Guest Additions installer which installs the Guest Additio
553. t commands that have timed out However some guests e g some Linux versions have severe problems if a write to an image file takes longer than about 15 seconds Some file systems however require more than a minute to com plete a single write if the host cache contains a large amount of data that needs to be written The symptom for this problem is that the guest can no longer access its files during large write or copying operations usually leading to an immediate hang of the guest In order to work around this problem the true fix is to use a faster file system that doesn t exhibit such unacceptable write performance it is possible to flush the image file after a cer tain amount of data has been written This interval is normally infinite but can be configured individually for each disk of a VM For IDE disks use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUNZ x Config FlushInterval b For SATA disks use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 LUN x Config FlushInterval b The value x that selects the disk for IDE is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel For SATA use values between 0 and 29 Only disks support this configuration option it must not be set for CD DVD drives The unit o
554. t extension packs VBoxManage list extpacks Extension Packs 1 Pack no 0 Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack Version 4 1 12 Revision 77218 Edition Description USB 2 0 Host Controller VirtualBox RDP PXE ROM with E1000 support VRDE Module VBoxVRDP Usable true Why unusable How to remove an extension pack VBoxManage extpack uninstall Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Successfully uninstalled Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack 171 9 Advanced topics 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer 9 1 1 Introduction VBoxSDL is a simple graphical user interface GUI that lacks the nice point and click support which VirtualBox our main GUI provides VBoxSDL is currently primarily used internally for debugging VirtualBox and therefore not officially supported Still you may find it useful for environments where the virtual machines are not necessarily controlled by the same person that uses the virtual machine Note VBoxSDL is not available on the Mac OS X host platform As you can see in the following screenshot VBoxSDL does indeed only provide a simple win dow that contains only the pure virtual machine without menus or other controls to click upon and no additional indicators of virtual machine activity wil Sun xVM VirtualBox Windows Vista III ojx To start a virtual machine with VBoxSDL instead of the Vir
555. t into VirtualBox to manage IP addresses for the internal network Please see chapter 8 34 VBoxManage dhcpserver page 163 for details As a security measure the Linux implementation of internal networking only allows VMs running under the same user ID to establish an internal network 6 7 Host only networking Host only networking is another networking mode that was added with version 2 2 of VirtualBox It can be thought of as a hybrid between the bridged and internal networking modes as with bridged networking the virtual machines can talk to each other and the host as if they were connected through a physical Ethernet switch Similarly as with internal networking however a physical networking interface need not be present and the virtual machines cannot talk to the world outside the host since they are not connected to a physical networking interface Instead when host only networking is used VirtualBox creates a new software interface on the host which then appears next to your existing network interfaces In other words whereas with bridged networking an existing physical interface is used to attach virtual machines to with host only networking a new loopback interface is created on the host And whereas with internal networking the traffic between the virtual machines cannot be seen the traffic on the loopback interface on the host can be intercepted Host only networking is particularly useful for preconfigured virtual ap
556. t limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 6 zlib license This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source
557. t must be the UUID of a storage medium that is already known to VirtualBox e g because it has been attached to another virtual machine See chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 127 for how to list known media This medium is then attached to the given device slot If a filename is specified it must be the full path of an existing disk image ISO RAW VDI VMDK or other which is then attached to the given device slot host drive For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only this connects the given device slot to the specified DVD or floppy drive on the host computer iscsi For virtual hard disks only this allows for specifying an iSCSI target In this case more parameters must be given see below Some of the above changes in particular for removeable media floppies and CDs DVDs can be effected while a VM is running Others device changes or changes in hard disk device slots require the VM to be powered off mtype Defines how this medium behaves with respect to snapshots and write operations See chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 87 for details comment Any description that you want to have stored with this medium optional for exam ple for an iSCSI target Big storage server downstairs This is purely descriptive and not needed for the medium to function correctly setuuid setparentuuid Modifies the UUID or parent UUID of a medium before attach ing it to a VM This is an expert option Inapprop
558. t possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the where withal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRI BUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other progra
559. t version Locate file d3d8 dl_ and d3d9 dl_ double click on it and Extract d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll 2 3 4 Reboot Windows in Safe mode 5 Copy extracted d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll to C Windows system32 and C Windows system32 dllcache 6 Reboot Extracting d3d8 and d3d9 dll from Windows XP Service pack 1 1 3 6 Same as installation CD 2 Use Open inside to open WindowsXP KB936929 SP3 x86 exe as archive and browse i386 directory Extracting d3d8 and d3d9 dll from Vista Windows7 installation CD or Service Pack iso 1 Download and install the latest version of 7 Zip File Manager http www 7 zip org 2 Browse into installation CD for example E Nsources 3 Locate file install wim and double click it After 7 Zip utility opens the file you ll get a few numbered folders Each numeric subfolder represents a different version of Windows Starter Home Basic and so on 4 After entering into the one of the numeric folders browse into Windows System32 or C Windows SysWOW64 for the 64 bit version directory locate d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll and extract 5 Copy extracted d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll to C Windows system32 or C NWindowsNSysWOW64 files from system32 should go to system32 from SysWOW64 to SysWOW64 6 Reboot 236 12 Troubleshooting 12 3 11 Windows 3 x limited to 64 MB RAM Windows 3 x guests are typically limited to 64 MB RAM even if a VM is assigned much more memory While Windows 3 1 is theoretically capable of using up
560. t with the VirtualBox EFI implementation 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI EFI provides two distinct video interfaces GOP Graphics Output Protocol and UGA Universal Graphics Adapter Mac OS X uses GOP while Linux tends to use UGA VirtualBox provides a configuration option to control the framebuffer size for both interfaces To control GOP use the following VBoxManage command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiGopMode N Where N can be one of 0 1 2 3 4 5 referring to the 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1440x900 1920x1200 screen resolution respectively To change the UGA resolution VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 UgaHorizontalResolution 1440 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 UgaVerticalResolution 900 The video mode for both GOP and UGA can only be changed when the VM is powered off and remains persistent until changed 58 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 12 2 Specifying boot arguments It is currently not possible to manipulate EFI variables from within a running guest e g setting the boot args variable by running the nvram tool in a Mac OS X guest will not work As an alternative way VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs extradata can be passed to a VM in order to set the boot args variable To change the boot args EFI variable VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs lt value gt 59 4 Guest Additions The previous chapter covered get
561. tain version of the Additions 7 Is the problem specific to a certain environment Some problems are related to a particular environment external to the VM this usually involves network setup Certain configura tions of external servers such as DHCP or PXE may expose problems which do not occur with other similar servers 8 Is the problem a regression Knowing that an issue is a regression usually makes it signifi cantly easier to find the solution In this case it is crucial to know which version is affected and which is not 227 12 Troubleshooting 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information For problem determination it is often important to collect debugging information which can be analyzed by VirtualBox support This section contains information about what kind of informa tion can be obtained Every time VirtualBox starts up a VM a so called release log file is created containing lots of information about the VM configuration and runtime events The log file is called VBox log and resides in the VM log file folder Typically this will be a directory like this HOME VirtualBox VMs machinename Logs When starting a VM the configuration file of the last run will be renamed to 1 up to 3 Sometimes when there is a problem it is useful to have a look at the logs Also when requesting support for VirtualBox supplying the corresponding log file is mandatory For convenience for each virtual machine the VirtualBox main
562. tains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you 284 16 Third party materials and licenses distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this sectio
563. tart configuration file which is used during boot to determine whether to allow individual users to start a VM auto matically and configure startup delays The configuration file can be placed in etc vbox and contains several options One is default_policy which controls whether the autostart service allows or denies to start a VM for users which are not in the exception list The exception list starts with exception list and contains a comma separated list with usernames Furthermore a separate startup delay can be configured for every user to avoid overloading the host A sample configuration is given below Default policy is to deny starting a VM the other option is allow default_policy deny Bob is allowed to start virtual machines but starting them will be delayed for 10 seconds bob allow true startup_delay 10 210 9 Advanced topics Alice is not allowed to start virtual machines useful to exclude certain users if the default policy is set to allow alice allow false Every user who wants to enable autostart for individual machines has to set the path to the autostart database directory with VBoxManage setproperty autostartdbpath lt Autostart directory gt 9 24 2 Solaris starting the autostart service via SMF On Solaris hosts the VirtualBox autostart daemon is integrated into the SMF framework To enable it you have to point the service to an existing configuration file which has the same
564. tart service via init 9 24 2 Solaris starting the autostart service via SMF 9 24 3 Mac OS X starting the autostart service via launchd VirtualBox expert storage management 2 000 lee Handling of host power management events 0 00022 ee eee Experimental support for passing through SSE4 1 SSE4 2 instructions Support for keyboard indicators synchronization Capturing USB traffic for selected devices o Configuring the heartbeat service s se soror ek rx a Encryption of disk images 2 2 24 oed sa 9 31 1 L niatohS 223 29e n e Robo ko boe cR aga dads 9312 Enerypting disk images cc cc lt lt memes 9 31 3 Starting a VM with encrypted images o oo 90314 Decrypting encrypted images coce ccad eg o ror RS 10 Technical background 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 Where VirtualBox stores its files ee 10 1 1 Machines created by VirtualBox version 4 0 or later 10 1 2 Machines created by VirtualBox versions before 4 0 10 1 3 Global configuration data dedere maraa 10 1 4 Summary of 4 0 configuration changes ln 10 1 5 VirtualBox XML files 2222s RR GGG VirtualBox executables and components s a ee Hardware vs software virtualization Paravirtualizstion providers ass sus ke a eS Details about software virtualiz
565. tempt to use it please make sure that 1 Your motherboard has an IOMMU unit 2 Your CPU supports the IOMMU 3 The IOMMU is enabled in the BIOS 4 The VM must run with VT x AMD V and nested paging enabled 5 Your Linux kernel was compiled with IOMMU support including DMA remapping see CONFIG_DMAR kernel compilation option The PCI stub driver CONFIG_PCI_STUB is re quired as well 2Experimental support for PCI passthrough was introduced with VirtualBox 4 1 181 9 Advanced topics 6 Your Linux kernel recognizes and uses the IOMMU unit intel_iommu on boot option could be needed Search for DMAR and PCI DMA in kernel boot log Once you made sure that the host kernel supports the IOMMU the next step is to select the PCI card and attach it to the guest To figure out the list of available PCI devices use the lspci command The output will look like this 01 00 0 VGA compatible controller ATI Technologies Inc Cedar PRO Radeon HD 5450 01 00 1 Audio device ATI Technologies Inc Manhattan HDMI Audio Mobility Radeon HD 5000 Series 02 00 0 Ethernet controller Realtek Semiconductor Co Ltd RTL8111 8168B PCI Express Gigabit Ethernet controller rev 03 03 00 0 SATA controller JMicron Technology Corp JMB362 JMB363 Serial ATA Controller rev 03 03 00 1 IDE interface JMicron Technology Corp JMB362 JMB363 Serial ATA Controller rev 03 06 00 0 VGA compatible controller nVidia Corporation G86 GeForce 8500 GT rev al
566. ter 16 2 16 curl license page 309 and Copyright C 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg VirtualBox contains dnsproxy which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 4 MIT Li cense page 298 and Copyright c 2003 2004 2005 Armin Wolfermann VirtualBox may contain iniparser which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 4 MIT License page 298 and Copyright c 2000 2008 by Nicolas Devillard VirtualBox contains some code from libgd which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 17 libgd license page 309 and Copyright 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Pierre Alain Joye pierre libgd org VirtualBox contains code from the EFI Development Kit II which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 18 BSD license from Intel page 310 and Copyright c 2004 2008 Intel Corporation VirtualBox contains libjpeg which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 19 libjpeg License page 310 and Copyright C 1991 2010 Thomas G Lane Guido Vollbeding VirtualBox may contain x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 20 x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library license page 311 and Copyright 2009 Pierre Ossman lt ossman cendio se gt for Cendio AB Copyright 2010 D R Commander Copyright C 1999 2006 MIYASAKA Masaru VirtualBox may ship a copy of Qt which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright C 2010 201
567. terchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library 289 16 Third party materials and licenses Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical
568. ternative front end so e a e eR oon RR E e REOS oS Sox A 32 2 Installation details 34 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts eee eee ee ee eee 34 Zl OPPSRSGUISNES 2 a o 4 29 448 e688 224 dead err 34 2 1 2 Performing the installation 4 6 e068 0 6644 ERR 34 2 12 Uninstallation lt seere 42404648 se eu ee eaves aaad 36 214 Unattended installation lt lt oem mm Xs 36 2 3 Installing on Mac OS X hosts eec 60 om RR 36 2 21 Performing the installation 2s rera 36 2 2 2 Uninstall 29 of mom a eee 36 2 2 93 Unatrended instalation oi eser RR UR RR e 36 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts 2222222 m 9 ee EE m URS 36 UV XE ugs MEME eh ile A gece wos e e 36 2 32 The VirtualBox kernel modul ooo oes ee oe ee ee RR RR RA 37 2 3 3 Performing the installation o 38 203 CIDE WOORUBETS OU voee ER a 41 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux llle 41 24 Installing on Solaris hosts o oo ssc saa aaa eaaa ee a 42 2 4 1 Performing the installation llle 42 212 The vboxuser Groupe uu e a a E E c Rm Re en 42 2 4 3 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris clle 43 Contents 244 Uninstalladio snas a Gl ww a SONA AIR ee ee 2 4 5 Unattended installation o 2 4 6 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 1 Supported guest operating systems llle LLI MacOS A GUESS rc a Roe E de a e 3 1 2 64
569. the Switch to Fullscreen menu item in this menu Seamless Don t show the Switch to Seamless Mode menu item in this menu Scale Don t show the Switch to Scaled Mode menu item in this menu GuestAutoresize Don t show the Auto resize Guest Display menu item in this menu AdjustWindow Don t show the Adjust Window Size menu item in this menu Multiscreen Don t show the Multiscreen menu item in this menu only visible in full screen seamless mode This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeViewMenuActions Use the following command to disable certain actions of the View menu VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeDevicesMenuActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords to disable actions in the Devices menu All Don t show any menu item in this menu OpticalDevices Don t show the CD DVD Devices menu item in this menu FloppyDevices Don t show the FLoppy Devices menu item in this menu USBDevices Don t show the USB Devices menu item in this menu SharedClipboard Don t show the Shared Clipboard menu item in this menu DragAndDrop Don t show the Drag n Drop menu item in this menu NetworkSettings Don t show the Network Settings menu item in this menu 200 9 Advanced topics SharedFoldersSettings Don t show the Shared Folders Settings menu item in
570. the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification which You create or to which You con tribute must be made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an Executable version available and if made available via Electronic Distribution Mechanism must remain available for at least twelve 12 months after the date it initially became available or at least six 6 months after a subsequent version of that partic ular Modification has been made available to such recipients You are responsible for ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describ
571. the command to host related metrics To limit the scope to a subset of metrics use a metric list with names separated by commas For example to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user and kernel modes by the virtual machine named test you can use the following command VBoxManage metrics query test CPU Load User CPU Load Kernel The following list summarizes the available subcommands list This subcommand shows the parameters of the currently existing metrics Note that VM specific metrics are only available when a particular VM is running 162 8 VBoxManage setup This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The retained data is available for displaying with the query subcommand The list option shows which metrics have been modified as the result of the command execution enable This subcommand resumes data collection after it has been stopped with disable subcommand Note that specifying submetrics as parameters will not enable underlying metrics Use list to find out if the command did what was expected disable This subcommand suspends data collection without affecting collection parameters or collected data Note that specifying submetrics as parameters will not disable underlying metrics Use list to find out if the command did what was expected query This subcommand retrieves and displays the currently retained metric
572. the credentials Sysprep then gets launched with the required system rights Note Specifying the location of sysprep exe is not possible instead the following paths are used based on the operating system e C sysprep sysprep exe for Windows NT 4 0 2000 and XP e WINDIR System32 Sysprep sysprep exe for Windows Vista 2008 Server and 7 The Guest Additions will automatically use the appropriate path to execute the system preparation tool 178 9 Advanced topics 9 4 Advanced configuration for Linux and Solaris guests 9 4 1 Manual setup of selected guest services on Linux The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain several different drivers If for any reason you do not wish to set them all up you can install the Guest Additions using the following command sh VBoxLinuxAdditions run no_setup After this you will need to at least compile the kernel modules by running the command rcvboxadd setup as root you will need to replace lib by lib64 on some 64bit guests and on older guests without the udev service you will need to add the vboxadd service to the default runlevel to ensure that the modules get loaded To setup the time synchronization service add the service vboxadd service to the default run level To set up the X11 and OpenGL part of the Guest Additions run the command rcvboxadd x11 setup you do not need to enable any services for this To recompile the guest kernel modules use this comm
573. the password secret you can use the following command VBoxManage internalcommands passwordhash secret This will print 2bb80d537b1da3e38bd30361aa855686bde0eacd7162fef6a25fe97bf527a25b You can then use VBoxManage setextradata to store this value in the machine s extradata section As example combined together to set the password for the user john and the machine My VM to secret use this command VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxAuthSimple users john 2bb80d537b1da3e38bd30361aa855686bde0eacd7162fef6a25fe97bf527a25b e Finally the guest authentication method performs authentication with a special compo nent that comes with the Guest Additions as a result authentication is not performed on the host but with the guest user accounts This method is currently still in testing and not yet supported In addition to the methods described above you can replace the default external authenti cation module with any other module For this VirtualBox provides a well defined interface that allows you to write your own authentication module This is described in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming in terfaces page 226 for details 7 1 6 RDP encryption RDP features data stream encryption which is based on the RC4 symmetric cipher with keys up to 128bit The RC4 keys are being replaced in regular intervals every 4096 pac
574. the virtual machine which should be cloned The following additional settings can be used to further configure the clone VM opera tion 138 8 VBoxManage e snapshot lt uuid gt lt name gt Select a specific snapshot where the clone operation should refer to Default is referring to the current state e mode machine machineandchildren all Selects the cloning mode of the operation If machine is selected the default the current state of the VM without any snapshots is cloned In the machineandchildren mode the snapshot provided by snapshot and all child snapshots are cloned If all is the selected mode all snapshots and the current state are cloned e options link keepallmacs keepnatmacs keepdisknames Allows additional fine tuning of the clone operation The first option defines that a linked clone should be created which is only possible for a machine clone from a snapshot The next two options allow to define how the MAC addresses of every virtual network card should be handled They can either be reinitialized the default left unchanged keepallmacs or left unchanged when the network type is NAT keepnatmacs If you add keepdisknames all new disk images are called like the original ones otherwise they are renamed e name name Select a new name for the new virtual machine Default is Original Name Clone e basefolder basefolder Select the folder where the new virtual machine configu ration should b
575. then selecting Save the ma chine state in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Saved From there it can be started again see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 141 VBoxManage controlvm VM name teleport hostname lt name gt port lt port gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt makes the machine the source of a teleporting operation and initiates a teleport to the given target See chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 114 for an introduction If the optional password is specified it must match the password that was given to the modifyvm command for the target machine see chapter 8 8 6 Teleporting settings page 138 for details A few extra options are available with controlvm that do not directly affect the VM s running state The setlinkstate lt 1 N gt operation connects or disconnects virtual network cables from their network interfaces nic lt 1 N gt null nat bridged intnet hostonly generic With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of networking should be available They can be not connected to the host null use network address translation nat bridged networking bridged or communicate with other virtual machines using internal net working intnet or host only networking hostonly or access to rarely used sub modes generic These options correspond to the modes which are described in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to network
576. ther computers In some cases it is worth considering using a forwarding rule for a specific port in NAT mode instead of using bridged networking 246 13 Security guide Some setups do not require a VM to be connected to the public network at all Internal net working see chapter 6 6 Internal networking page 101 or host only networking see chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 102 are often sufficient to connect VMs among each other or to connect VMs only with the host but not with the public network 13 3 2 2 VRDP remote desktop authentication When using the VirtualBox extension pack provided by Oracle for VRDP remote desktop support you can optionally use various methods to configure RDP authentication The null method is very insecure and should be avoided in a public network See chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 110 for details 13 3 2 3 Clipboard The shared clipboard allows users to share data between the host and the guest Enabling the clipboard in Bidirectional mode allows the guest to read and write the host clipboard The Host to guest mode and the Guest to host mode limit the access to one direction If the guest is able to access the host clipboard it can also potentially access sensitive data from the host which is shared over the clipboard If the guest is able to read from and or write to the host clipboard then a remote user con necting to the guest over the network will also gain thi
577. ther group of debugger commands is the set of info commands Running info help provides complete usage information The information commands provide ad hoc data pertinent to various emulated devices and aspects of the VMM There is no general guideline for using the info commands the right command to use depends entirely on the problem being investigated Some of the info commands are e cfgm print a branch of the configuration tree e cpuid display the guest CPUID leaves e ioport print registered I O port ranges e mmio print registered MMIO ranges e mode print the current paging mode e pit print the i8254 PIT state e pic print the i8259A PIC state ohci ehci xhci print a subset of the OHCI EHCI xHCI USB controller state e pcnet6 print the PCnet state e vgatext print the contents of the VGA framebuffer formatted as standard text mode e timers print all VM timers The output of the info commands generally requires in depth knowledge of the emulated de vice and or VirtualBox VMM internals However when used properly the information provided can be invaluable 12 1 4 VM core format VirtualBox uses the 64 bit ELF format for its VM core files created by VBoxManage debugvm see chapter 8 35 VBoxManage debugvm page 164 The VM core file contain the memory and CPU dumps of the VM and can be useful for debugging your guest OS The 64 bit ELF object format specficiation can be obtained here http downloads openwatc
578. ther select Add CD DVD device or Add Hard Disk If you clicked on a floppy controller you can add a floppy drive instead Alternatively right click on the storage controller and select a menu item there On the right part of the window you can then set the following 1 You can then select to which device slot of the controller the virtual disk should be connected to IDE controllers have four slots which have traditionally been called primary master primary slave secondary master and secondary slave By contrast SATA and SCSI controllers offer you up to 30 slots to which virtual devices can be attached 2 You can select which image file to use For virtual hard disks a button with a drop down list appears on the right offer ing you to either select a virtual hard disk file using a standard file dialog or to create a new hard disk image file which will bring up the Create new disk wizard which was described in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 For details on the image file types that are supported please see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 85 For virtual CD DVD drives the image files will typically be in the standard ISO format instead Most commonly you will select this option when installing an operating system from an ISO file that you have obtained from the Internet For example most Linux distributions are available in
579. this menu VRDEServer Don t show the Remove Display menu item in this menu InstallGuestTools Don t show the Insert Guest Additions CD imnage menu item in this menu This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeDevicesMenuActions Use the following command to disable certain actions of the View menu VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeDebuggerMenuActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords to disable actions in the Debug menu normally completely disabled All Don t show any menu item in this menu Statistics Don t show the Statistics menu item in this menu CommandLine Don t show the Command Line menu item in this menu Logging Don t show the Logging menu item in this menu LogDialog Don t show the Show Log menu item in this menu This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeDebuggerMenuActions Use the following command to disable certain actions of the View menu VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeHelpMenuActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords to disable actions in the Help menu normally completely disabled All Don t show any menu item in this menu Contents Don t show t
580. this way For virtual CD DVD drives the following additional options are available If you select Host drive from the list then the physical device of the host computer is connected to the VM so that the guest operating system can read from and write to your physical device This is for instance useful if you want to install Windows from a real installation CD In this case select your host drive from the drop down list presented If you want to write burn CDs or DVDs using the host drive you need to also enable the Passthrough option see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 93 If you select Remove disk from virtual drive VirtualBox will present an empty CD DVD drive to the guest into which no media has been inserted 53 3 Configuring virtual machines e To remove an attachment select it and click on the remove icon at the bottom or right click on it and select the menu item Removable media CD DVDs and floppies can be changed while the guest is running Since the Settings dialog is not available at that time you can also access these settings from the Devices menu of your virtual machine window 3 7 Audio settings The Audio section in a virtual machine s Settings window determines whether the VM will see a sound card connected and whether the audio output should be heard on the host system If audio is enabled for a guest you can choose between the emulation of an Intel AC
581. tifying counter together with the product version and the platform being used is sent so that the server can find out whether an update is available By default this check is performed once a day You change this interval or disable these checks altogether in the VirtualBox preferences 5 Usage of personal information Oracle may use anonymous and personal data collected by the means above for statistical purposes as well as to automatically inform you about new notices related to your posts on the bug tracker and forum services to administer the website and to contact you due to technical issues Oracle may also inform you about new product releases related to VirtualBox In no event will personal data without your express consent be provided to any third parties unless Oracle may be required to do so by law or in connection with legal proceedings 6 Updates Oracle may update the privacy policy at any time by posting a new version at http www oracle com html privacy html and the privacy information will be kept up to date in the documentation which comes with the VirtualBox application You should check these places occasionally to ensure you are happy with any changes 318 Glossary A ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface an industry specification for BIOS and hard ware extensions to configure PC hardware and perform power management Windows 2000 and higher as well as Linux 2 4 and higher support ACPI Windows can onl
582. ting started with VirtualBox and installing operating systems in a virtual machine For any serious and interactive use the VirtualBox Guest Additions will make your life much easier by providing closer integration between host and guest and improving the interactive performance of guest systems This chapter describes the Guest Additions in detail 4 1 Introduction As mentioned in chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 12 the Guest Additions are designed to be installed inside a virtual machine after the guest operating system has been installed They consist of device drivers and system applications that optimize the guest operating system for better performance and usability Please see chapter 3 1 Supported guest operating systems page 44 for details on what guest operating systems are fully supported with Guest Additions by VirtualBox The VirtualBox Guest Additions for all supported guest operating systems are provided as a single CD ROM image file which is called VBoxGuestAdditions iso This image file is located in the installation directory of VirtualBox To install the Guest Additions for a particular VM you mount this ISO file in your VM as a virtual CD ROM and install from there The Guest Additions offer the following features Mouse pointer integration To overcome the limitations for mouse support that were described in chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 this provides you with seamless mouse support Y
583. tings dialog because disk images are now by default stored in each machine s own folder Hard disk image files can be copied onto other host systems and imported into virtual machines there although certain guest systems notably Windows 2000 and XP will require that the new virtual machine be set up in a similar way to the old one Note Do not simply make copies of virtual disk images If you import such a second copy into a virtual machine VirtualBox will complain with an error since VirtualBox assigns a unique identifier UUID to each disk image to make sure it is only used once See chapter 5 6 Cloning disk images page 91 for instructions on this matter Also if you want to copy a virtual machine to another system VirtualBox has an import export facility that might be better suited for your needs see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 31 5 4 Special image write modes For each virtual disk image supported by VirtualBox you can determine separately how it should be affected by write operations from a virtual machine and snapshot operations This applies to all of the aforementioned image formats VDI VMDK VHD or HDD and irrespective of whether an image is fixed size or dynamically allocated By default images are in normal mode To mark an existing image with one of the non standard modes listed below use VBoxManage modifyhd see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modi fyhd page 149 Alterna
584. tion is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application programming in terface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file c Representations Contributor represents that except as disclosed pursuant to Section 3 4 a above Contributor believes that Contributor s Modifications are Contributor s original creation s and or Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or owne
585. tion from being triggered in the guest operating sys tem every time the configuration is changed The standard CD DVD emulation allows for reading standard data CD and DVD formats only As an experimental feature for additional capabilities it is possible to give the guest direct access to the CD DVD host drive by enabling passthrough mode Depending on the host hardware this may enable three things to work potentially e CD DVD writing from within the guest if the host DVD drive is a CD DVD writer e playing audio CDs e playing encrypted DVDs There is a Passthrough checkbox in the GUI dialog for configuring the media attached to a storage controller or you can use the passthrough option with VBoxManage storageattach see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 for details Even if pass through is enabled unsafe commands such as updating the drive firmware will be blocked Video CD formats are never supported not even in passthrough mode and cannot be played from a virtual machine On Solaris hosts pass through requires running VirtualBox with real root permissions due to security measures enforced by the host 5 10 iSCSI servers iSCSI stands for Internet SCSI and is a standard that allows for using the SCSI protocol over Internet TCP IP connections Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a com
586. tion setting assumes that this configuration is used on a Windows host because the Windows named pipe syntax is used Keep in mind that on Windows hosts a named pipe must always start with pipe On Linux the same configuration settings apply except that the path name for the Location can be chosen more freely Local domain sockets can be placed anywhere provided the user running VirtualBox has the permission to create a new file in the directory The final command above defines that VirtualBox acts as a server i e it creates the named pipe itself instead of connecting to an already existing one 9 11 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine 9 11 1 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface In NAT mode the guest network interface is assigned to the IPv4 range 10 0 x 0 24 by default where x corresponds to the instance of the NAT interface 2 So x is 2 when there is only one 188 9 Advanced topics NAT instance active In that case the guest is assigned to the address 10 0 2 15 the gateway is set to 10 0 2 2 and the name server can be found at 10 0 2 3 If for any reason the NAT network needs to be changed this can be achieved with the follow ing command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natnetl 192 168 16 This command would reserve the network addresses from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 254 254 for the first NAT network instance of VM name The guest IP would be assigned to 192 168 0 15 and the default gateway could be f
587. tiple patterns can be specified by using the pipe character as separator reset Select reset instead of display mode 8 36 VBoxManage extpack Extension package management Synopsis VBoxManage extpack install replace lt tarball gt VBoxManage extpack uninstall force lt name gt VBoxManage extpack cleanup Description extpack install VBoxManage extpack install replace lt tarball gt Installs a new extension pack on the system This command will fail if an older version of the same extension pack is already installed The replace option can be used to uninstall any old package before the new one is installed replace Uninstall existing extension pack version tarball The file containing the extension pack to be installed extpack uninstall VBoxManage extpack uninstall force lt name gt Uninstalls an extension pack from the system The subcommand will also succeed in the case where the specified extension pack is not present on the system You can use VBoxManage list extpacks to show the names of the extension packs which are currently installed force Overrides most refusals to uninstall an extension pack name The name of the extension pack to be uninstalled 170 8 VBoxManage extpack cleanup VBoxManage extpack cleanup Used to remove temporary files and directories that may have been left behind if a previous install or uninstall command failed Examples How to lis
588. tively use VBoxManage to attach the image to a VM and use the mtype argument see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 145 1 With normal images the default setting there are no restrictions on how guests can read from and write to the disk When you take a snapshot of your virtual machine as described in chapter 1 10 Snapshots page 26 the state of such a normal hard disk will be recorded together with the snapshot and when reverting to the snapshot its state will be fully reset Technically strictly speaking the image file itself is not reset Instead when a snapshot is taken VirtualBox freezes the image file and no longer writes to it For the write oper ations from the VM a second differencing image file is created which receives only the changes to the original image see the next section for details While you can attach the same normal image to more than one virtual machine only one of these virtual machines attached to the same image file can be executed simultaneously as otherwise there would be conflicts if several machines write to the same image file 2 By contrast write through hard disks are completely unaffected by snapshots their state is not saved when a snapshot is taken and not restored when a snapshot is restored 3 Shareable hard disks are a variant of write through hard disks In principle they behave exactly the same i e their state is not saved when a snapshot
589. to the RDP client Video frames are compressed using the JPEG algorithm allowing a higher com pression ratio than standard RDP bitmap compression methods It is possible to increase the compression ratio by lowering the video quality The VRDP server automatically detects video streams in a guest as frequently updated rectan gular areas As a result this method works with any guest operating system without having to install additional software in the guest in particular the Guest Additions are not required On the client side however currently only the Windows 7 Remote Desktop Connection client supports this feature If a client does not support video redirection the VRDP server falls back to regular bitmap updates The following command enables video redirection VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdevideochannel on The quality of the video is defined as a value from 10 to 100 percent representing a JPEG compression level where lower numbers mean lower quality but higher compression The quality can be changed using the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdevideochannelquality 75 7 1 10 VRDP customization With VirtualBox 4 0 it is possible to disable display output mouse and keyboard input audio remote USB or clipboard individually in the VRDP server The following commands change corresponding server settings VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableDisplay 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name
590. tted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these
591. ttp www grsecurity net and derivates have to disable PAX_MPROTECT for the VBox binaries to be able to start a VM The reason is that VBox has to create executable code on anonymous memory 12 8 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted When running a large number of VMs with a lot of RAM on a Linux system say 20 VMs with 1 GB of RAM each additional VMs might fail to start with a kernel error saying that the vmalloc pool is exhausted and should be extended The error message also tells you to specify vmalloc 256MB in your kernel parameter list If adding this parameter to your GRUB or LILO configuration makes the kernel fail to boot with a weird error message such as failed to mount the root partition then you have probably run into a memory conflict of your kernel and initial RAM disk This can be solved by adding the following parameter to your GRUB configuration uppermem 524288 12 9 Solaris hosts 12 9 1 Cannot start VM not enough contiguous memory The ZFS file system is known to use nearly all available RAM as cache if the default system settings are not changed This may lead to a heavy fragmentation of the host memory preventing VirtualBox VMs from being started We recommend to limit the ZFS cache by adding a line set zfs zfs arc max xxxx to etc system where xxxx bytes is the amount of memory usable for the ZFS cache 12 9 2 VM aborts with out of memory errors on Solaris 10 hosts 32 bit Solaris 10 hosts bug 12250
592. tualBox GUI enter the following on a command line VBoxSDL startvm lt vm gt where lt vm gt is as usual with VirtualBox command line parameters the name or UUID of an existing virtual machine 9 1 2 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL When running guest operating systems in full screen mode the guest operating system usually has control over the whole screen This could present a security risk as the guest operating 172 9 Advanced topics system might fool the user into thinking that it is either a different system which might have a higher security level or it might present messages on the screen that appear to stem from the host operating system In order to protect the user against the above mentioned security risks the secure labeling feature has been developed Secure labeling is currently available only for VBoxSDL When enabled a portion of the display area is reserved for a label in which a user defined message is displayed The label height in set to 20 pixels in VBoxSDL The label font color and background color can be optionally set as hexadecimal RGB color values The following syntax is used to enable secure labeling VBoxSDL startvm VM name securelabel seclabelfnt fonts arial ttf seclabelsiz 14 seclabelfgcol 00FF00 seclabelbgcol OOFFFF In addition to enabling secure labeling a TrueType font has to be supplied To use another font size than 12 point use the parameter seclabelsiz The label text
593. tualBox reports vendor product data for its virtual hard disks which consist of hard disk se rial number firmware revision and model number These can be changed using the following commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 SerialNumber serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 FirmwareRevision firmware VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 ModelNumber model The serial number is a 20 byte alphanumeric string the firmware revision an 8 byte alphanu meric string and the model number a 40 byte alphanumeric string Instead of PortO referring to the first port specify the desired SATA hard disk port The above commands apply to virtual machines with an AHCI SATA controller The com mands for virtual machines with an IDE controller are VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config PrimaryMaster SerialNumber serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config PrimaryMaster FirmwareRevision firmware VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config PrimaryMaster ModelNumber model For hard disks it s also possible to mark the drive as having a non rotational medium with VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 NonRotational 1 Additional three parameters are needed for CD D
594. ty reasons and the default can of course be changed for each virtual machine 50 3 Configuring virtual machines If your host s CPU supports the nested paging AMD V or EPT Intel VT x features then you can expect a significant performance increase by enabling nested paging in addition to hardware virtualization For technical details see chapter 10 7 Nested paging and VPIDs page 225 Starting with version 5 0 VirtualBox provides paravirtualization interfaces to improve time keeping accuracy and performance of guest operating systems The options available are docu mented under the paravirtprovider option in chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 130 For futher details on the paravirtualization providers please refer to chapter 10 4 Paravirtual ization providers page 221 3 5 Display settings Video memory size This sets the size of the memory provided by the virtual graphics card available to the guest in MB As with the main memory the specified amount will be allocated from the host s resident memory Based on the amount of video memory higher resolutions and color depths may be available The GUI will show a warning if the amount of video memory is too small to be able to switch the VM into full screen mode The minimum value depends on the number of virtual monitors the screen resolution and the color depth of the host display as well as of the activation of 3D acceleration and 2D video acceleration A rough estimate
595. typical way of using host webcams in earlier versions The webcam passthrough support can handle non USB video sources in theory but this is completely untested Note The webcam passthrough module is shipped as part of the Oracle VM VirtualBox extension pack which must be installed separately See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 for more information 182 9 Advanced topics The host webcam can be attached to the VM using Devices menu in the VM menu bar The Webcams menu contains a list of available video input devices on the host Clicking on a webcam name attaches or detaches the corresponding host device The VBoxManage command line tool can be used to enable webcam passthrough Please see the host specific sections below for additional details The following commands are available e Get a list of host webcams or other video input devices VBoxManage list webcams The output format alias user friendly name host path or identifier The alias can be used as a shortcut in other commands Alias 0 means default video input device on the host 1 2 etc mean first second etc video input device The device order is host specific e Attach a webcam to a running VM VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam attach host_path alias settings This will attach a USB webcam device to the guest The settings parameter is a string Settingl Valuel Setting2 Valu
596. u start the machine again after powering it off your operating system will have to reboot completely and may begin a lengthy check of its virtual system disks As a result this should not normally be done since it can potentially cause data loss or an inconsistent state of the guest system on disk As an exception if your virtual machine has any snapshots see the next chapter you can use this option to quickly restore the current snapshot of the virtual machine In that case powering off the machine will not disrupt its state but any changes made since that snapshot was taken will be lost The Discard button in the VirtualBox Manager window discards a virtual machine s saved state This has the same effect as powering it off and the same warnings apply 25 1 First steps 1 9 Using VM groups VM groups enable the user to create ad hoc groups of VMs and to manage and perform functions on them collectively as well as individually There are a number of features relating to groups 1 Create a group using GUI option 1 Drag one VM on top of another VM Create a group using GUI option 2 Select multiple VMs and select Group on the right click menu as follows eoe Oracle VM VirtualBox Manager e v E Snapshots New Settings Discard Stat S Windows amp General amp Preview EA Wine EFl Name Ubuntu Powered Off Operating System Ubuntu 32 bit Groups Linux FR Power Settings xs System
597. udio failure under certain conditions bug 13418 Windows hosts fixed additional cases of 4 3 14 regression whereby AltGr stopped working for some people bug 13216 Windows Additions preserve guest monitor layout when resizing Windows 7 or newer guests Linux Additions Linux 3 18 compile fixes bug 13515 15 9 Version 4 3 18 2014 10 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed a potential misbehavior after restoring the A20 state from a saved state GUI fixed full screen mode mini toolbar related regressions for different platforms and window managers bug 13369 GUI X11 fixed full screen mode Unity panels quirk caused by mini toolbar code changes in last release bug 13365 GUI X11 added possibility to use legacy full screen mode as the new one can cause multi screen issues under Unity see chapter 9 20 12 Requesting legacy full screen mode page 205 bug 13365 GUI Mac OS X fixed full screen mode artifact causing black screen when 3D acceleration was enabled on 10 10 Yosemite hosts bug 13448 GUI Mac OS X fixed regression in user space swiping from to VBox in full screen mode GUI Mac OS X fixed issue with switching to VBox in full screen mode through Alt Tab and Mission Control Storage fixed data corruption when resizing huge VHD images under certain circum stances bug 11960 Storage fixed a rare hang during startup when the BIOS enumerates the stor
598. uests rdesktop vrdp fixed path to the keymaps bug 12066 rdesktop vrdp switch to version 1 8 3 Windows hosts more hardening fixes e g bugs 14051 14052 Linux hosts another fix for activated SMAP on Linux 3 19 and newer Broadwell and later bug 13961 Linux hosts Linux 4 1 compile fix bug 14081 Solaris hosts fixed using of VNIC templates with Crossbow based bridged networking to be compatible with vanity interface names Mac OS X hosts fixed crash during VM termination under rare circumstances Windows Additions WDDM improved video memory utilization and allow more bigger guest screens with large resolutions including HiDPI X11 Additions prevent flickering when updating mouse cursor Solaris Additions fixed incorrect usage of prtconf while installing Guest Additions Solaris 10 only 15 5 Version 4 3 26 2015 03 16 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI in the snapshots pane protect the age of snapshots against wrong host time bug 13955 NAT Network fixed a bug which prevented to propagate any DNS name server domain search string information to the NAT network 4 3 24 regression bugs 13915 13918 NAT Network don t delay the shutdown of VBoxSVC on Windows hosts Mouse support the mouse could not be moved under rare conditions if no Guest Additions are installed 4 3 24 regression bug 13935 Storage if the guest ejects a virtual CD DVD med
599. ugh sophisticated techniques VirtualBox virtualizes many guest operating systems entirely in software This means that you can run virtual machines even on older processors which do not support hardware virtualization Even though VirtualBox does not always require hardware virtualization enabling it is required in the following scenarios e Certain rare guest operating systems like OS 2 make use of very esoteric processor instruc tions that are not supported with our software virtualization For virtual machines that are configured to contain such an operating system hardware virtualization is enabled automatically e VirtualBox s 64 bit guest support added with version 2 0 and multiprocessing SMP added with version 3 0 both require hardware virtualization to be enabled This is not much of a limitation since the vast majority of today s 64 bit and multicore CPUs ship with hardware virtualization anyway the exceptions to this rule are e g older Intel Celeron and AMD Opteron CPUs Warning Do not run other hypervisors open source or commercial virtualization products together with VirtualBox While several hypervisors can normally be installed in parallel do not attempt to run several virtual machines from competing hypervisors at the same time VirtualBox cannot track what another hypervisor is currently at tempting to do on the same host and especially if several products attempt to use hardware virtualization features su
600. ula license text eulafile lt filename gt lt uuid vmname gt type gui sdl headless separate lt uuid vmname gt pause resume reset poweroff savestate acpipowerbutton acpisleepbutton keyboardputscancode hex lt hex gt setlinkstate lt 1 N gt on off nic lt 1 N gt null nat bridged intnet hostonly generic natnetwork lt devicename gt nictrace lt 1 N gt on off nictracefile 1 N filename nicproperty 1 N name value nicpromisc lt 1 N gt deny allow vms allow all natpf lt 1 N gt rulename tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt rulename gt guestmemoryballoon lt balloonsize in MB gt usbattach lt uuid gt lt address gt 120 discardstate adoptstate snapshot closemedium storageattach 8 VBoxManage capturefile lt filename gt usbdetach lt uuid gt lt address gt clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional draganddrop disabled hosttoguest vrde on off vrdeport port vrdeproperty name value vrdevideochannelquality percent setvideomodehint xres yres bpp lt display gt lt enabled yes no gt lt xorigin gt lt yorigin gt screenshotpng lt file gt display videocap on off videocapscreens all none lt screen gt lt screen gt videocapfile
601. ule 1 The original installation fails This probably means that your Linux system is not prepared for building external kernel modules Most Linux distributions can be set up simply by installing the right packages normally these will be the GNU compiler GCC GNU Make make and packages containing header files for your kernel and making sure that all system updates are installed and that the system is running the most up to date kernel included in the distribution The version numbers of the header file packages must be the same as that of the kernel you are using e With Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the linux headers and if it exists the linux kbuild package Current Ubuntu releases should have the right packages installed by default e In even older Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the kernel headers package e On Fedora and Redhat systems the package is kernel devel e On SUSE and openSUSE Linux you must install the right versions of the kernel source and kernel syms packages See http en wikipedia org wiki Dynamic Kernel Module Support for an introduction 37 2 Installation details e If you have built your own kernel you will need to make sure that you also installed all the required header and other files for building external modules to the right loca tions The details of how to do this will depend on how you built your kernel and if
602. urce Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification created by You will be provided to the Initial Developer in Source Code form and are subject to the terms of the License 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s in tellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a re cipient will know whom to contact If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modifica
603. use 3D acceler ation Drivers for 3D hardware are generally too complex to be made properly secure and any software which is allowed to access them may be able to compromise the oper ating system running them In addition enabling 3D acceleration gives the guest direct access to a large body of additional program code in the VirtualBox host process which it might conceivably be able to use to crash the virtual machine With VirtualBox 4 1 Windows Aero theme support is added for Windows Vista and Windows 7 guests To enable Aero theme support the experimental VirtualBox WDDM video driver must be installed which is available with the Guest Additions installation Since the WDDM video driver is still experimental at this time it is not installed by default and must be manually selected in the Guest Additions installer by answering No int the Would you like to install basic Direct3D support dialog displayed when the Direct3D feature is selected Note Unlike the current basic Direct3D support the WDDM video driver installation does not require the Safe Mode The Aero theme is not enabled by default To enable it e In Windows Vista guest right click on the desktop in the context menu select Personal ize then select Windows Color and Appearance in the Personalization window in the Appearance Settings dialog select Windows Aero and press OK e In Windows 7 guest right
604. user access to the entire disk To set up such an image use VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 relative When used from a virtual machine the image will then refer not to the entire disk but only to the individual partitions in the example dev sdal and dev sda5 As a consequence read write access is only required for the affected partitions not for the entire disk During creation how ever read only access to the entire disk is required to obtain the partitioning information In some configurations it may be necessary to change the MBR code of the created image e g to replace the Linux boot loader that is used on the host by another boot loader This allows e g the guest to boot directly to Windows while the host boots Linux from the same disk For this purpose the mbr parameter is provided It specifies a file name from which to take the MBR code The partition table is not modified at all so a MBR file from a system with totally different partitioning can be used An example of this is VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 mbr winxp mbr The modified MBR will be stored inside the image not on the host disk The created image can be attached to a storage controller in a VM configuration as usual 186 9 Advanced topics 9 9 2 Configuring the hard disk vendor product data VPD Vir
605. ust be trapped by the hypervisor but certain guest operating systems notably Windows and Solaris write this register very often which adversely affects virtualization performance 223 10 Technical background To fix these performance and security issues VirtualBox contains a Code Scanning and Analysis Manager CSAM which disassembles guest code and the Patch Manager PATM which can replace it at runtime Before executing ring 0 code CSAM scans it recursively to discover problematic instructions PATM then performs in situ patching i e it replaces the instruction with a jump to hypervisor memory where an integrated code generator has placed a more suitable implementation In reality this is a very complex task as there are lots of odd situations to be discovered and handled correctly So with its current complexity one could argue that PATM is an advanced in situ recompiler In addition every time a fault occurs VirtualBox analyzes the offending code to determine if it is possible to patch it in order to prevent it from causing more faults in the future This approach works well in practice and dramatically improves software virtualization performance 10 6 Details about hardware virtualization With Intel VT x there are two distinct modes of CPU operation VMX root mode and non root mode e In root mode the CPU operates much like older generations of processors without VT x support There are four privilege levels rings
606. ut a cable server lt pipename gt On a Windows host this tells VirtualBox to create a named pipe on the host named lt pipename gt and connect the virtual serial device to it Note that Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begin with NN NpipewN On a Linux host instead of a named pipe a local domain socket is used client lt pipename gt This operates just like server except that the pipe or local domain socket is not created by VirtualBox but assumed to exist already tcpserver port This tells VirtualBox to create a TCP socket on the host with TCP port and connect the virtual serial device to it Note that UNIX like systems require ports over 1024 for normal users tcpclient lt hostname port gt This operates just like tcpserver except that the TCP socket is not created by VirtualBox but assumed to exist already devicename If instead of the above the device name of a physical hardware serial port of the host is specified the virtual serial port is connected to that hardware port On a Windows host the device name will be a COM port such as COMI on a Linux host the device name will look like dev ttyS0 This allows you to wire a real serial port to a virtual machine e lptmode lt 1 N gt Device Specifies the Device Name of the parallel port that the Paral lel Port feature will be using Use this before lpt This feature is host operating system specific 13
607. uter that connects to the Internet through a router The router in this case is the VirtualBox networking engine which maps traffic from and to the virtual machine transparently In VirtualBox this router is placed between each virtual machine and the host This separation maximizes security since by default virtual machines cannot talk to each other The disadvantage of NAT mode is that much like a private network behind a router the virtual machine is invisible and unreachable from the outside internet you cannot run a server this way unless you set up port forwarding described below The network frames sent out by the guest operating system are received by VirtualBox s NAT engine which extracts the TCP IP data and resends it using the host operating system To an application on the host or to another computer on the same network as the host it looks like the data was sent by the VirtualBox application on the host using an IP address belonging to the host VirtualBox listens for replies to the packages sent and repacks and resends them to the guest machine on its private network The virtual machine receives its network address and configuration on the private network from a DHCP server integrated into VirtualBox The IP address thus assigned to the virtual machine is usually on a completely different network than the host As more than one card of a virtual machine can be set up to use NAT the first card is connected to the private
608. v malc Copyright c 2004 Antony T Curtis Copyright C 2003 Jocelyn Mayer VirtualBox contains code which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 page 298 and Copyright 2004 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS VGA BIOS which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright C 2001 2002 the LGPL VGABios developers Team VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS ROM BIOS which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and Copyright C 2002 MandrakeSoft S A Copyright C 2004 Fabrice Bellard Copyright C 2005 Struan Bartlett VirtualBox contains the zlib library which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 6 zlib license page 298 and Copyright C 1995 2003 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler VirtualBox may contain OpenSSL which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 7 OpenSSL license page 298 and Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com VirtualBox may contain NSPR and XPCOM which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL page 292 and Copyright C The Authors VirtualBox contains Slirp which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 8 Slirp license page 299 and was written by Danny Gasparovski Copyright
609. v vboxnet Edit the file platform i86pc kernel drv vboxnet conf and add a line for the new inter face we want to add as shown below 3 Support for Crossbow based bridged networking was introduced with VirtualBox 4 1 and requires Solaris 11 build 159 or above When Crossbow based bridged networking is used 195 9 Advanced topics name vboxnet parent pseudo instance 1 name vboxnet parent pseudo instance 2 Add as many of these lines as required with each line having a unique instance number Next reload the vboxnet driver by executing the following command as root add_drv vboxnet On Solaris 11 1 and newer hosts you may want to rename the default vanity interface name To check what name has been assigned execute dladm show phys LINK MEDIA STATE SPEED DUPLEX DEVICE neto Ethernet up 100 full e1000g0 net2 Ethernet up 1000 full vboxnet1 netl Ethernet up 1000 full vboxnet0 In the above example we can rename net2 to vboxnet1 before proceeding to plumb the interface This can be done by executing as root dladm rename link net2 vboxnetl Now plumb all the interfaces using ifconfig vboxnetX plumb where X would be 1 in this case Once the interface is plumbed it may be configured like any other network interface Refer to the ifconfig documentation for further details To make the newly added interfaces settings persistent across reboots you will need to edit the files etc inet netmasks an
610. ve Release Refresh OE Y Opticaldisks Floppy disks Name A Virtual Size Actual Size S11 vdi 16 00 GB 5 67 GB 11U2 vdi 16 00GB 5 27 GB sasa vdi 10 00 GB 2 00 MB SuSE vdi 8 00 GB 2 00 MB Ubuntu vdi 8 00 GB 5 75 GB Win7 vdi 20 00 GB 12 57 GB Win8 EFl vdi 25 00 GB 3 00 MB Type Normal Location Users vbox VirtualBox VMs Windows Win7 64 Win7 64 vdi Format VDI I Storage details Dynamically allocated storage Attached to Win7 64 UUID 28e794f18 5ea5 4e81 9cfa 90c7dda0a945 Close The known media are conveniently grouped in three tabs for the three possible formats These formats are e Hard disk images either in VirtualBox s own Virtual Disk Image VDI format or in the third party formats listed in the previous chapter e CD DVD images in standard ISO format e floppy images in standard RAW format As you can see in the screenshot above for each image the Virtual Media Manager shows you the full path of the image file and other information such as the virtual machine the image is currently attached to if any The Virtual Media Manager allows you to e remove an image from the registry and optionally delete the image file when doing so e release an image that is detach it from a virtual machine if it is currently attached to one as a virtual hard disk 86 5 Virtual storage Starting with version 4 0 to create new disk images please use the Storage page in a virtual machine s set
611. vendor and the M UV69a Optical Wheel Mouse product Alternatively you can also specify Manufacturer and Product by name To list all the USB devices that are connected to your host machine with their respective vendor and product IDs you can use the following command see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 VBoxManage list usbhost On Windows you can also see all USB devices that are attached to your system in the Device Manager On Linux you can use the lsusb command 2 Serial number While vendor and product ID are already quite specific to identify USB devices if you have two identical devices of the same brand and product line you will also need their serial numbers to filter them out correctly 3 Remote This setting specifies whether the device will be local only or remote only over VRDP or either On a Windows host you will need to unplug and reconnect a USB device to use it after creating a filter for it As an example you could create a new USB filter and specify a vendor ID of 046d Logitech Inc a manufacturer index of 1 and not remote Then any USB devices on the host system produced by Logitech Inc with a manufacturer index of 1 will be visible to the guest system Several filters can select a single device for example a filter which selects all Logitech devices and one which selects a particular webcam You can deactivate filters without deleting them by clicking in the checkbox
612. ver is used bug 12441 NAT fixed crash and misbehaviour under some circumstances with ICMP packets having TTL 1 NAT Network fixed IPv6 reassembly NAT Network ping proxy implemented OVF fixed reading of the OVF 0 9 section element 4 3 regression bug 12345 OVF several fixes 3D support several fixes multiscreen fixes e g bug 9124 3D support include 3D content in captured videos bug 12666 3D support include 3D content in captured screenshot bug 11758 VGA proper handling of legacy graphics modes if the Guest Additions are active bug 6649 USB fixed crash during isochronous transfer under rare circumstances BIOS better disk geometry handling of SCSI drives API fix crashes in Java API clients using the XPCOM binding happened with output pa rameters only bug 11232 VBoxSVC documented the handling of host power management events see chapter 9 26 Handling of host power management events page 212 and added an extradata item for configuring the handling of the battery low event bug 9925 VBoxSVC fixed a bug which could trigger a crash if a VM snapshot was restored the second time and the VM has associated bandwidth groups bug 12569 VBoxSVC properly detect ifconfig if located in bin bug 12713 Shared Folders fixed a failure to restore transient shared folders when starting a VM from a saved state bug 12578 Mac OS X hosts fixed issue when the application icon was frozen in the dock i
613. veral VMs run at the same time For example on Linux hosts host caching may result in Linux delaying all writes until the host cache is nearly full and then writing out all these changes at once possibly stalling VM execution for minutes This can result in I O errors in the guest as I O requests time out there 3 Physical memory is often wasted as guest operating systems typically have their own I O caches which may result in the data being cached twice in both the guest and the host caches for little effect If you decide to disable host I O caching for the above reasons VirtualBox uses its own small cache to buffer writes but no read caching since this is typically already performed by the guest OS In addition VirtualBox fully supports asynchronous I O for its virtual SATA SCSI and SAS controllers through multiple I O threads Since asynchronous I O is not supported by IDE controllers for performance reasons you may want to leave host caching enabled for your VM s virtual IDE controllers For this reason VirtualBox allows you to configure whether the host I O cache is used for each I O controller separately Either uncheck the Use host I O cache box in the Storage settings for a given virtual storage controller or use the following VBoxManage command to disable the host I O cache for a virtual storage controller VBoxManage storagectl VM name name lt controllername gt hostiocache off See chapter 8 19 VBoxMa
614. vrdeproperty Client DisableInput 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableUSB 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableAudio 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableClipboard 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableUpstreamAudio 1 To reenable a feature use a similar command without the trailing 1 For example VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableDisplay These properties were introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 10 However in the 3 2 x series it was necessary to use the following commands to alter these settings instead VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableDisplay 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableInput 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableUSB 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableAudio 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableClipboard 1 113 7 Remote virtual machines To reenable a feature use a similar command without the trailing 1 For example VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableDisplay 7 2 Teleporting Starting with version 3 1 VirtualBox supports teleporting that is moving a virtual machine over a network from one VirtualBox host to another while the virtual machine is running This works regardless of the host operating system that is running on the hosts
615. will save the state and terminate all VMs in preperation of a potential host powerdown The behavior can be configured By executing the following command no VM is saved VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 SavestateOnBatteryLow 0 This is a global setting as well as a per VM setting The per VM value has higher precedence than the global value The following command will save the state of all VMs but will not save the state of VM foo VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 SavestateOnBatteryLow 1 VBoxManage setextradata foo VBoxInternal2 SavestateOnBatteryLow 0 The first line is actually not required as by default the savestate action is performed 9 27 Experimental support for passing through SSE4 1 SSE4 2 instructions To provide SSE 4 1 SSE 4 2 support to guests the host CPU has to implement these instruction sets Starting with VirtualBox 4 3 8 it is possible to enable these instructions for certain guests using the following commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal CPUM SSE4 1 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal CPUM SSE4 2 1 These are a per VM settings and they are turned off by default 9 28 Support for keyboard indicators synchronization This feature makes the host keyboard lights match those of the virtual machine s virtual key board when the machine window is selected It is currently implemented for Mac OS X and Windows hosts and available as of releases 4 2
616. with VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom video mode can be set using the video mode hint feature 9 8 2 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphical frontend When guest systems with the Guest Additions installed are started using the graphical frontend the normal VirtualBox application they will not be allowed to use screen resolutions greater than the host s screen size unless the user manually resizes them by dragging the window switch ing to full screen or seamless mode or sending a video mode hint using VBoxManage This be havior is what most users will want but if you have different needs it is possible to change it by issuing one of the following commands from the command line VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution any will remove all limits on guest resolutions VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution gt width height lt manually specifies a maximum resolution VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution auto restores the default settings Note that these settings apply globally to all guest systems not just to a single machine 184 9 Advanced topics 9 9 Advanced storage configuration 9 9 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest Starting with version 1 4 as an alternative to using virtual disk images as described in detail in chapter 5 Virtual storage page 82 VirtualBox can also present either entire physical hard disks or selected partiti
617. work enable disable dhcp on off port forward 4 lt rule gt loopback 4 lt rule gt ipv6 on off port forward 6 lt rule gt loopback 6 lt rule gt remove netname lt name gt modify netname name network lt network gt enable disable dhcp on off port forward 4 lt rule gt loopback 4 lt rule gt ipv6 on off port forward 6 lt rule gt loopback 6 lt rule gt start netname lt name gt stop netname name ipconfig name dhcp ip lt ipv4 gt netmask lt ipv4 gt def 255 255 255 0 ipv6 ipv6 netmasklengthv6 length def 64 create remove name add modify netname network name ifname hostonly if name ip ip address netmask network mask lowerip lower ip upperip upper ip enable disable remove netname network name ifname hostonly if name vmname gt dumpvmcore filename name vmname gt info lt item gt args vmname gt injectnmi vmname gt log release debug group settings vmname gt logdest release debug destinations vmname gt logflags release debug flags vmname gt osdetect vmname gt osinfo vmname gt osdmesg lines lines vmname gt getregisters cpu id reg set reg name 126 8 VBoxManage VBoxManage debugvm lt uuid vmname gt setregisters
618. ws Additions ability to track guest user idle times through the newly introduced event IGuestUserStateChangedEvent Linux Additions fixed udev detection in the init script with Linux 3 x kernels 15 19 Older Change log details With VirtualBox 5 0 changelog information for versions before 4 3 was removed in order to save space To access this information please consult the User Manual of VirtualBox version 4 3 or earlier 279 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox incorporates materials from several Open Source software projects Therefore the use of these materials by VirtualBox is governed by different Open Source licenses This document reproduces these licenses and provides a list of the materials used and their respective licensing conditions Section 1 contains a list of the materials used Section 2 reproduces the applicable Open Source licenses For each material a reference to its license is provided The source code for the materials listed below as well as the rest of the VirtualBox code which is released as open source are available at http www virtualbox org both as tarballs for particular releases and as a live SVN repository 16 1 Materials VirtualBox contains portions of QEMU which is governed by the licenses in chapter 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 page 298 and chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 287 and C 2003 2005 Fabrice Bellard Copyright C 2004 2005 Vassili Karpo
619. x has a very flexible internal design that allows for using multiple interfaces to control the same virtual machines To illustrate you can for example start a virtual machine with the VirtualBox Manager window 32 1 First steps and then stop it from the command line With VirtualBox s support for the Remote Desktop Protocol RDP you can even run virtual machines remotely on a headless server and have all the graphical output redirected over the network In detail the following front ends are shipped in the standard VirtualBox package 1 VirtualBox is the VirtualBox Manager This graphical user interface uses the Qt toolkit most of this User Manual is dedicated to describing it While this is the easiest to use some of the more advanced VirtualBox features are kept away from it to keep it simple 2 VBoxManage is our command line interface for automated and very detailed control of every aspect of VirtualBox It is described in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 116 3 VBoxSDL is an alternative simple graphical front end with an intentionally limited fea ture set designed to only display virtual machines that are controlled in detail with VBoxManage This is interesting for business environments where displaying all the bells and whistles of the full GUI is not feasible VBoxSDL is described in chapter 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 172 4 Finally VBoxHeadless is yet another front end that produces no visible output
620. y Music Playlists Match Tunes Store Home are View gt ThisPC gt Desktop New Music Singles Music All Genres v MUSIG QUICK LINKS Redeem Acc Support Son To enable seamless mode after starting the virtual machine press the Host key normally the right control key together with L This will enlarge the size of the VM s display to the size of your host screen and mask out the guest operating system s background To go back to the normal VM display i e to disable seamless windows press the Host key and L again 4 7 Guest properties Starting with version 2 1 VirtualBox allows for requesting certain properties from a running guest provided that the VirtualBox Guest Additions are installed and the VM is running This is good for two things 1 A number of predefined VM characteristics are automatically maintained by VirtualBox and can be retrieved on the host e g to monitor VM performance and statistics 2 In addition arbitrary string data can be exchanged between guest and host This works in both directions To accomplish this VirtualBox establishes a private communication channel between the VirtualBox Guest Additions and the host and software on both sides can use this channel to exchange string data for arbitrary purposes Guest properties are simply string keys to which a value is attached They can be set written to by either the host and the guest and they can also be
621. y adding another 4 bits to memory addresses so that with 36 bits up to 64 GB can be addressed Some operating systems such as Ubuntu Server require PAE support from the CPU and cannot be run in a virtual machine without it With virtual machines running modern server operating systems VirtualBox also supports CPU hot plugging For details about this please refer to chapter 9 5 CPU hot plugging page 180 3 4 3 Acceleration tab On this page you can determine whether and how VirtualBox should use hardware virtualization extensions that your host CPU may support This is the case with most CPUs built after 2006 You can select for each virtual machine individually whether VirtualBox should use software or hardware virtualization In most cases the default settings will be fine VirtualBox will have picked sensible defaults depending on the operating system that you selected when you created the virtual machine In certain situations however you may want to change these preconfigured defaults Advanced users may be interested in technical details about software vs hardware virtualiza tion please see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 Prior to VirtualBox version 2 2 software virtualization was the default starting with version 2 2 VirtualBox will enable hardware virtualization by default for new virtual machines that you create Existing virtual machines are not automatically changed for compatibili
622. y as needed i e there is no central configuration Every internal network is identified simply by its name Once there is more than one active virtual network card with the same internal network ID the VirtualBox support driver will automatically wire the cards and act as a network switch The VirtualBox support driver implements a complete Ethernet switch and supports both broadcast multicast frames and promiscuous mode In order to attach a VM s network card to an internal network set its networking mode to internal networking There are two ways to accomplish this e You can use a VM s Settings dialog in the VirtualBox graphical user interface In the Networking category of the settings dialog select Internal Networking from the drop down list of networking modes Now select the name of an existing internal network from the drop down below or enter a new name into the entry field e You can use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic lt x gt intnet Optionally you can specify a network name with the command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name intnet lt x gt network name 101 6 Virtual networking If you do not specify a network name the network card will be attached to the network intnet by default Unless you configure the virtual network cards in the guest operating systems that are partic ipating in the internal network to use static IP addresses you may want to use the DHCP server that is buil
623. y copied as well which was close to impossible if the machine had snapshots and therefore differencing images 2 Storing virtual disk images which can grow very large under the hidden VirtualBox directory at least on Linux and Solaris hosts made many users wonder where their disk space had gone Whereas new VMs created with VirtualBox 4 0 or later will conform to the new layout for maximum compatibility old VMs are not converted to the new layout Otherwise machine set tings would be irrevocably broken if a user downgraded from 4 0 back to an older version of VirtualBox 10 1 3 Global configuration data In addition to the files of the virtual machines VirtualBox maintains global configura tion data On Linux and Solaris as of VirtualBox 4 3 this is in the hidden directory HOME config VirtualBox although HOME VirtualBox will be used if it exists for com patibility with earlier versions on Windows and on Linux and Solaris with VirtualBox 4 2 and earlier this is in HOME VirtualBox on a Mac it resides in HOME Library VirtualBox VirtualBox creates this configuration directory automatically if necessary Optionally you can supply an alternate configuration directory by setting the VBOX USER HOME environment vari able or additionally on Linux or Solaris by using the standard XDG CONFIG HOME variable Since the global VirtualBox xml settings file points to all other configuration files this allows for switching between
624. y deal with password authentication and there is no option to use password hashes This leaves no other choice than having a clear text password in the VM configuration which can be set with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty VNCPassword secret The user is responsible for keeping this password secret and it should be removed when a VM configuration is passed to another person for whatever purpose Some VNC servers claim to have encrypted passwords in the configuration This is not true encryption it is only concealing the passwords which is exactly as secure as clear text passwords The following command switches back to VRDP if installed VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack 9 24 Starting virtual machines during system boot Starting with VirtualBox 4 2 0 it is possible to start VMs automatically during system boot on Linux Solaris and Mac OS X for all users 9 24 1 Linux starting the autostart service via init On Linux the autostart service is activated by setting two variables in etc default virtualbox The first one is VBOXAUTOSTART_DB which contains an absolute path to the autostart database di rectory The directory should have write access for every user who should be able to start virtual machines automatically Furthermore the directory should have the sticky bit set The second variable is VBOXAUTOSTART_CONFIG which points the service to the autos
625. y enable or disable ACPI support at installation time AHCI Advanced Host Controller Interface the interface that supports SATA devices such as hard disks See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page H2 AMD V The hardware virtualization features built into modern AMD processors See chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 220 API Application Programming Interface APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller a newer version of the original PC PIC programmable interrupt controller Most modern CPUs contain an on chip APIC lo cal APIC Many systems also contain an I O APIC input output APIC as a separate chip which provides more than 16 IRQs Windows 2000 and higher use a different kernel if they detect an I O APIC during installation Therefore an I O APIC must not be removed after installation ATA Advanced Technology Attachment an industry standard for hard disk interfaces synony mous with IDE See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS USB MSC page 82 B BIOS Basic Input Output System the firmware built into most personal computers which is responsible of initializing the hardware after the computer has been turned on and then booting an operating system VirtualBox ships with its own virtual BIOS that runs when a virtual machine is started C COM Microsoft Component Object Model a programming infrastructure for modular software
626. y you give to the VM will not be available to your host OS while the VM is running so do not specify more than you can spare For example if your host machine has 1 GB of RAM and you enter 512 MB as the amount of RAM for a particular virtual machine while that VM is running you will only have 512 MB left for all the other software on your host If you run two VMs at the same time even more memory will be allocated for the second VM which may not even be able to start if that memory is not available On the other hand you should specify as much as your guest OS and your applications will require to run properly A Windows XP guest will require at least a few hundred MB RAM to run properly and Windows Vista will even refuse to install with less than 512 MB Of course if you want to run graphics intensive applications in your VM you may require even more RAM So as a rule of thumb if you have 1 GB of RAM or more in your host computer it is usually safe to allocate 512 MB to each VM But in any case make sure you always have at least 256 to 512 MB of RAM left on your host operating system Otherwise you may cause your host OS to excessively swap out memory to your hard disk effectively bringing your host system to a standstill As with the other settings you can change this setting later after you have created the VM Next you must specify a virtual hard disk for your VM There are many and potentially complicated ways
627. ying documentation Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the disclaimer below Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of condi tions and the disclaimer as noted below in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the UC LLNL nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFOR NIA THE U S DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUD ING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILIT
628. ystem Sort Clean architecture unprecedented modularity VirtualBox has an extremely modular design with well defined internal programming interfaces and a clean separation of client and server code This makes it easy to control it from several interfaces at once for 14 1 First steps example you can start a VM simply by clicking on a button in the VirtualBox graphical user interface and then control that machine from the command line or even remotely See chapter 1 16 Alternative front ends page 32 for details Due to its modular architecture VirtualBox can also expose its full functionality and con figurability through a comprehensive software development kit SDK which allows for integrating every aspect of VirtualBox with other software systems Please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 226 for details Remote machine display The VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE allows for high performance remote access to any running virtual machine This extension supports the Remote Desktop Protocol RDP originally built into Microsoft Windows with special additions for full client USB support The VRDE does not rely on the RDP server that is built into Microsoft Windows instead it is plugged directly into the virtualization layer As a result it works with guest operating systems other than Windows even in text mode and does not require application support in the virtual machine either The VRDE is de

Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents